e-studio 2500c - Printer TOSHIBA - Free user manual and instructions

Name: e-studio 2500c
Brand: TOSHIBA
Rating: 7 (110 reviews)

Find the device manual for free e-studio 2500c TOSHIBA in PDF.

📄 406 pages

EN ⬇ Download 💬 AI Question ❓ 10 questions ⚙️ Specs

Pick your language and provide your email: we'll send you a specifically translated version.

This manual is not available in your language

Desired language Your email address

Product Type	Color Multifunction Printer
Brand	Toshiba
Model	e-studio 2500c
Print Technology	Color Laser
Functions	Print, Copy, Scan, Fax (optional)
Print Speed (Color)	25 ppm
Print Resolution	2400 x 600 dpi
Paper Capacity	1,100 sheets (standard)
Dimensions (W x D x H)	20.5 x 24.8 x 25.6 inches
Weight	242 lbs
Power Requirements	120V, 15A, 60 Hz
Power Consumption (Active)	Approx. 1.5 kW
Display	10.4-inch Color Touchscreen
Connectivity	Ethernet (10/100/1000), USB 2.0, optional Wi-Fi
Duplex Printing	Automatic (standard)
Maintenance	Replace toner, drum, waste toner; clean scanner glass
Safety	Use grounded outlet; avoid laser exposure; follow manual
Spare Parts	Toner cartridges, drum, fuser, feed rollers available
Repairability	Serviceable by certified technician; parts online
Manual Pages	406 pages (EN)

Frequently Asked Questions - e-studio 2500c TOSHIBA

How do I replace a toner cartridge in the Toshiba e-studio 2500c?

Open the front cover, then the toner access door. Pull out the empty cartridge and insert the new one until it clicks. Close the doors and run the calibration routine if prompted.

How to clear a paper jam on the e-studio 2500c?

Check the jam location on the touchscreen. Open the appropriate covers (bypass tray, fuser, duplex unit) and gently remove the jammed paper. Do not tear the paper.

How to connect the printer to a network?

Use an Ethernet cable to connect the printer to your router. On the touchscreen, go to Settings > Network > TCP/IP and enable DHCP. The printer will obtain an IP address automatically.

How to scan a document to email?

Place the document on the glass or ADF. Press Scan, select Email, enter the recipient address, and press Start. Configure SMTP settings beforehand in the network menu.

What type of paper is recommended?

Use plain paper (20-24 lb) for general printing. For best color, use Toshiba recommended paper. Avoid glossy paper unless specifically supported.

How to perform color calibration?

Go to Maintenance > Calibration in the menu. The printer will print a test page and adjust colors automatically. Ensure paper is loaded.

How to reset the printer to factory settings?

Navigate to Settings > System > Reset. Select 'Factory Reset' and confirm. The printer will restart with default settings.

How to clean the scanner glass?

Use a soft lint-free cloth slightly dampened with water or isopropyl alcohol. Wipe the glass gently, avoiding streaks. Do not use abrasive cleaners.

What does the error code 'C3' mean?

Error code C3 indicates a fuser unit issue. Check for paper jams near the fuser or contact service. The fuser may need replacement.

How to add paper to the bypass tray?

Open the bypass tray at the front. Adjust the guides to the paper size. Load paper face up and slide the guides snugly. The printer will detect the tray.

User questions about e-studio 2500c TOSHIBA

0 question about this device. Answer the ones you know or ask your own.

Ask a new question about this device

No questions yet. Be the first to ask one.

Download the instructions for your Printer in PDF format for free! Find your manual e-studio 2500c - TOSHIBA and take your electronic device back in hand. On this page are published all the documents necessary for the use of your device. e-studio 2500c by TOSHIBA.

USER MANUAL e-studio 2500c TOSHIBA

MULTIFUNCTIONAL DIGITAL COLOR SYSTEMS

Printing Guide

e-STUDIO2500c/3500c/3510c

INSTALLING OR OTHERWISE USING THIS SOFTWARE PRODUCT CONSTITUTES YOUR ACCEPTANCE OF THE FOLLOWING TERMS AND CONDITIONS (UNLESS A SEPARATE LICENSE IS PROVIDED BY THE SUPPLIER OF APPLICABLE SOFTWARE IN WHICH CASE SUCH SEPARATE LICENSE SHALL APPLY). IF YOU DO NOT ACCEPT THESE TERMS, YOU MAY NOT INSTALL OR USE THIS SOFTWARE, AND YOU MUST PROMPTLY RETURN THE SOFTWARE TO THE LOCATION WHERE YOU OBTAINED IT.

THE SOFTWARE INSTALLED ON THIS PRODUCT INCLUDES NUMEROUS INDIVIDUAL SOFTWARE COMPONENTS, EACH HAVING ITS OWN APPLICABLE END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT ("EULA"). INFORMATION RELATING TO THE EULAS MAY BE FOUND IN AN ELECTRONIC FILE INCLUDED ON THE USER DOCUMENTATION CD-ROM INCLUDED HEREWITH; HOWEVER, ALL SOFTWARE AND DOCUMENTATION DEVELOPED OR CREATED BY OR FOR TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION ("TTEC") ARE PROPRIETARY PRODUCTS OF TTEC AND ARE PROTECTED BY COPYRIGHT LAWS, INTERNATIONAL TREATY PROVISIONS, AND OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS.

Grant of License

This is a legal agreement between you, the end-user (“You”), and TTEC and its suppliers. This software, fonts (including their typefaces) and related documentation (“Software”) is licensed for use with the system CPU on which it was installed (“System”) in accordance with the terms contained in this Agreement. This Software is proprietary to TTEC and/or its suppliers.

TTEC and its suppliers disclaim responsibility for the installation and/or use of this Software, and for the results obtained by using this Software. You may use one copy of the Software as installed on a single System, and may not copy the Software for any reason except as necessary to use the Software on a single System. Any copies of the Software shall be subject to the conditions of this Agreement.

You may not, nor cause or permit any third party to, modify, adapt, merge, translate, reverse compile, reverse assemble, or reverse engineer the Software. You may not use the Software, except in accordance with this license. No title to the intellectual property in the Software is transferred to you and full ownership is retained by TTEC or its suppliers. Source code of the Software is not licensed to you. You will be held legally responsible for any copyright infringement, unauthorized transfer, reproduction or use of the Software or its documentation.

Term

This license is effective until terminated by TTEC or upon your failure to comply with any term of this Agreement. Upon termination, you agree to destroy all copies of the Software and its documentation.

You may terminate this license at any time by destroying the Software and its documentation and all copies.

Disclaimer of Warranty

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. TTEC AND ITS SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTY RELATING TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE. IF THE SOFTWARE PROVES DEFECTIVE, YOU (AND NOT TTEC OR ITS SUPPLIERS) SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ENTIRE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. TTEC AND ITS SUPPLIERS DO NOT WARRANT THAT THE FUNCTIONS CONTAINED IN THE SOFTWARE WILL MEET YOUR REQUIREMENTS OR THAT THE OPERATION OF THE SOFTWARE WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR FREE.

ALL INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN THAT IS PROVIDED BY TTEC AND ITS AFFILIATES PURSUANT TO A EULA IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.

Limitation of Liability

IN NO EVENT WILL TTEC OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR ANY DAMAGES, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE (EXCEPT PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH RESULTING FROM NEGLIGENCE ON THE PART OF TTEC OR ITS SUPPLIERS), INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY LOST PROFITS, LOST DATA, LOST SAVINGS OR OTHER INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE, EVEN IF TTEC OR ITS SUPPLIERS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, NOR FOR THIRD PARTY CLAIMS.

U.S. Government Restricted Rights

The Software is provided with RESTRICTED RIGHTS. Use, duplication or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions set forth in subdivision (b) (3) (ii) or (c) (i) (ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software Clause set forth in 252.227-7013, or 52.227-19 (c) (2) of the DOD FAR, as appropriate. Contractor/Manufacturer is TOSHIBA TEC Corporation, 6-78, Minami-cho, Mishima-shi, Shizuoka-ken, 411-8520, Japan.

General

You may not sublicense, lease, rent, assign or transfer this license or the Software. Any attempt to sublicense, lease, rent, assign or transfer any of the rights, duties or obligations hereunder is void. You agree that you do not intend to, and will not ship, transmit (directly or indirectly) the Software, including any copies of the Software, or any technical data contained in the Software or its media, or any direct product thereof, to any country or destination prohibited by the United States Government. This license shall be governed by the laws of Japan or, at the election of a Supplier of TTEC concerned with a dispute arising from or relating to this Agreement, the laws of the Country designated from time to time by the relevant Supplier of TTEC. If any provision or portion of this Agreement shall be found to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions or portions shall remain in full force and effect.

YOU ACKNOWLEDGE THAT YOU HAVE READ THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT AND THAT YOU UNDERSTAND ITS PROVISIONS. YOU AGREE TO BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS AND CONDITIONS. YOU FURTHER AGREE THAT THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT CONTAINS THE COMPLETE AND EXCLUSIVE AGREEMENT BETWEEN YOU AND TTEC AND ITS SUPPLIERS AND SUPERSEDES ANY PROPOSAL OR PRIOR AGREEMENT, ORAL OR WRITTEN, OR ANY OTHER COMMUNICATION RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT.

TOSHIBA TEC Corporation, 6-78, Minami-cho, Mishima-shi, Shizuoka-ken, 411-8520, Japan.

Trademarks

The official name of Windows 98 is Microsoft Windows 98 Operating System.
The official name of Windows Me is Microsoft Windows Me Operating System.
The official name of Windows 2000 is Microsoft Windows 2000 Operating System.
The official name of Windows XP is Microsoft Windows XP Operating System.
The official name of Windows Server 2003 is Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Operating System.
Microsoft, Windows, Windows NT, and the brand names and product names of other Microsoft products are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the US and other countries.
Apple, AppleTalk, Macintosh, Mac, TrueType, and LaserWriter are trademarks of Apple Computer, Inc. in the US and other countries.
• Postscript is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
Netscape is a trademark of Netscape Communications Corporation.
• IBM, AT and AIX are trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation.
• NOVELL, NetWare, and NDS are trademarks of Novell, Inc.
Other company names and product names in this manual are the trademarks of their respective companies.

Copyright

Under the copyright laws, this manual cannot be reproduced in any form without prior written permission of TTEC. No patent liability is assumed, however, with respect to the use of the information contained herein.

Thank you for purchasing e-STUDIO3510c Series Multifunctional Digital Color Systems. This guide provides instructions on how to set up your computer and print to the equipment. Read this guide before printing to your e-STUDIO3510c Series. Keep this guide within easy reach, and use it to configure an environment that makes best use of the e-STUDIO's functions.

About This Guide

This manual describes how to install the user software for the printer functions, set up printing, and manage print jobs from Microsoft Windows, Apple Mac OS, and UNIX computers.

For information about setting up network servers and clients to use the e-STUDIO3510c Series, see the Network Administration Guide. For general information on using the copier, your computer, your application software, or your network, see the manuals that accompany those products.

Conventions

The term "this equipment" in this manual refers to the e-STUDIO3510c Series.
The term "e-Filing" in this manual is an abbreviation of "electronic filing".

Lineup of Our Manuals

Thank you for purchasing the TOSHIBA multifunctional digital color systems e-STUDIO3510c Series.

We have provided you with these manuals for the operation of this equipment. Select and read the manual best suited to your needs.

TOSHIBA First MULTI-FUNCTIONAL DIGITAL COLOR SYSTEMS Quick Start Guide STUDIO2500c/3500c/3510c

Quick Start Guide

This Quick Start Guide describes the initial setup method of this equipment and accessories of this product such as operator's manuals and CD-ROMs.

TOSHIBA MULTIFUNCTIONAL DIGITAL COLOR SYSTEMS Operator's Manual for Basic Functions -R studio2500c/3500c/3510c

Operator's Manual Basic Functions

This Operator's Manual Basic Functions describes how to use the basic functions of this equipment mainly focusing on the copying function. Also this manual contains safety precautions for users to be observed. Be sure to read it first carefully.

TOSHIBA MULTIFUNCTIONAL DIGITAL COLOR SYSTEMS User Functions Guide #STUDIO2500c/3500c/3510c

User Functions Guide

This User Functions Guide describes the functions and settings under the [USER FUNCTIONS] button on the control panel of this equipment.

TORIERA MULTIFUNCTIONAL DASTRAL COLOR SYSTEMS Color Guide E-studio2500c/3500c/3510c

Color Guide

This color Guide simply explains the functions such as "copy density adjustment", "color adjustment", "copy editing", "image editing" and "image processing" in color. This guide also includes the basic knowledge of color.

Other guides are provided by the User Documentation CD-ROM in PDF files:

TOSHIMA MULTIFUNCTIONAL DIGITAL COLOR SYSTEMS TopAccess Guide studio2500c/3500c/3510c

TopAccess Guide

This TopAccess Guide explains how to operate and set up the network functions such as the network scanning function and job management, using the TopAccess (Web-based utility) from client computers.

TOSHIBA MULTIFUNCTIONAL DIGITAL COLOR SYSTEMS Network Administration Guide □:STUDIO2500c/3500c/3510c

Network Administration Guide

This Network Administration Guide explains the guidelines for setting up network servers to provide various network services, and troubleshooting for network administrators.

TOSHIBA MULTIFUNCTIONAL DIGITAL COLOR SYSTEMS Printing Guide □STUDIO2500c/3500c/3510c

Printing Guide

This Printing Guide explains how to install the client software for printing from Microsoft Windows, Apple Mac OS, and UNIX computers, and print to the equipment.

TOSHIBA MULTIFUNCTIONAL DIGITAL COLOR SYSTEMS Scanning Guide F-STUDIO2500c/3500c/3510c

Scanning Guide

This Scanning Guide explains how to operate the scanning function of this equipment.

TOSHIBA MULTIFUNCTIONAL DIGITAL COLOR SYSTEMS e-Filing Guide F-studio2500c/3500c/3510c

e-Filing Guide

This e-Filing Guide explains how to operate the e-Filing function using the TWAIN driver, File Downloader and e-Filing web utility.

TOSHIBA MULTIFUNCTIONAL DIGITAL COLOR SYSTEMS Network Fax Guide F-studio2500c/3500c/3510c

Network Fax Guide

This Network Fax Guide explains how to use the network fax function that enable users to operate fax and internet fax sending from a client computer via network.

TOSHIBA MULTIFUNCTIONAL DIGITAL COLOR SYSTEMS User Management Guide F-studio2500c/3500c/3510c

User Management Guide

This User Management Guide describes how to manage this equipment using the functions of “Department Management”, “User Management Setting” and “User Authentication for Scan to E-mail”.

To read manuals in PDF (Portable Document Format) files

Viewing and printing this operator's manual in PDF files require that you install Adobe Reader or Adobe Acrobat Reader on your PC. If Adobe Reader or Adobe Acrobat Reader is not installed on your PC, download and install it from the website of Adobe Systems Incorporated.

Precautions in this manual

To ensure correct and safe use of this equipment, this operator's manual describes safety precautions according to the three levels shown below.

You should fully understand the meaning and importance of these items before reading this manual.

Warning

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death, serious injury, or serious damage, or fire in the equipment or surrounding assets.

Caution

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury, partial damage of the equipment or surrounding assets, or loss of data.

Note

Indicates a procedure you should follow to ensure the optimal performance of the equipment and problem-free copying.

Other than the above, this manual also describes information that may be useful for the operation of this equipment with the following signage:

Tip

Describes handy information that is useful to know when operating the equipment.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - Tip - 1

Pages describing items related to what you are currently doing. See these pages as required.

SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT ....1

TRADEMARKS AND COPYRIGHT....3

Preface....4

Chapter 1 Overview

Features and Functions ....14

About the Client CD-ROM ....15

For Windows....15

For Macintosh....15

For UNIX.... 16

Chapter 2 Installing Client Software for Windows

About the Installation....18

About Client Software for Windows....18

Planning for Installation 18

Installing Client Software for USB Printing....25

Installation for USB Printing by Plug and Play....25

Installing Client Software for Raw TCP/LPR Printing 35

Installation for Raw TCP/LPR Printing Using the Installer....35

Installation for Raw TCP/LPR Printing by Add Printer Wizard......48

Installing Client Software for SMB Printing 61

Installation for SMB Printing Using the Installer 61

Installation for SMB Printing by Point and Print....67

Installation for SMB Printing by Add Printer Wizard ....71

Installing Client Software for IPP Printing 88

Installation for IPP Printing by Add Printer Wizard 88

Installing Client Software for Novell Printing 95

Installation for Novell Printing Using the Installer 95

Installation for Novell Printing by Point and Print....101

Installing Client Software for Novell iPrint....109

Installing Client Software from TopAccess 110

Uninstalling Client Utilities Software....112

When Installed Using the Installer 112

When Installed Using Add Printer Wizard 117

Repairing Client Software....120

Chapter 3 Installing Client Software for Macintosh

About the Installation....124

About Client Software for Macintosh 124

Planning for Installation 124

Installing the Printer on Mac OS X 10.2.4 to Mac OS X 10.4.x....125

Installing the Macintosh PPD File....125

Configuring the Printer on Mac OS X 10.4.x ....128

Configuring the Printer on Mac OS X 10.2.4 to Mac OS X 10.3.x ......139

Installing the Printer on Mac OS 8.6/9.x ....150

Installing the Macintosh PPD File....150

Configuring the Printer on Mac OS 8.6/9.x....150

Installing Client Software from TopAccess 156

Chapter 4 Installing Client Software for UNIX

Setting Up the UNIX Filters....160

About UNIX Filters....160

System Requirements ....160

Configuring UNIX Printing Using UNIX Filters....161

Setting Up the CUPS ....169

About CUPS 169

Configuring UNIX Printing Using CUPS 169

Installing Client Software from TopAccess 185

Chapter 5 Printing from Windows

Before Using the Printer Driver....188

Configuring the Options....188

Setting the Department Code 192

Copying the PPD File for Windows 194

Printing from Application 196

Considerations and Limitations ....196

How to Print....196

Setting Up Print Options....199

How to Setup ....199

Print Options....202

Printing with Extended Print Functionality 238

Printing Various Print Job Types 238

Printing with Various Layout and Finishing Options 246

Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh

Printing from Application on Mac OS X 10.2.4 to Mac OS X 10.4.x .....266

Considerations and Limitations ......266

How to Print from Mac OS X 10.2.4 to Mac OS X 10.4.x .....266

Page Setup Dialog on Mac OS X 10.2.4 to Mac OS X 10.4.x....267

Print Dialog on Mac OS X 10.3.x to Mac OS X 10.4.x....272

Print Dialog on Mac OS X 10.2.x....287

Printing from Application on Mac OS 8.6 to 9.x ....303

How to Print from Mac OS 8.6 or 9.x....303

Page Setup Dialog on Mac OS 8.6/9.x....304

Print Dialog on Mac OS 8.6/9.x ....306

Chapter 7 Printing from UNIX

Printing from an Application 324

Considerations and Limitations ....324

Printing Using LP Command 324

Generic "Ip" and "Iptap" Options 324

General Options 325

PCL5e Specific Options....338

Chapter 8 Other Printing Methods

FTP Printing 344

Email Printing 346

Chapter 9 Monitoring Print Jobs

Monitoring Print Jobs with TopAccessDocMon....348

Features and Functions....348

How to Use TopAccessDocMon....348

Monitoring the Printer ....354

Chapter 10 Troubleshooting

When Printing cannot be Performed 376

Printer Driver Errors....377

Printer Driver Installation Error Messages....377

Printer Driver General Errors....378

TopAccessDocMon Errors ....381

TopAccessDocMon Error Conditions ....381

TopAccessDocMon Error Messages ....382

Device Status Indicators....388

Chapter 11 Appendix

Managing Fonts with Font Manager ....392

Installing Font Manager....392

Searching Fonts ....392

Installing Fonts in Windows 392

Uninstalling Fonts in Windows....393

Removing Fonts from the Computer ....393

Displaying Font Preview 393

Creating a Font Group....394

Sorting Fonts in the List....394

Internal Fonts List ....396

Internal PCL Fonts List ....396

Internal PS Fonts List ....397

INDEX 399

1 Overview

This section describes the overview of the printing functions.

Features and Functions ....14

About the Client CD-ROM ....15

For Windows 15

For Macintosh 15

For UNIX 16

Extensive Client Platform Support

This equipment supports printing from IBM-compatible PC, Macintosh, and UNIX workstations. Not all features are supported on all platforms, however.

Various Port Options

You can map this equipment to print to a SMB, IPP, Raw TCP, or LPR port.

Multiple Job Types

Job Types refer to the way this equipment handles a print job.

Normal mode requires no special handling and is the most frequently used printing mode.
Scheduled Print lets you specify the time and date at which to print a job.
Private Print mode allows you to hold a job in the print queue until you enter a password at the copier touch panel to print the job.
Proof Print mode prints the first copy of a multi-copy job then awaits your approval before printing the remaining copies.
Store to e-Filing mode allows you to store the printed document in e-Filing.
Overlay File prints a document element, such as text or graphics, to a file for superimposing on the background of other documents.

Professional Finishing Options

Depending on the type of finishing units you have installed on this equipment, you can choose to sort, group, fold and staple your documents (including saddle-stitching) and punch binding holes.

Sophisticated Document Layout and Assembly Options

You can choose whether to print your document as you have set it up in the application, or to impose printer-driven document layout options such as printing in Book Format or printing Multiple Pages per Sheet.

Additionally, the printer drivers provide the ability to print selected pages on different media. This includes printing front and back covers, inserting sheets at predefined positions within the document, or interleaving pages so that every other page is inserted blank or printed on a different type of media.

Watermark and Image Overlay Support

Watermarks are a great way to subtly convey useful information about your printed documents. Common watermarks are “Confidential,” “Draft,” and “Original.” Several watermarks have been pre-defined for use with your documents, or you can create and save your own custom watermarks.

Watermarks consist of text. Image Overlays can be any combination of text, graphics or other document elements.

Printing watermarks consumes fewer resources than using Image Overlays, so you should use watermarks wherever possible, particularly when printing speed is an issue.

For Windows

The contents of the Client Utilities CD-ROM:

Client Software Installer

- Client Utilities CD-ROM:\Client\setup.exe This is the setup program to install the printer drivers, TopAccessDocMon, and Font Manager on your computer.

PCL6 Printer Drivers

This includes the setup files to install the PCL6 printer driver on the Windows 98/Me for each language version by Add Printer Wizard or Plug and Play.
This includes the setup files to install the PCL6 printer driver on the Windows NT 4.0 for each language version by Add Printer Wizard.
Client Utilities CD-ROM:\Client\W2K_XP_2003\PCL6\\This includes the setup files to install the PCL6 printer driver on the Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003 for each language version by Add Printer Wizard or Plug and Play.

PS3 Printer Drivers (PostScript)

This includes the setup files to install the PS3 printer driver on the Windows 98/Me for each language version by Add Printer Wizard or Plug and Play.
This includes the setup files to install the PS3 printer driver on the Windows NT 4.0 for each language version by Add Printer Wizard.
Client Utilities CD-ROM:\Client\W2K_XP_2003\PS\\This includes the setup files to install the PS3 printer driver on the Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003 for each language version by Add Printer Wizard or Plug and Play.

Printer Driver Setup files (Zip Compressed)

- Client Utilities CD-ROM:\Client\PandP\\ This includes the compressed zip files that contain the setup files to install each printer driver for each language version.

Tip

Further information about user software for Windows is described in next chapter.

P.18 "About Client Software for Windows"

For Macintosh

The contents of the Client Utilities CD-ROM:

Macintosh PPD files

This includes the PPD file for Apple LaserWriter8 to enable printing from Macintosh on the Mac OS 8.6, Mac OS 9.x, and Mac OS X 10.1/10.2 Classic Mode
This includes the PPD file to enable printing from Macintosh on the Mac OS X 10.2.4 to Mac OS X 10.4.x.

Tip

Further information about user software for Macintosh is described in next chapter.

P.124 "About Client Software for Macintosh"

For UNIX

The contents of the Client Utilities CD-ROM:

Solaris Filter

- Client Utilities CD-ROM/Admin/SolarisFilter/Usa/ This includes the Tar file for Solaris v2.6/2.7/7.8/8/9.

HP-UX Filter

- Client Utilities CD-ROM/Admin/HP-UXFilter/Usa/This includes the Tar file for HP-UX ver.10.20/11.x.

AIX Filter

- Client Utilities CD-ROM/Admin/AIXFilter/Usa/This includes the Tar file for AIX 4.3.3.

Linux Filter

- Client Utilities CD-ROM/Admin/LinuxFilter/Usa/ This includes the Tar file for Red Hat 7.x/8.x/9.x, Red Hat Enterprise WS2, SuSE Linux 7.x/8.x/9.x, Mandrake Linux 7.x/8.x/9.x and Turbo Linux 8/10.

SCO UNIX Filter

- Client Utilities CD-ROM/Admin/OpenUnixFilter/Usa/ This includes the Tar file for SCO UnixWare 7 and SCO OpenUNIX 8.

Tip

Further information about user software for Windows is described in next chapter. P.160 "About UNIX Filters"

Installing Client Software for Windows

This section describes the instructions on how to install the client software on Windows.

About the Installation ....18

About Client Software for Windows....18

Planning for Installation....18

Installing Client Software for USB Printing 25

Installation for USB Printing by Plug and Play 25

Installing Client Software for Raw TCP/LPR Printing 35

Installation for Raw TCP/LPR Printing Using the Installer 35

Installation for Raw TCP/LPR Printing by Add Printer Wizard 48

Installing Client Software for SMB Printing....61

Installation for SMB Printing Using the Installer 61

Installation for SMB Printing by Point and Print 67

Installation for SMB Printing by Add Printer Wizard....71

Installing Client Software for IPP Printing 88

Installation for IPP Printing by Add Printer Wizard....88

Installing Client Software for Novell Printing 95

Installation for Novell Printing Using the Installer....95

Installation for Novell Printing by Point and Print 101

Installing Client Software for Novell iPrint ....109

Installing Client Software from TopAccess ....110

Uninstalling Client Utilities Software ....112

When Installed Using the Installer....112

When Installed Using Add Printer Wizard....117

Repairing Client Software ....120

About Client Software for Windows

Printer Drivers

Printer drivers are software components that enable application programs to interact with the printer. The e-STUDIO3510c Series comes with two printer drivers, PCL6 and PS3 (PostScript) printer drivers. These printer drivers offer document print, layout and assembly functions that are not available with many applications.

TopAccessDocMon

This utility allows you to monitor all jobs and control your own current jobs. With the notification feature enabled, TopAccessDocMon informs you of copier or printing events, such as paper-out or drawer open, before you walk to the copier to find your job incomplete or unsuccessful.

Font Manager

This utility allows you to install and manage the TrueType fonts that are corresponding to the internal PS fonts on the equipment.

Tip

There is another job monitoring utility, TopAccess, which allows you to monitor and manage your print jobs over the Internet using either Netscape Navigator or Internet Explorer. Because TopAccess is an embedded web-based device and job management tool it does not require your installation.

Planning for Installation

This section will help you to plan an installation suited to your environment. Before installing the client software, read this section.

Before Installing Client Software

Before installing the client software, confirm the followings to perform an appropriate installation.

— When Same Printer Drivers Have Been Installed Previously

Before updating the printer drivers, please delete the existing printer drivers.

— When GL-DocMon Has Been Installed Previously

If the GL-DocMon for GL-1010 or GL-1020 has been installed, uninstall the GL-DocMon prior to installing the TopAccessDocMon. TopAccessDocMon can be used to monitor the GL-1010 and GL-1020 controller.

— When TopAccessDocMon Has Been Installed Previously

If the TopAccessDocMon have been installed from other e-STUDIO Client Utilities CD-ROM, uninstall the TopAccessDocMon then install them from the e-STUDIO3510c Series Client Utilities CD-ROM. TopAccessDocMon can be used for e-STUDIO3510c Series, e-STUDIO451c Series, e-STUDIO850 Series, e-STUDIO452 Series, e-STUDIO282 Series, e-STUDIO4511 Series, e-STUDIO450 Series, and e-STUDIO280 Series. When you uninstall the TopAccessDocMon, please click [No] at the dialog box that displays the message to delete the settings for the TopAccessDocMon so that you can restore the settings after installing new one.

Type of Printer Drivers

PCL6 Printer Driver — for printing documents from general applications such as Microsoft Office.
PS3 Printer Driver — for printing documents from graphical application such as Adobe Illustrator as well as general applications such as Microsoft Office.

System Requirements

To install the printer drivers and other client software on a Windows workstation, the following is required.

- Display Resolution

1024 x 768 dots or more

- Display Color

High Color (16bit) or higher is recommended

- CPU

Pentium 133 MHz minimum (Pentium 266 MHz or faster recommended)

- Memory

64MB for Windows 98

96MB for Windows Me and Windows NT 4.0

128MB for Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003

The applicable computers depend on the printing systems:

• Raw TCP/LPR Printing

Windows NT 4.0 Service Pack 6a

Windows 2000 Service Pack 4

Windows XP Service Pack 1/Service Pack 2

Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1

- SMB Printing

Windows 98 (Windows 98 Second Edition Recommended)

Windows Me

Windows NT 4.0 Service Pack 6a

Windows 2000 Service Pack 4

Windows XP Service Pack 1/Service Pack 2

Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1

- IPP Printing

Windows 2000 Service Pack 4

Windows XP Service Pack 1/Service Pack 2

Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1

About Installation Procedure

Please find the installation procedure suited to your environment from the following:

P.20 "USB Connection"
P.20 "Local Area Network over TCP/IP"
P.22 "Internet Connection"
P.22 "Novell Printing"

— USB Connection

Available for: Windows Me, Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Server 2003

Connecting with USB

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - — USB Connection - 1

flowchart

graph LR
    A["Windows Me"] --> B["Windows 2000"]
    B --> C["Windows XP"]
    C --> D["Windows Server 2003"]
    E["Setting up the USB Printer Connection"] --> A

This equipment supports the USB 1.1 Full Speed connection. When this equipment is connected to your computer with the USB cable, you must install the printer drivers using the Windows Plug and Play functions.

P.25 "Installing Client Software for USB Printing"

— Local Area Network over TCP/IP

When this equipment is connected to your computer in the local area network over TCP/IP, various printing methods are available such as:

Raw TCP/LPR Printing (only available for Windows NT 4.0/2000/XP/Server 2003)
SMB Printing

Some of them are applicable to your environments, the printing methods generally recommended are decided by the Windows version.

• Windows 98, Windows Me — SMB Printing
- Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Server 2003 — Raw TCP/LPR Printing

If you have no advance instruction for an installation from your administrator, check these printing methods whether they are suited to your network environments.

Note

It assumes using SMB printing in a small network. If you can use the Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000, Windows XP, or Windows Server 2003 as a print server, it is recommended to set up for printing via Windows print server. For further information about setting up printing via a Windows print server, see the Network Administration Guide.

Tip

You can also perform FTP printing over the TCP/IP network. For more information about FTP printing, please refer to the following section.

P.344 "FTP Printing"

Raw TCP/LPR Printing

Available for: Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Server 2003

Connecting over TCP/IP Network

Connecting over TCP/IP Network Setting up the Raw TCP or LPR printer connection Windows NT 4.0 Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Server 2003

This equipment allows you to connect using Raw TCP or LPR which is available for Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000, Windows XP, and Windows Server 2003. If you use Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000, Windows XP, or Windows Server 2003, Raw TCP/LPR printing may be most suitable.

P.35 "Installing Client Software for Raw TCP/LPR Printing"

Tips

To print with a Raw TCP connection, this equipment must be configured to enable Raw TCP Print Service. Ask your administrator if the Raw TCP Print Service is enabled.
To print with a LPR connection, this equipment must be configured to enable LPD Print Service. Ask your administrator if the LPD Print Service is enabled.

SMB Printing

Available for: Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Server 2003

Network Environment over TCP/IP

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - SMB Printing - 1

flowchart

graph TD
    A["Desktop"] -->|Setting up SMB Printer Connection| B["Windows 98"]
    A -->|Setting up SMB Printer Connection| C["Windows Me"]
    A -->|Setting up SMB Printer Connection| D["Windows NT 4.0"]
    A -->|Setting up SMB Printer Connection| E["Windows 2000"]
    A -->|Setting up SMB Printer Connection| F["Windows XP"]
    A -->|Setting up SMB Printer Connection| G["Windows Server 2003"]
    A --> H["Desktop"]
    H --> I["Windows 98"]
    H --> J["Windows Me"]
    H --> K["Windows NT 4.0"]
    H --> L["Windows 2000"]
    H --> M["Windows XP"]
    H --> N["Windows Server 2003"]
    H --> O["Desktop"]
    O --> P["Windows 98"]
    O --> Q["Windows Me"]
    O --> R["Windows NT 4.0"]
    O --> S["Windows 2000"]
    O --> T["Windows XP"]
    O --> U["Windows Server 2003"]

This equipment can be used with an SMB printer connection that allows you to connect to this equipment using File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks service. SMB printing is the common method used to set up the printer. However, SMB printing is not suitable for printing a large amount of documents.

P.61 "Installing Client Software for SMB Printing"

Note

— Internet Connection

Available for: Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Server 2003

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - — Internet Connection - 1

flowchart

graph LR
    A["Windows 2000"] -->|Setting up the IPP printer connection| B["Windows XP"]
    B --> C["Windows Server 2003"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#cfc,stroke:#333

If you print to this equipment over the Internet, you can use IPP printing under Windows 2000, Windows XP, and Windows Server 2003. This allows you to print to this equipment from anywhere on the Internet.

P.88 "Installing Client Software for IPP Printing"

Tips

To print with an IPP connection, this equipment must be configured to enable the IPP Print Service and must be connected to the Internet. Ask your administrator if the IPP Print Service is enabled.
You can also perform Email printing over the Internet. For more information about Email printing, please refer to the following section.
P.346 "Email Printing"

— Novell Printing

Available for: Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000,

Windows XP, Windows Server 2003

Connecting with a NetWare Environment over TCP/IP or IPX/SPX Network

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - — Novell Printing - 1

flowchart

graph TD
    A["Server"] -->|Setting up the Novell printer connection| B["NetWare 5.1\nNetWare 6.0\nNetWare 6.5"]
    B -->|Setting up the SMB printer connection to Novell print queue| C["Desktop with Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Server 2003"]

When this equipment is configured to manage printing with NetWare 5.1/6.0/6.5 over TCP/IP or IPX/SPX, you can print through the NetWare print server from Windows 98/Me, Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000, Windows XP, and Windows Server 2003. In this case, install the printer driver and set up the SMB printer connection to a print queue created in the NetWare server. P.95 "Installing Client Software for Novell Printing"

Tip

To print with a Novell connection, the NetWare server must be configured for printing and this equipment must be configured to enable NetWare Print Service.

— Novell iPrint

Available for: Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Server 2003

Connecting with a Novell iPrint Environment over TCP/IP Network

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - — Novell iPrint - 1

flowchart

graph TD
    A["Windows 98"] -->|Setting up the Novell iPrint connection| B["NetWare 6.0\nNetWare 6.5"]
    C["Windows Me"] -->|Setting up the iPrint printer connection using iPrint Client| D["NetWare 6.0\nNetWare 6.5"]
    E["Windows NT 4.0"] -->|Setting up the iPrint printer connection using iPrint Client| F["NetWare 6.0\nNetWare 6.5"]
    G["Windows 2000"] -->|Setting up the iPrint printer connection using iPrint Client| H["NetWare 6.0\nNetWare 6.5"]
    I["Windows XP"] -->|Setting up the iPrint printer connection using iPrint Client| J["NetWare 6.0\nNetWare 6.5"]
    K["Windows Server 2003"] -->|Setting up the iPrint printer connection using iPrint Client| L["NetWare 6.0\nNetWare 6.5"]

When this equipment is configured to manage iPrint with NetWare 6.0/6.5 over TCP/IP, you can print through the NetWare print server from Windows 98/Me, Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000, Windows XP, and Windows Server 2003. In this case, install the printer driver using iPrint Client from the NetWare server.

P.109 "Installing Client Software for Novell iPrint"

Tip

To print with a Novell iPrint, the NetWare server must be configured for iPrint and this equipment must be configured to enable NetWare Print Service.

Installing Client Software for USB Printing

This section describes how to set up the printer drivers when this equipment is connected with USB cable.

To set up the printer drivers for USB printing, you must install the printer drivers by Plug and Play functions instead of installing the client software using the installer in the Client Utilities CD-ROM.

When this equipment is connected to a USB port of Windows Me, Windows 2000, Windows XP, or Windows Server 2003 computers, the Plug and Play Wizard automatically starts. You can install a printer driver using this method but other client software cannot be installed.

Tips

TopAccessDocMon is not available when this equipment is connected using only the USB cable. However, when this equipment and your computer are connected to the local area network and this equipment is connected to the USB port of your computer, you can use TopAccessDocMon to monitor your print jobs. To install TopAccessDocMon, you must install it from the Client Utilities CD-ROM separately.
The Font Manager is also available to install and manage the TrueType fonts on your computer. To install the Font Manager, you must install it from the Client Utilities CD-ROM separately.

Note

USB printing is not supported in Windows NT 4.0.

Installation for USB Printing by Plug and Play

The procedure to install the printer driver for USB printing by Plug and Play differs depending on the version of Windows used.

P.25 "Windows XP/Server 2003"
P.28 "Windows 2000"
P.30 "Windows Me"

Windows XP/Server 2003

Installing the printer driver for USB printing by Plug and Play

The following describes an installation on Windows XP. The procedure is the same when Windows Server 2003 is used.

Note

You must log into Windows as a user who has the “Administrators” or “Power Users” privilege when using Windows XP or Windows Server 2003.

1 Power on this equipment and your computer.
2 Connect the USB cable to this equipment and your computer.
• The Found New Hardware Wizard dialog box appears.

3 Select "Install from a list or specific location (Advanced)" and click [Next].

Found New Hardware Wizard Welcome to the Found New Hardware Wizard This wizard helps you install software for: TOSHIBAE-STUDIO3510c If your hardware came with an installation CD or floppy disk, insert it now. What do you want the wizard to do? ○ Install the software automatically (Recommended) ● Install from a list or specific location (Advanced) Click Next to continue. < Back Next > Cancel

4 Select "Search for the best driver in these locations." and check only the "Include this location in the search" check box. Then click [Browse].

$Found New Hardware Wizard Please choose your search and installation options. Search for the best driver in these locations. Use the check boxes below to limit or expand the default search, which includes local paths and removable media. The best driver found will be installed. Search removable media (flopoy, CD-ROM...) Include this location in the search C:\386 Browse Don't search. I will choose the driver to install. Choose this option to select the device driver from a list. Windows does not guarantee that the driver you choose will be the best match for your hardware. < Back Next > Cancel$

• The Browse For Folder dialog box appears.

5 Insert the Client Utilities CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive.

- When inserting the Client Utilities CD-ROM, the installer may automatically start. Click [Cancel] to exit the installer and continue the operation.

6 Locate the directory where the printer driver for Windows XP/Server 2003 is located and click [OK].

Browse For Folder Select the folder that contains drivers for your hardware. W3K XP_2003 FAX PCL6 FRE GER ITA SPA USA To view any subfolders, click a plus sign above. OK Cancel

To install the PCL6 printer driver, locate "[CD-ROM drive]:\Client\W2K_XP_2003\PCL6\"
To install the PS3 printer driver, locate "[CD-ROM drive]:\Client\W2K_XP_2003\PS\".

7 Click [Next].

$Found New Hardware Wizard Please choose your search and installation options. Search for the best driver in these locations. Use the check boxes below to limit or expand the default search, which includes local paths and removable media. The best driver found will be installed. Search removable media (flopey, CD-ROM...) Include this location in the search D:\ClientW\2K_XP_2003\POLBNUSA Browse Don't search I will choose the driver to install. Choose this option to select the device driver from a list. Windows does not guarantee that the driver you choose will be the best match for your hardware. < Back Next > Cancel$

- It starts copying files.

8 Click [Finish].

Found New Hardware Wizard Completing the Found New Hardware Wizard The wizard has finished installing the software for: TOSHIBA eSTUDIO3510cSeriesPCLS Click Finish to close the wizard. Back Finish Cancel

9 The installation is completed.

Note

Before using the printer driver for printing, please configure the installed options of the equipment and department code (if required) on the printer driver. P.188 "Before Using the Printer Driver"

Windows 2000

Installing the printer driver for USB printing by Plug and Play

Note

You must log into Windows as a user who has the "Administrators" or "Power Users" privilege when using Windows 2000.

1 Power on this equipment and your computer.
2 Connect the USB cable to this equipment and your computer.

• The Found New Hardware Wizard dialog box appears.

3 Click [Next].

Found New Hardware Wizard Welcome to the Found New Hardware Wizard This would help you install a device drive for a hardware device. To continue, click Next Cancel

4 Select "Search for a suitable driver for my device (recommended)" and click [Next].

5 Insert the Client Utilities CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive.

- When inserting the Client Utilities CD-ROM, the installer may automatically start. Click [Cancel] to exit the installer and continue the operation.

6 Select only "Specify a location" and click [Next].

7 Click [Browse].

Found New Hardware Wizard Insert the manufacturer's installation disk into the drive selected, and then click OK. OK Cancel Copy manufacturer's files from: 0. Browse...

• The Locate File dialog box appears.

8 Locate the directory where the printer driver for Windows 2000 is located, select a inf file, and click [Open].

Locate File Look in USA e53c2.inf History Desktop My Documents My Computer My Network P File name: e53c2.inf Files of type: Setup Information (Pint) Open Cancel

To install the PCL6 printer driver, locate "[CD-ROM drive]:\Client\W2K_XP_2003\PCL6\".
To install the PS3 printer driver, locate "[CD-ROM drive]:\Client\W2K_XP_2003\PS\"

9 Click [OK].

$Found New Hardware Wizard Insert the manufacturer's installation disk into the drive selected, and then click OK. OK Cancel Copy manufacturer's files from: D:\Client\Nw2K_XP_2003\POLSUSA Browse...$

10 Check [Next].

$Found New Hardware Wizard Driver Files Search Results The wizard has finished searching for driver files for your hardware device. The wizard found a driver for the following device: Unknown Windows found a driver for this device. To install the driver Windows found, click Next d:\scient\w2k_xp_2003\pc6\vusahes3c\v2.mf < Back Next > Cancel$

• It starts copying files.

11 Click [Finish].

Found New Hardware Wizard Completing the Found New Hardware Wizard TOSHIBA eSTUDIO3510eSalesPCL6 Windows has finched installing the software for this device. To close this wizard, click, Finish.

12 The installation is completed.

Note

Before using the printer driver for printing, please configure the installed options of the equipment and department code (if required) on the printer driver.

P.188 "Before Using the Printer Driver"

Windows Me

Installing the printer driver for USB printing by Plug and Play

1 Power on this equipment and your computer.

2 Insert the Client Utilities CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive.

- When inserting the Client Utilities CD-ROM, the installer may automatically start. Click [Cancel] to exit the installer and continue the operation.

3 Connect the USB cable to this equipment and your computer.

• The Add New Hardware Wizard dialog box appears.

4 Select "Automatic search for a better driver (Recommended)" and click [Next].

Add New Hardware Wizard Windows has found the following new hardware e-STUDIO Series Windows can automatically search for and install software that supports your hardware. If your hardware come with installation mode, insert it now and click next. What would you like to do? • Automatic search for a better driver (Recommended) • Specify the location of the driver (Advanced) < Back Next > Cancel

- It starts searching the USB driver. When the USB port driver is found in the Client Utilities CD-ROM, it automatically installs the USB port driver.

Note

If the USB port driver cannot be installed automatically, click [Back] in the displayed dialog box, make sure the Client Utilities CD-ROM is inserted in the CD-ROM drive, and then click [Next] to install the USB port driver again.

5 Click [Finish].

Add New Hardware Wizard TOSHIBA eSTUDIO USB Printing Support Windows has finished installing the new hardware device. Finish Cancel

6 Click [Next].

Add New Hardware Wizard This wizard searches for new driver to: TOSHIBAE-STUDIO3510c A device driver is a software program that makes a hardware device work. 确定 Next > Cancel

7 Select "Search for the best driver for your device (Recommended)" and click [Next].

Add New Hardware Wizard What do you want Windows to do? • Search for the best driver for your device. [Recommended] • Display a list of all live drivers in a specific location, so you can select the driver you want < Back Next > Cancel

8 Check only the "Specify a location" check box and click [Browse].

$Add New Hardware Wizard Windows will search for new drivers in its driver database on your hard drive, and in any of the following selected locations: Click Next to start the search. Floppy disk drive CD-ROM drive In order (Windows Update Specify a location D:\Calcium\USB Browse... < Back Next > Cancel$

• The Browse for Folder dialog box appears.

9 Locate the directory where the printer driver for Windows 98/Me is located and click [OK].

Browse for Folder Select the folders that contains driver information (INF file) for the device. Client Stuno Fox PdS Fie Gex Ito Spa Ms Ps Adrok Discover Dcscn OK Cancel

To install the PCL6 printer driver, locate "[CD-ROM drive]:\Client\9X_ME\PCL6\"
To install the PS3 printer driver, locate "[CD-ROM drive]:\Client\9X_ME\PS\"

10 Click [Next].

$Add New Hardware Wizard Windows will search for new drivers in its driver database on your hard drive, and in any of the following selected locations: Click Next to start the search: □ Flippy disk drives □ CD-ROM drive □ Microsoft Windows Update ☑ Specify a location: D:\Client\SK_ME\PCLS\USA < Back Next > Cancel$

11 Click [Next].

$Add New Hardware Wizard Windows driver file search for the device: TOSHIBA e-STUDIO/03510c SeriesPCLS Windows is now ready to install the best driver for this device. Click Back to select a different driver, or click. Next to continue. Location of driver: D:\CLIENT\B\CME\PCL6\USAE\S30\9 INF < Back Next > Cancel$

12 Change the name if desired and click [Next].

Add Printer Wizard You can type a name for this printer, or you can use the name supplied below. When you have finished. click Next. Printer name: TOSHISA STUDIO350 Software PCL Do you want your Windows based programs to use this print as the default printer? Yes No < Back Next > Cancel

Tip

If any printer drivers have installed on the computer, select whether using this printer as a default printer.

13 Select "Yes (recommended)" to print a test page and click [Finish].

Add Printer Wizard After your printer is installed. Windows can print a test page so you can confirm that the printer is set up properly. Would you like to print a test page? ● No (recommended) ○ No < Back Finish Cancel

Start copying files.

14 Make sure the test page is successfully printed and click [Yes].

TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510cSeriesPCL6 Printer text pages completed A test page is now being sent to the printer. Depending on the speed of your printer, it may take a minute or two before the page is printed. The test page briefly demonstrates the printer's ability to print graphics and text, as well as providing technical information about the printer devices. Did the test page print comedy? Yes No

15 Click [Finish].

Add New Hardware Wizard TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510cSeriesPCL6 Windows has finished installing the software that your new hardware device requires. OK Finish Cancel

16 The installation is completed.

Note

Before using the printer driver for printing, please configure the installed options of the equipment and department code (if required) on the printer driver.

P.188 "Before Using the Printer Driver"

This section describes how to set up the printer drivers for Raw TCP/LPR printing which is available for the local area network over TCP/IP.

There are Two ways to set up the printer drivers for Raw TCP/LPR printing:

- Using the installer in the Client Utilities CD-ROM You can set up the printer drivers for Raw TCP/LPR printing by installing the printer drivers using the installer in the Client Utilities CD-ROM. Then you install and configure the Raw TCP or LPR port to configure the connection.

P.35 "Installation for Raw TCP/LPR Printing Using the Installer"

- Using Add Printer Wizard When you want to install the printer drivers without using the installer, or when you want to install the same printer driver for another equipment, install the printer drivers using the Add Printer Wizard.

P.48 "Installation for Raw TCP/LPR Printing by Add Printer Wizard"

Notes

- Before operating the following setup, check with your system administrator to make sure of the following:

- This equipment is connected to the network and turned on.

- The TCP/IP setting is correct on this equipment and your computer.

- Raw TCP Printing is only available for Windows 2000, Windows XP, and Windows Server 2003.

- LPR Printing is only available for Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000, Windows XP, and Windows Server 2003.

Installation for Raw TCP/LPR Printing Using the Installer

Install the client software using the installer in the Client Utilities CD-ROM first, then configure the Raw TCP or LPR port in each printer driver.

Installing the client software for Raw TCP/LPR printing using the installer

The following describes an installation on Windows XP. The procedure is the same when other versions of Windows are used.

Note

You must log into Windows as a user who has the “Administrators” or “Power Users” privilege when using Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000, Windows XP, or Windows Server 2003.

1 Insert the Client Utilities CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive.

The installer automatically starts and the Choose Setup Language dialog box appears.
If the installer does not automatically start, double-click "Setup.exe" in the Client Utilities CD-ROM.

2 Select your language and click [OK].

Choose Setup Language Select the language for the installation from the choices below. English OK Cancel

• The License Agreement screen is displayed.

3 Select "I accept the terms of the license agreement" and click [Next].

• The Setup Type screen is displayed.

4 Select "Custom" and click [Next].

TOSHIEA e-STUDIO3510: Series Client - InstallShield Wizard Setup Type Select the Setup Type to Install Click the type of Setup you prefer, then click Next. Typical Install the Printer Driver Complete Program will be installed with all options. Custom Yo you may choose the options you want to install. Recommended for advanced users. < Back Next > Cancel

• The Select Components screen is displayed.

5 Check the software that you want to install and click [Next].

TopAccessDocMon — Check this to install the Document Monitor.

TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510cSeriesPCL6 — Check this to install the PCL6 printer driver.

TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510cSeriesPS3 — Check this to install the PS3 printer driver.

Font Manager — Check this to install Font Manager and fonts.

• The Choose Destination Location screen is displayed.

Tip

There are also Network Fax software, e-Filing software, and scan software in the list. For more information about these software, please see the Network Fax Guide, e-Filing Guide, and Scanning Guide.

6 Click [Next].

$TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series Client - InstallShield Wizard Choose Destination Location Select folder where setup will install files. Setup will install TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series Client in the following folder. To install to this folder, click Next. To install to a different folder, click Browse and select another folder. Destination Folder C:\TOSHIBA\TOSHIBA e-STUDIO Client Browse... < Back Next > Cancel$

If you want to change the location where the programs are installed, click [Browse]. In the dialog box that appears, select the folder and click [OK].
• The Select Port screen is displayed.

Note

If the following dialog box appears, click [Continue] to proceed the operation.

Message Devices are not discovered in your network. To Relay searching for devices, press Retry... To Continue to use the Default port or Shared Printer, press Continue. For information, press Information. Continue Retry Information

7 Select "Local Port" option and select "LPT1:" in the drop down box. Then click [Next].

TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series Client Select Port Select the port for printer. Type the network name or Queue name of your device. If you don't know the name, select the device from the list of available devices on the network. Network path or queue name LPT1 Browse Devices on Network Printer Name IPAddress Location PRINTER TYPE Local Port LPT1 < Back Next> Cancel

• The Select Program Folder screen is displayed.

8 Click [Next].

If you want to change the program folder, rename the folder in the "Program Folder" field.
Starts copying files and the InstallShield Wizard Complete screen is displayed when copying files are completed.

Notes

When you select to install the N/W-Fax driver, the Digital Signature Not Found dialog box appears while copying files. Click [Yes] to continue the installation.
If the following message appears, click [Yes] to set the indicated printer driver to be the default printer driver, or click [No] to not change the default printer driver.

TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series Client Do you want to set the following Printer as the Default Printer? TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510C Series P53 Yes No

9 Click [Finish].

- If you selected to install TopAccessDocMon during the installation, the system may ask whether you want to view the Readme file and launch TopAccessDocMon.

Note

The Installer may ask you to restart your computer. If it does, select "Yes, I want to restart my computer now." and click [Finish] to restart your computer.

10 Continue to configure the Raw TCP or LPR port.

The procedure to configure the Raw TCP or LPR port differs depending on the version of Windows used.

P.39 "Configuring the Raw TCP/LPR port for Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003"
P.45 "Configuring the LPR port for Windows NT 4.0"

Configuring the Raw TCP/LPR port for Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003

After you install the client software using the installer in the Client Utilities CD-ROM, create the Raw TCP or LPR port.

The following describes an installation on Windows XP. The procedure is the same when Windows 2000 or Windows Server 2003 is used.

Tip

For instructions on how to install the client software, see the following section.

P.35 "Installing the client software for Raw TCP/LPR printing using the installer"

Note

You must log into Windows as a user who has the "Administrators" or "Power Users" privilege when using Windows 2000, Windows XP, or Windows Server 2003.

1 After installing the client software, click [Start] and click [Printers and Faxes] to open the Printers and Faxes folder.

Administrator Internet Internet Explorer E-mail Outlook Express MSN Explorer Windows Media Player Windows Movie Maker Tour Windows XP Files and Settings Transfer Wizard All Programs My Documents My Recent Documents My Pictures My Music My Computer My Network Places Control Panel Printers and Faxes Help and Support Search Run... Windows Security Log Off Disconnect start

- If you are using the Windows 2000, click [Start], select [Settings], and click [Printers] to open the Printers folder.

• The printer driver properties dialog box appears.

3 Display the [Ports] tab and click [Add Port...].

• The Printer Ports dialog box appears.

4 Select "Standard TCP/IP Port" and click [New Port...].

Printer Ports Available port types: Local Port Standard TCP/IP Port New Port Type... New Port... Cancel

• The Add Standard TCP/IP Printer Port Wizard dialog box appears.

5 Click [Next].

Add Standard TCP/IP Printer Port Wizard Welcome to the Add Standard TCP/IP Printer Port Wizard You use this wizard to add a port for a network printer. Before continuing be sure that: 1. The device is turned on. 2. The network is connected and configured. To continue, click Next < Back Next > Cancel

6 Enter the IP address of this equipment in the "Printer Name or IP Address" field and click [Next].

Add Standard TCP/IP Printer Port Wizard Add Port For which device do you want to add a port? Enter the Printer Name or IP address, and a port name for the desired device. Printer Name or IP Address: 10.10.70.120 Port Name: IP_10.10.70.120 < Back Next > Cancel

If your network uses a DNS or WINS server, enter the printer name of this equipment provided from DNS or WINS in the "Printer Name or IP Address" field.
In the "Port Name" field, the port name is automatically entered according to the IP address or DNS name entered in the "Printer Name or IP Address" field.

7 Select "Standard" and click [Next].

Tip

When the LPD Print setting is enabled, you can also configure LPR printing. When you want to configure LPR printing, follow the procedure below.

Select "Custom" and click [Settings...].

Select "LPR" at the "Protocol" option, enter "Print" in the "Queue Name" field at the "LPR Settings" option, and then click [OK].

Configure Standard TCP/IP Port Monitor Port Settings Port Name: IP_10.10.70.120 Printer Name or IP Address: 10.10.70.120 Protocol Raw LPR Raw Settings Port Number: $100 LPR Settings Gbps Name: pinl LPB Byte Counting Enabled SNMP Status Enabled Community Name: public SNMP Device Index: 1 OK Cancel

Click [Next].

8 Click [Finish].

Add Standard TCP/IP Printer Port Wizard Completing the Add Standard TCP/IP Printer Port Wizard You have selected a port with the following characteristics: SNMP: Yes Protocol: RAW, Port 9100 Device: 10.10.70.120 Port Name: IP_10.10.70.120 Adapter Type: Generic Network Card To complete this wizard, click Finish. < Back Finish Cancel

• The screen returns to the Printer Ports dialog box.

9 Click [Close] to close the Printer Ports dialog box.

Printer Ports Available port types: Local Port Standard TCP/IP Port New Port Type... New Port... Close

10 Make sure the created Raw TCP or LPR port is checked in the "Print to the following port(s)" list and click [Close].

Note

Before using the printer driver for printing, please configure the installed options of the equipment and department code (if required) on the printer driver.

P.188 "Before Using the Printer Driver"

Configuring the LPR port for Windows NT 4.0

After you install the client software using the installer in the Client Utilities CD-ROM, create the LPR port.

Tip

For instructions on how to install the client software, see the following section.

P.35 "Installing the client software for Raw TCP/LPR printing using the installer"

Note

You must log into Windows as a user who has the "Administrators" or "Power Users" privilege when using Windows NT 4.0.

1 After installing the client software, click [Start], select [Settings], and click [Printers] to open the Printers folder.

Windows NT Workstation Programs Documents Settings Find Help Run... Shut Down... Control Panel Printers Taskbar... Start

2 Select the printer driver and select [Properties] in the [File] menu.

Printers Edit View Help Open Paste Printing Set As Default Document Defaults... Spacing Purge Print Documents Server Properties Create Shoutout Delete Rename Properties Close TOSHIBA STUDIO051 OSamePCLB

• The printer driver properties dialog box appears.

3 Display the [Ports] tab and click [Add Port...].

• The Printer Ports dialog box appears.

4 Select "LPR Port" and click [New Port...].

Printer Ports Available Printer Ports Digital Network Port Lenmark DLC Network Port Lenmark TCP/IP Network Port Local Port LFR Port New Monitor... New Port Cancel

• The Add LPR compatible printer dialog box appears.

Note

If "LPR Port" is not listed, make sure the TCP/IP Printing Service is installed on your Windows NT 4.0. "LPR Port" is not listed unless the TCP/IP Printing Service is installed.

5 Enter the IP address of this equipment in the "Name or address of server providing lpd" field and "Print" in the "Name of printer or print queue on that server" field, and click [OK].

Add LPR compatible printer Name or address of server providing lod: 10.10.70.120 Name of printer or print queue on that server: print OK Cancel Help

- When your network uses DNS or WINS server, enter the printer name of this equipment provided from DNS or WINS in the "Name or address of server providing lpd" field.

6 Click [Close] to close the Printer Ports dialog box.

Printer Ports Available Printer Ports Digital Network Port Lexmark DLC Network Port Lexmark TCP/IP Network Port Local Port LRP Port New Monitor... New Port... Close

7 Make sure the created LPR port is checked in the "Print to the following port(s)" list and click [OK] to save settings.

Note

Before using the printer driver for printing, please configure the installed options of the equipment and department code (if required) on the printer driver.

P.188 "Before Using the Printer Driver"

Installation for Raw TCP/LPR Printing by Add Printer Wizard

The procedure to install the printer driver for Raw TCP/LPR printing by Add Printer Wizard differs depending on the version of the Windows being used.

P.48 "Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003"

P.56 "Windows NT 4.0"

Tips

TopAccessDocMon is also available for Raw TCP/LPR printing. To install TopAccessDocMon, you must install it from the Client Utilities CD-ROM separately.
The Font Manager is also available to install and manage the TrueType fonts on your computer. To install the Font Manager, you must install it from the Client Utilities CD-ROM separately.

Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003

Installing the printer driver for Raw TCP/LPR printing by Add Printer Wizard

The following describes an installation on Windows XP. The procedure is the same when Windows 2000 or Windows Server 2003 is used.

Note

You must log into Windows as a user who has the "Administrators" or "Power Users" privilege when using Windows 2000, Windows XP or Windows Server 2003.

1 After installing the client software, click [Start] and click [Printers and Faxes] to open the Printers and Faxes folder.

Administrator Internet Internet Explorer E-mail Outlook Express MSN Explorer Windows Media Player Windows Movie Player Tour Windows XP Files and Settings Transfer Wizard All Programs My Documents My Recent Documents > My Pictures My Music My Computer My Network Places Control Panel Printers and Paxes Help and Support Search Run... Windows Security Log Off Disconnect start

- If you are using the Windows 2000, click [Start], select [Settings], and click [Printers] to open the Printers folder.

Printers and Faxes File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back Search Folders Address Printers and Faxes Go Printer Tasks Add a printer Set up facing See Also Troubleshoot printing Get help with printing Other Places Control Panel Scanners and Cameras My Documents My Pictures My Computer Details

When using the Windows 2000, double-click [Add Printer] icon.
• The Add Printer Wizard dialog box appears.

3 Click [Next].

4 Select "Local printer attached to this computer", uncheck the "Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer", and click [Next].

5 Select "Create a new port" and select "Standard TCP/IP Port" in the "Type of port" drop down box. Then click [Next].

• The Add Standard TCP/IP Printer Port Wizard dialog box appears.

6 Click [Next].

7 Enter the IP address of this equipment in the "Printer Name or IP Address" field and click [Next].

If your network uses a DNS or WINS server, enter the printer name of this equipment provided from DNS or WINS in the "Printer Name or IP Address" field.
In the "Port Name" field, the port name is automatically entered according to the IP address or DNS name entered in the "Printer Name or IP Address" field.

8 Select "Standard" and click [Next].

Tip

When the LPD Print setting is enabled, you can also configure LPR printing. When you want to configure LPR printing, follow the procedure below.

Select "Custom" and click [Settings...].

Select "LPR" at the "Protocol" option, enter "Print" in the "Queue Name" field at the "LPR Settings" option, and then click [OK].

Configure Standard TCP/IP Port Monitor Port Settings Port Name: IP_10.10.70.120 Printer Name or IP Address: 10.10.70.120 Protocol Raw LPR Raw Settings Port Number: 5100 LPR Settings Queue Name: print LPRI Byte Counting Enabled SNMP Status Enabled Community Name: public SNMP Device Index: 1 OK Cancel

Click [Next].

9 Click [Finish].

Add Standard TCP/IP Printer Port Wizard Completing the Add Standard TCP/IP Printer Port Wizard You have selected a port with the following characteristics. SNMP: Yes Protocol: RAW, Port 9100 Device: 10.10.70.120 Port Name: IP_10.10.70.120 Adapter Type: Generic Network Card To complete this wizard, click Finish. < Back Finish Cancel

10 Click [Have Disk...].

• The Install From Disk dialog box appears.

11 Click [Browse...].

Install From Disk Insert the manufacturer's installation disk, and then make sure that the correct drive is selected below. OK Cancel Copy manufacturer's files from: Browse...

• The Locate File dialog box appears.

12 Insert the Client Utilities CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive.

- When inserting the Client Utilities CD-ROM, the installer may automatically start. Click [Cancel] to exit the installer and continue the operation.

13 Locate the directory where the printer driver for Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003 is located and click [Open].

Locate File Look in: USA e53cx2 File name: e53cx2 File of type: Setup Information (*.av) Open Cancel

To install the PCL6 printer driver, locate "[CD-ROM drive]:\Client\W2K_XP_2003\PCL6\".
To install the PS3 printer driver, locate "[CD-ROM drive]:\Client\W2K_XP_2003\PS\"

14 Click [OK].

$Install From Disk Insert the manufacturer's installation disk, and then make sure that the correct drive is selected below. OK Cancel Copy manufacturer's files from: D:\Chem\Kw2K_XP_2003\POLS\USA Browse...$

15 Select the printer driver and click [Next].

Note

If the same printer driver has been installed, the following dialog box appears. If it appears, select "Replace existing driver" and click [Next].

Add Printer Wizard Use Existing Driver A driver is already installed for this printer. You can use or replace the existing driver. TOSHIBA e STUDI03510cSerialPCL6 Do you want to keep the existing driver or use the new one? Keep existing driver (recommended) Replace existing driver < Back Next > Cancel

16 Change the name if desired and click [Next].

Add Printer Wizard Name Your Printer You must assign a name to this printer. Type a name for this printer. Because some programs do not support printer and server name combinations of more than 31 characters, it is best to keep the name as short as possible. Printer name: TOSHIBa e-STUD103510cSeriesPCL9 Do you want to use this printer as the default printer? Yes No < Back Next > Cancel

Tip

If any printer drivers have installed on the computer, select whether using this printer as a default printer.

17 Select whether this printer is shared or not, and click [Next].

Add Printer Wizard Printer Sharing You can share this printer with other network users. If you want to share this printer, you must provide a share name. You can use the suggested name or type a new one. The share name will be viable to other network users. ○ Do not share this printer ○ Share name: < Back Next > Cancel

18 Select "Yes" to print a test page and click [Next].

Add Printer Wizard Print Test Page To confirm that the printer is installed properly, you can print a test page. Do you want to print a test page? Yes No < Back Next > Cancel

19 Click [Finish].

Add Printer Wizard Completing the Add Printer Wizard You have successfully completed the Add Printer Wizard. You specified the following printer settings: Name: TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510cSalesPCL6 Share name: Port: IP_10.10.70.120 Model: TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510cSalesPCL6 Default: Yes Test page: Yes To close this wizard, click.Finish. < Back Finish Cancel

- Start copying files.

20 The installation is completed.

Note

Before using the printer driver for printing, please configure the installed options of the equipment and department code (if required) on the printer driver.

P.188 "Before Using the Printer Driver"

Windows NT 4.0

Installing the printer driver for LPR printing by Add Printer Wizard

Note

You must log into Windows NT 4.0 as a user who has the "Administrators" or "Power Users" privilege.

1 Click [Start], select [Settings], and click [Printers] to open the Printers folder.

Windows NT Workstation Settings Find Help Run Shut Down... Control Panel Porters Taskbar Start

2 Double-click the [Add Printer] icon.

Printers Edit View Help Printers Add Printer TOSHIBA eSTUDIO3... 2 obiect(s)

• The Add Printer Wizard dialog box appears.

3 Select "My Computer" and click [Next].

Add Printer Wizard This wizard helps you install your printer or make printer connections. This printer will be managed by. • My Computer All settings will be managed and configured on this computer. • Network printer server Connect to a printer on another machine. All settings for this printer are managed by a print server that has been set up by an administrator. < Back Next > Cancel

4 Click [Add Port...].

Add Printer Wizard Click the check box next to the port(s) you want to use. Documents will print to the first available checked port. Available ports: Port Description Printer LPT1 Local Port TOSHIBA e... LPT2 Local Port LPT3 Local Port COM1 Local Port COM2 Local Port COM3 Local Port Add Port... Configure Port... Enable printer pooling < Back Next > Cancel

• The Printer Ports dialog box appears.

5 Select "LPR Port" and click [New Port...].

Printer Ports Available Printer Ports Digital Network Port Localink DLC Network Port Localink TCP/IP Network Port Local Port LFP Port New Monitor... New Port Cancel

• The Add LPR compatible printer dialog box appears.

Note

If "LPR Port" is not listed, make sure the TCP/IP Printing Service is installed on your Windows NT 4.0. "LPR Port" is not listed unless the TCP/IP Printing Service is installed.

6 Enter the IP address of this equipment in the "Name or address of server providing lpd" field and "Print" in the "Name of printer or print queue on that server" field, and click [OK].

Add LPR compatible printer Name or address of server providing bod: 10.10.70.120 Name or printer or print queue on that server: print OK Cancel Help

- When your network uses DNS or WINS server, enter the printer name of this equipment provided from DNS or WINS in the "Name or address of server providing lpd" field.

7 Click [Close] to close the Printer Ports dialog box.

Printer Ports Available Printer Ports Digital Network Port Lenmark DLC Network Port Lenmark TCP/IP Network Port Local Port LPR Port New Monitor... New Port... Close

8 Make sure that the created LPR Port is selected in the "Available ports" list and click [Next].

Add Printer Wizard Click the check box next to the port(s) you want to use. Documents will print to the first available checked port. Available ports: Port Description Print 10 10 20 1 LPT1 LocalPort TOSHIBA e... LPT2 LocalPort LPT3 LocalPort COM1 LocalPort COM2 LocalPort Add Port... Configure Port... Enable printer pooling < Back Next > Cancel

9 Click [Have Disk...].

• The Install From Disk dialog box appears.

10 Click [Browse...].

Install From Disk Insert the manufacturer's installation disk into the drive selected, and then click OK. OK Cancel Copy manufacture's files from: Browse...

- The "A:\ is not accessible" message appears.

11 Click [Cancel].

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - Click [Close] to close the Printer Ports dialog box. - 5

• The Locate File dialog box appears.

12 Insert the Client Utilities CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive.

- When inserting the Client Utilities CD-ROM, the installer may automatically start. Click [Cancel] to exit the installer and continue the operation.

13 Locate the directory where the printer driver for Windows NT 4.0 is located and click [Open].

Locate File Lock in Use eS3.com File name: eS3.com Files of type: Setup Information (*.info) Open Cancel

To install the PCL6 printer driver, locate "[CD-ROM drive]:\Client\NT\PCL6\"
To install the PS3 printer driver, locate "[CD-ROM drive]:\Client\NT\PS\"

14 Click [OK].

$Install From Disk Insert the manufacturer's installation disk into the drive selected, and then click OK. OK Cancel Copy manufacturer's files from D:\Client\NT\PCLS\USA Browse...$

15 Select the printer driver and click [Next].

Add Printer Wizard Click the manufacturer and model of your printer. If your printer came with an installation disk, click Have Disk... If your printer is not listed, consult your paper documentation for a compatible printer. Printers TOSHIBA.e.STUDIO35106 miniPC16 Have Disk... < Back Next > Cancel

Note

If the same printer driver has been installed, the following dialog box appears. If it appears, select "Replace existing driver" and click [Next].

Add Printer Wizard TOSHIBA e-STUDIO 3510eSalesPCL6 A driver is already installed for this printer. Would you like to keep the existing driver or use the new one? Your programs may print differently if you use the new driver. Keep existing driver (recommended) Replace existing driver < Back Next > Cancel

16 Change the name if desired and click [Next].

Add Printer Wizard Type in the name of this printer. When you have finished, click Next. Note: Exceeding 31 characters in the Server and Printer name combination may not be supported by some applications. Printer name: TOSHIBA e STUDI03510 SeriesFCL Do you want your Windows-based programs to use this printer as the default printer? Yes No < Back Next > Cancel

Tip

If any printer drivers have installed on the computer, select whether using this printer as a default printer.

17 Select whether this printer is shared or not, and click [Next].

- When you select "Shared", you can also select the operating systems of printer drivers that you want to install for clients. If you select any operating systems, repeat the procedure from Step 9 to 15 to install the printer drivers for selected operating systems.

18 Select "Yes (recommended)" to print a test page and click [Finish].

Add Printer Wizard After your printer is installed, you can print a test page so you can confirm that the printer is set up properly. Would you like to print a test page? ● Yes (recommended) ○ No < Back Finish Cancel

19 The installation is completed.

Note

Before using the printer driver for printing, please configure the installed options of the equipment and department code (if required) on the printer driver.

P.188 "Before Using the Printer Driver"

This section describes how to set up the client software for SMB printing which is available for the local area network over TCP/IP.

There are three ways to set up the printer drivers for SMB printing:

• Using the installer in the Client Utilities CD-ROM
When you insert the Client Utilities CD-ROM into your CD-ROM drive, the installer automatically starts. You can install printer drivers and other client software using the installer. If you want to install printer drivers as well as other client software, this method is convenient.
P.61 "Installation for SMB Printing Using the Installer"

• Using Point and Print

You can install the printer driver by double-clicking network queues on the system. By this method, printer drivers can be downloaded from the system so that the Client Utilities CD-ROM is not required. However, other client software cannot be installed using this method. P.67 "Installation for SMB Printing by Point and Print"

• Using Add Printer Wizard

When you want to install the printer drivers without connecting to the equipment using Point and Print, install the printer drivers using the Add Printer Wizard.

P.71 "Installation for SMB Printing by Add Printer Wizard"

Note

Before installing the printer driver for SMB printing, check with your system administrator to make sure of the following:

This equipment is connected to the network and turned on.
The TCP/IP setting is correct on this equipment and your computer.

Installation for SMB Printing Using the Installer

You can install the client software and set up the SMB printing using the installer in the Client Utilities CD-ROM.

Note

Installing the client software for SMB printing using the installer

The following describes an installation on Windows XP. The procedure is the same when other versions of Windows are used.

Note

You must log into Windows as a user who has the “Administrators” or “Power Users” privilege when using Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000, Windows XP, or Windows Server 2003.

1 Insert the Client Utilities CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive.

The installer automatically starts and the Choose Setup Language dialog box appears.
If the installer does not automatically start, double-click "Setup.exe" in the Client Utilities CD-ROM.

2 Select your language and click [OK].

Choose Setup Language Select the language for the installation from the choices below. English OK Cancel

• The License Agreement screen is displayed.

3 Select "I accept the terms of the license agreement" and click [Next].

• The Setup Type screen is displayed.

4 Select "Custom" and click [Next].

TOSHIFA e-STUDIO3510: Series Client - InstallShield Wizard Setup Type Select the Setup Type to Install Click the type of Setup you prefer, then click Next. Typical Install the Printer Driver Complete Program will be installed with all options. Custom Yo you may choose the options you want to install. Recommended for advanced users. < Back Next > Cancel

• The Select Components screen is displayed.

5 Check the software that you want to install and click [Next].

TopAccessDocMon — Check this to install the Document Monitor.

TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510cSeriesPCL6 — Check this to install the PCL6 printer driver.

TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510cSeriesPS3 — Check this to install the PS3 printer driver.

Font Manager — Check this to install Font Manager and fonts.

• The Choose Destination Location screen is displayed.

Tip

There are also Network Fax software, e-Filing software, and scan software in the list. For more information about these software, please see the Network Fax Guide, e-Filing Guide, and Scanning Guide.

6 Click [Next].

$TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series Client - InstallShield Wizard Choose Destination Location Select folder where setup will install files. Setup will install TOSHIBA.e-STUDIO3510c Series Client in the following folder. To install to this folder, click Next. To install to a different folder, click Browse and select another folder. Destination Folder C:\TOSHIBA\TOSHIBA.e-STUDIO Client Browse... < Back Next > Cancel$

If you want to change the location where the programs are installed, click [Browse]. In the dialog box that appears, select the folder and click [OK].
• The Select Port screen is displayed.

7 When the equipment is automatically found in the network, the "Device on Network" option is selected and the found devices are displayed in the list. Select the equipment that you want to connect and click [Next].

$TOSHIRA e-STUDIO3510c Series Client Select Port Select the port for printer. Type the network name or Queue name of your device. If you don't know the name, select the device from the list of available devices on the network. Network path or queue name: \\10.10.70.120\point Browse Devices on Network Printer Name IPAddress Location FRINTER TYPE MIF-0498801 10.10.70.120 TOSHIRA e-STUDIO3510c Local Port \\http://637704.pmt < Back Next> Cancel$

• The Select Program Folder screen is displayed.

Tips

When the equipment is not automatically found in the network, the "Message" dialog box appears. In that case, proceed the procedure below to select the network queue manually.

The "Message" dialog box appears, and click [Continue].

Messages Devices are not discovered in your network. To Retry searching for devices, press Retry. To Continue to use the Default port or Shared Printer, press Continue. For information, press Information. Continue Retry Information

The Select Port screen is displayed, and click [Browse].

TOSHIRA e-STUDIO3510: Series Client Select Port Select the port for ports. Type the network name or Queue name of your device. If you don't know the name, select the device from the list of available devices on the network. Network path or queue name: COM1: Browse Devices on Network Printer Name IPAddress Location PPRINTER TYPE Local Port COM1: < Back Next> Cancel

The Browse for Folder dialog box appears. Locate this equipment in your network, select the "print" queue, and click [OK].

Browse for Printer Network Open SMB Server (Mfp-04587701) SMB Server (Mfp-04990620) pd6 print ps3 Orange Premage455 Su Tokyo Xeon265d Melakoro Memory OK Cancel

- Do not select "pcl6", or "ps3" queue. These queues only accept the print job in each emulation. If you install several printer drivers and specify one of these queues, the print job may not be printed properly due to mismatch of the emulations between the print job and queue.

Click [Next].

$TOSHIRA e-STUDIO3510: Series Client Select Port Select the port for printer. Type the network name or Queue name of your device. If you don't know the name, select the device from the list of available devices on the network. Network path or queue name : \http-04998827.pdf Devices on Network Printer Name IPAddress Location PPRINTER TYPE Local Port COM1: < Back Next> Cancel$

8 Click [Next].

If you want to change the program folder, rename the folder in the "Program Folder" field.
Starts copying files and the InstallShield Wizard Complete screen is displayed when copying files are completed.

Notes

When you select to install the N/W-Fax driver, the Digital Signature Not Found dialog box appears while copying files. Click [Yes] to continue the installation.
If the following message appears, click [Yes] to set the indicated printer driver to be the default printer driver, or click [No] to not change the default printer driver.

TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series Client Do you want to set the following Printer as the Default Printer? TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series PS3 Yes No

9 Click [Finish].

- If you selected to install TopAccessDocMon during the installation, the system may ask whether you want to view the Readme file and launch TopAccessDocMon.

Note

The Installer may ask you to restart your computer. If it does, select "Yes, I want to restart my computer now." and click [Finish] to restart your computer.

10 The installation is completed.

Note

Before using the printer driver for printing, please configure the installed options of the equipment and department code (if required) on the printer driver.

P.188 "Before Using the Printer Driver"

Installation for SMB Printing by Point and Print

The procedure to install the printer driver for SMB printing by Point and Print differs depending on the version of Windows used.

P.67 "Windows NT 4.0/2000/XP/Server 2003"

P.69 "Windows 98/Me"

Note

It assumes using SMB printing by Point and Print in a small network. If you can use the Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000, Windows XP, or Windows Server 2003 as a print server, it is recommended to set up for printing via Windows print server. For further information about setting up printing via a Windows print server, see the Network Administration Guide.

Tips

TopAccessDocMon is also available for SMB printing. To install TopAccessDocMon, you must install it from the Client Utilities CD-ROM separately.
The Font Manager is also available to install and manage the TrueType fonts on your computer. To install the Font Manager, you must install it from the Client Utilities CD-ROM separately.

Windows NT 4.0/2000/XP/Server 2003

Installing the printer drivers for SMB printing by Point and Print

The following describes an installation on Windows XP. The procedure is the same when other versions of Windows are used.

Note

You must log into Windows as a user who has the “Administrators” or “Power Users” privilege when using Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000, Windows XP, or Windows Server 2003.

1 Open this equipment in the network with Windows Explorer, and double-click a queue in which the printer driver should be installed (see below).

SUB Server (Mfp-04998820) File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back Search Folders Address VMfp-04998820 Go Network Tasks Add a network place View network connections Set up a home or small office network View workgroup computers Other Places Jupiter My Computer My Documents Shared Documents Printers and Faces Details FILE_SHARE print ps3 Printers and Faces

pcl6 — Double-click this queue to install the PCL6 printer driver. ps3 — Double-click this queue to install the PS3 printer driver.

Tips

- When you are installing the printer driver on Windows XP, the Connect to Printers dialog box may appear. In that case, click [Yes].

Connect to Printer You are about to connect to a printer on Mfp-04998520, which will automatically install a print driver on your machines. Printer drivers may contain viruses or scripts that can be harmful to your computer. It is important to be certain that the computer sharing this printer is trustworthy. Would you like to continue? Yes No

- When you are installing the printer driver on Windows 2000/NT 4.0, the Printers dialog box appears. In that case, click [Yes].

Printers Before you can use the printer "Mfp-04587/04"pc6, it must be set up on your computer. Do you want Windows to set up the printer and continue this operation? Yes No

2 The printer driver is installed.

Note

Before using the printer driver for printing, please configure the installed options of the equipment and department code (if required) on the printer driver. P.188 "Before Using the Printer Driver"

Windows 98/Me

Installing the printer drivers for SMB printing by Point and Print

1 Open this equipment in the network with Windows Explorer, and double-click a queue in which the printer driver should be installed (see below).

Mfp 04998820 File Edit View Go Favorites Help Address: W1fp.04998820 file_shore p3.6 print ps3 1 direct(s) selected

pcl6 — Double-click this queue to install the PCL6 printer driver. ps3 — Double-click this queue to install the PS3 printer driver.

• The Printers dialog box appears.

2 Click [Yes].

$Printers Before you can use the printer:\MFP-04398620\pcds.' It must be set up on your computer. Do you want Windows to set up the printer and continue this operation? Yes No$

• The Add Printer Wizard dialog box appears.

3 Select whether printing MS-DOS-based programs and click [Next].

Add Printer Wizard Do you pick from MS-DOS-based programs? Yes No < Back Next > Cancel

4 Change the name if desired, select whether you are using this printer as a default printer, and click [Next].

Add Printer Wizard You can type a name for this printer, or you can use the name supplied below. When you have finished. click Next. Printer name: TOSHIBA e-STUDI0351cSeriesFCL8 Do you want your Windows-based program to use this printer as the default printer? Yes No < Back Next > Cancel

5 Select "Yes" to print a test page and click [Finish].

Add Printer Wizard After your printer is installed. Windows can print a test page so you can confirm that the printer is set up properly. Would you like to print a test page? • Yes (Recommended) • No < Back Finish Cancel

6 Make sure a test page is printed successfully and click [Yes] to close the dialog box.

TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510cSeriesPCL6 Printer text page completed! A test page is now being sent to the printer. Depending on the speed of your printer, it may take a minute or two before the page is printed. The test page briefly demonstrates the printer's ability to print graphics and text, as well as providing technical information about the printer driver. Did the test page print correctly? Yes No

7 The printer driver is installed and the print queue window appears.

TOSHIBA e-STUDIO 03510eServicePCLS Print Document View Help Document Name Status Owner Progress Started At 0 jobs in queue

Note

Before using the printer driver for printing, please configure the installed options of the equipment and department code (if required) on the printer driver.

P.188 "Before Using the Printer Driver"

Installation for SMB Printing by Add Printer Wizard

The procedure to install the printer driver for SMB printing by Add Printer Wizard differs depending on the version of the Windows being used.

P.71 "Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003"
P.77 "Windows NT 4.0"
P.82 "Windows 98/Me"

Note

Tips

TopAccessDocMon is also available for SMB printing. To install TopAccessDocMon, you must install it from the Client Utilities CD-ROM separately.
The Font Manager is also available to install and manage the TrueType fonts on your computer. To install the Font Manager, you must install it from the Client Utilities CD-ROM separately.

Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003

Installing the printer driver for SMB printing by Add Printer Wizard

The following describes an installation on Windows XP. The procedure is the same when other versions of Windows are used.

Note

You must log into Windows as a user who has the “Administrators” or “Power Users” privilege when using Windows 2000, Windows XP, or Windows Server 2003.

1 Click [Start] and click [Printers and Faxes] to open the Printers and Faxes folder.

- If you are using the Windows 2000, click [Start], select [Settings], and click [Printers] to open the Printers folder.

When using the Windows 2000, double-click [Add Printer] icon.
• The Add Printer Wizard dialog box appears.

3 Click [Next].

4 Select "Local printer", uncheck the "Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer", and click [Next].

5 Select "Create a new port" and select "Local Port" in the "Type of port" drop down box. Then click [Next].

• The Port Name dialog box appears.

6 Enter "\\print" in the field and click [OK].

$Port Name Enter a port name: \\Mfp-04587704\pinl OK Cancel$

Example: NetBIOS Name = Mfp-04587704 \Mfp-04587704\print

Tip

You can also enter the IP address instead of the NetBIOS Name. Example: \10.10.70.120\print

7 Click [Have Disk...].

• The Install From Disk dialog box appears.

8 Click [Browse...].

Install From Disk Insert the manufacturer's installation disk, and then make sure that the correct drive is selected below. OK Cancel Copy manufacturer's files from: Browse...

• The Locate File dialog box appears.

9 Insert the Client Utilities CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive.

- When inserting the Client Utilities CD-ROM, the installer may automatically start. Click [Cancel] to exit the installer and continue the operation.

10 Locate the directory where the printer driver for Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003 is located and click [Open].

Locate File Look in: USA cs3o2 File name: cs3o2 Files of type: Setup Information (*.txt) Open Cancel

To install the PCL6 printer driver, locate "[CD-ROM drive]:\Client\W2K_XP_2003\PCL6\".
To install the PS3 printer driver, locate "[CD-ROM drive]:\Client\W2K_XP_2003\PS\"

11 Click [OK].

$Install From Disk Insert the manufacturer's installation disk, and then make sure that the correct drive is selected below. OK Cancel Copy manufacturer's files from: D:\Class\Nw2K_XP_2003\PCLS\USA Browse...$

12 Select the printer driver and click [Next].

Note

If the same printer driver has been installed, the following dialog box appears. If it appears, select "Replace existing driver" and click [Next].

Add Printer Wizard Use Existing Driver A driver is already installed for this printer. You can use or replace the existing driver. TOSHIBA e-STUDI03510cSerialPCLS Do you want to keep the existing driver or use the new one? ○ Keep existing driver (recommended) ● Replace existing driver < Back Next > Cancel

13 Change the name if desired and click [Next].

Add Printer Wizard Name Your Printer You must design a name to this printer Type a name for this printer. Because some programs do not support printer and server name combinations of more than 51 characters, it is best to keep the name as short as possible. Printer name: TOSHBoe-STUDI0310cSensePCS Do you want to use this printer as the default printer? Yes No < Back Next > Cancel

Tip

If any printer drivers have installed on the computer, select whether using this printer as a default printer.

14 Select whether this printer is shared or not, and click [Next].

15 Select "Yes" to print a test page and click [Next].

Add Printer Wizard Print Test Page To confirm that the printer is installed properly, you can print a test page. Do you want to print a test page? Yes No < Back Next > Cancel

16 Click [Finish].

$Add Printer Wizard Completing the Add Printer Wizard You have successfully completed the Add Printer Wizard. You specified the following printer settings: Name: TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510cSalesPCL6 Share name: Port: \NMIp-0498704\print Model: TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510cSalesPCL6 Default: Yes Test page: Yes To close this wizard, click Finish. < Back Finish Cancel$

- Start copying files.

17 The installation is completed.

Note

Before using the printer driver for printing, please configure the installed options of the equipment and department code (if required) on the printer driver.

P.188 "Before Using the Printer Driver"

Windows NT 4.0

Installing the printer driver for SMB printing by Add Printer Wizard

Note

You must log into Windows NT 4.0 as a user who has the "Administrators" or "Power Users" privilege.

1 Click [Start], select [Settings], and click [Printers] to open the Printers folder.

Windows NT Workstation Programs Documents Settings Find Help Run... Shut Down... Control Panel Printers Taskbox Start

2 Double-click the [Add Printer] icon.

Printers Add Printer TOSHIBA e-STUD103... 1 obrc(s) selected

• The Add Printer Wizard dialog box appears.

3 Select "My Computer" and click [Next].

Add Printer Wizard This wizard helps you install your printer or make printer connections. This printer will be managed by. My Computer All settings will be managed and configured on this computer. Network printer server Connect to a printer on another machine. All settings for this printer are managed by a print server that has been set up by an administrator. < Back Next > Cancel

4 Click [Add Port...].

Add Printer Wizard Click the check box next to the port(s) you want to use. Documents will print to the first available checked port. Available ports: Port Desorption Printer LPT1 LocalPort TOSHIBA e... LPT2 LocalPort LPT3 LocalPort COM1 LocalPort COM2 LocalPort COM3 LocalPort Add Port... Configure Port... Enable printer pooling < Back Next > Cancel

• The Printer Ports dialog box appears.

5 Select "Local Port" and click [New Port...].

Printer Ports Available Printer Ports Digital Network Port Lexmark DLC Network Port Lexmark TCP/IP Network Port Local Port LHP Port New Monitor... New Port Cancel

• The Port Name dialog box appears.

6 Enter "\\print" in the field and click [OK].

$Port Name Enter a port name: \Mlp-0498820\print OK Cancel Help$

Example: NetBIOS Name = Mfp-04998820 \Mfp-04998820\print

Tip

You can also enter the IP address instead of the NetBIOS Name. Example: \10.10.70.120\print

7 Click [Close].

Printer Ports Available Printer Ports Digital Network Port Lenmark DLC Network Port Lenmark TCP/IP Network Port Local Port LPR Port New Monitor... New Port... Close

8 Make sure the created port is selected and click [Next].

$Add Printer Wizard Click the check box next to the port(s) you want to use. Documents will print to the first available checked port. Available ports: Port Description Printer COM2: Local/Port COM3: Local/Port COM4: Local/Port FILE: Local/Port ✓\\M/p-049 Local/Port Add Port... Configure Port... Enable printer pooling < Back Next > Cancel$

9 Click [Have Disk...].

• The Install From Disk dialog box appears.

10 Click [Browse...].

Install From Disk Insert the manufacturer's installation disk into the drive selected, and then click OK. OK Cancel Copy manufacturer's files from: AA Browse...

- The "A:\ is not accessible" message appears.

11 Click [Cancel].

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - Click [Cancel]. - 1

• The Locate File dialog box appears.

12 Insert the Client Utilities CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive.

- When inserting the Client Utilities CD-ROM, the installer may automatically start. Click [Cancel] to exit the installer and continue the operation.

13 Locate the directory where the printer driver for Windows NT 4.0 is located and click [Open].

Locate File Lock in Use e83css File name: e83css Files of type: Setup Information (file) Open Cancel

To install the PCL6 printer driver, locate "[CD-ROM drive]:\Client\NT\PCL6\"
To install the PS3 printer driver, locate "[CD-ROM drive]:\Client\NT\PS\"

14 Click [OK].

$Install From Disk Insert the manufacturer's installation disk into the drive selected, and then click OK. OK Cancel Copy manufacturer's files from: D:\ClientNT\PCLS\USA Browse...$

15 Select the printer driver and click [Next].

Add Printer Wizard Click the manufacturer and model of your printer. If your printer came with an installation disk, click Have Disk. If your printer is not listed, consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer. Printers: TOSHIBA-5100163108.exe Have Disk... < Back Next > Cancel

Note

If the same printer driver has been installed, the following dialog box appears. If it appears, select "Replace existing driver" and click [Next].

Add Printer Wizard 105HBBA e-STUDI0 3510c SeriesPCL6 A driver is already installed for this printer. Would you like to keep the existing driver or use the new one? Your programs may paint differently if you use the new driver. ● Keep existing driver (recommended) ● Replace existing driver < Back Next > Cancel

16 Change the name if desired and click [Next].

Add Printer Wizard Type in the name of this printer. When you have finished, click Next. Note: Exceeding 31 characters in the Server and Printer name combination may not be supported by some applications. Printer name: TOSHIBA e-STU01D3570cSeriesFCL6 Do you want your Windows based programs to use this printer as the default printer? Yes No < Back Next > Cancel

Tip

If any printer drivers have installed on the computer, select whether using this printer as a default printer.

17 Select whether this printer is shared or not, and click [Next].

Tip

When you select "Shared", you can also select the operating systems of printer drivers that you want to install for clients. If you select any operating systems, repeat the procedure from Step 9 to 15 to install the printer drivers for selected operating systems.

18 Select "Yes (recommended)" to print a test page and click [Finish].

19 The installation is completed.

Note

Before using the printer driver for printing, please configure the installed options of the equipment and department code (if required) on the printer driver.

P.188 "Before Using the Printer Driver"

Windows 98/Me

Installing the printer driver for SMB printing by Add Printer Wizard

The following describes an installation on Windows 98. The procedure is the same when Windows Me is used.

1 Click [Start], select [Settings], and click [Printers] to open the Printers folder.

Windows 96 Settings Control Panel Printers Desktop & Start Menu... Folder Options... Active Desktop Windows Update...

2 Double-click the [Add Printer] icon.

Printers File Edit View Go Favorites Help Add Print TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3... 2 direct(s)

• The Add Printer Wizard dialog box appears.

3 Click [Next].

Add Printer Wizard This wizard will help you to install your printer quickly and only. To begin installing your printer, click Next.

4 Select "Local printer" and click [Next].

Add Printer Wizard How is this printer attached to your computer? If it is directly attached to your computer, click Local Printer. If it is attached to another computer, click Network Printer ● Local printer ○ Network printer < Back Next > Cancel

5 Click [Have Disk...].

• The Install From Disk dialog box appears.

6 Click [Browse...].

Install From Disk Insert the manufacturer's installation disk into the drive selected, and then click OK. OK Cancel Copy manufacturer's files from: a.d. Browse...

• The Open dialog box appears.

7 Insert the Client Utilities CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive.

- When inserting the Client Utilities CD-ROM, the installer may automatically start. Click [Cancel] to exit the installer and continue the operation.

8 Locate the directory where the printer driver for Windows 98/Me is located and click [OK].

$Open File name: es3.cas8.int es3.cas8.int Editors: D:\Cler\UK_MEVPCLEUSA d:\ Client the_me po8 us0 OK Cancel Network... Drives: d$

To install the PCL6 printer driver, locate "[CD-ROM drive]:\Client\9X_ME\PCL6\"
To install the PS3 printer driver, locate "[CD-ROM drive]:\Client\9X_ME\PS\"

9 Click [OK].

$Install From Disk Insert the manufacture's installation disk into the drive selected, and then click OK. OK Cancel Copy manufacturer's files from: D:\VClient\NSC_MEVFCLSVUSA Browse...$

10 Select the printer driver and click [Next].

11 Select "LPT1:" and click [Next].

Add Printer Wizard Click the port you want to use with this printer, and then click Next. Available ports: COM1: Communications Port COM2: Communications Port FILE: Creates a file and disk UP1: Print Port USB001: Visual printer port for USB Add Port... Configure Port... < Back Next > Cancel

12 Change the name if desired and click [Next].

Add Printer Wizard You can type a name for this printer, or you can use the name supplied below. When you have finished, click Next. Printer name: TOSHIBA & STUDI0350C SeriesFCL6 Do you want your Windows based programs to use this printer as the default printer? Yes No < Back Next > Cancel

Tip

If any printer drivers have installed on the computer, select whether using this printer as a default printer.

13 Select "No" and click [Finish].

Add Printer Wizard After your printer is installed. Windows can print a test page so you can confirm that the printer is set up properly. Would you like to print a test page? ● Yes (recommended) ● No < Back Finish Cancel

- Start copying files.

14 The printer driver is installed and appears in the Printers folder.

Printers File Edit View Go Favorites Help Open Figue Printing Set as Default Furge Print Documents Shoring... Capture Printer Port... End Capture... Create Shortcut Delete Rename Properties ✓ Printers Work Offline Class UPSHEBA STUDIO351 SerialPOLS Unreplace the properties of the selected items

• The printer driver properties dialog box appears.

16 Display the [Details] tab and click [Add Port...].

• The Add Port dialog box appears.

17 Select "Other" and "Local Port", and click [OK].

Add Port Select the type of port you want to add Network Specify the network path to the printer: Browse... Other Click the type of port you want to add IP-F2P Local Port usilon.pl OK Cancel

• The Port Name dialog box appears.

18 Enter "\\print" in the field and click [OK].

$Port Name Enter a port name: \\Mfo-04598820 (point) OK Cancel$

Example: NetBIOS Name = MFP-04998820

\Mfp-04998820\print

Tip

You can also enter the IP address instead of the NetBIOS Name.

Example: \10.10.70.120\print

19 Click [OK] to save settings.

$TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510cSeriesPCL6 Properties Effect General Details Color Management Share Basic Finishing Paper Handling Image Quality TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510cSeriesPCL6 Print to the following port: \Mfp 0439820 /print (Unknown local p Add Port... Print using the following driver: TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510cSeriesPCL6 Delete Port... New Driver... Capture Printer Port... End Capture... Timeout settings Not selected: 15 seconds Transmission relay: 45 seconds Speed Settings... Port Settings... OK Cancel Apply Help$

20 The installation is completed.

Note

Before using the printer driver for printing, please configure the installed options of the equipment and department code (if required) on the printer driver.

P.188 "Before Using the Printer Driver"

Installing Client Software for IPP Printing

This section describes how to set up the printer drivers for IPP printing which is available for Internet connection.

To set up the printer drivers for IPP printing, install the printer drivers by Add Printer Wizard, and then install the other software that you require.

Notes

Before installing the printer driver for IPP printing, check with your system administrator to make sure of the following:
This equipment is connected to the network and turned on.
The TCP/IP setting is correct on this equipment and your computer.
IPP Printing is only available for Windows 2000, Windows XP, and Windows Server 2003.

Installation for IPP Printing by Add Printer Wizard

Installing the printer driver for IPP printing by Add Printer Wizard

The following describes an installation on Windows XP. The procedure is the same when Windows 2000 or Windows Server 2003 is used.

Note

You must log into Windows as a user who has the "Administrators" or "Power Users" privilege.

1 Click [Start] and click [Printers and Faxes] to open the Printers and Faxes folder.

Administrator Internet Internet Explorer E-mail Outlook Express MSN Explorer Windows Media Player Windows Movie Maker Tour Windows XP Files and Settings Transfer Wizard All Programs My Documents My Recent Documents My Pictures My Music My Computer My Network Places Control Panel Printers and Pares Help and Support Search Run... Windows Security Log Off Disconnect start

- If you are using the Windows 2000, click [Start], select [Settings], and click [Printers] to open the Printers folder.

When using the Windows 2000, double-click [Add Printer] icon.
• The Add Printer Wizard dialog box appears.

3 Click [Next].

4 Select "Network printer" and click [Next].

5 Select "Connect to a printer on the Internet or on a home or office network", and enter "http://[IP address]:631/Print" in the "URL" field.

$Add Printer Wizard Specify a Printer If you don't know the name or address of the printer, you can search for a printer that needs your needs. What printer do you want to connect to? Browse for a printer Connect to this printer (or to browse for a printer, select this option and click Next) Name: Example: \server\printer Connect to a printer on the Internet or on a home or office network: URL: http://10.10.70.120/631/Print Example: http://server/printers/mprinter/.printer < Back Next > Cancel$

Enter the IP address of this equipment instead of [IP address].
Example: IP address = 10.10.70.120
http://10.10.70.120:631/Print
If your network uses a DNS or WINS server, enter the printer name of this equipment provided from DNS or WINS instead of [IP address].
Example: Print Server Name = Mfp-00c67861
http://Mfp-00c67861:631/Print
When you connect from the Internet, enter the FQDN of this equipment provided from DNS instead of [IP address].
Example: URL = mfp_00c67861.toshiba.com
http://mfp_00c67861.toshiba.com:631/Print

Note

"P" for "Print" in the IPP URL must be capitalized. When you are using on Windows XP, the IPP port can be created by entering "print" (non-capitalized) in the IPP URL, but the print job cannot be sent to the equipment. In that case, delete the IPP port and then create the IPP port correctly again.

Tips

If an administrator has enabled the IPP Port80 Enabled option on this equipment, you can exclude the port number from the URL. (i.e. "http://192.168.255.48/Print")
If an administrator has enabled the Enable SSL option for IPP Print, you must enter "https://[IP address]:[SSL port number]/Print" in the "URL" field.
(i.e. "https://192.168.255.48:443/Print")

6 Click [Next].

• The Add Printer Wizard dialog box appears.

Note

When the Authentication setting for IPP Print is enabled, the dialog box to enter a user name and password appears. If this dialog box appears, enter the user name and password and click [OK]. For user name and password, please ask your administrator.

Configure Internet Port https://18.10.70.128-443/First Security options Use anonymous account Automatically use the Windows login name and password (and domain if any) Use the specified user account User Name: users Password: ********** Use the same security setting for all users. OK Cancel

7 Click [Have Disk...].

• The Install From Disk dialog box appears.

8 Click [Browse...].

Install From Disk Insert the manufacturer's installation disk, and then make sure that the correct drive is selected below. OK Cancel Copy manufacturer's files from: Browse...

• The Locate File dialog box appears.

9 Insert the Client Utilities CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive.

- When inserting the Client Utilities CD-ROM, the installer may automatically start. Click [Cancel] to exit the installer and continue the operation.

10 Locate the directory where the printer driver for your Windows version is located, select the inf file, and click [Open].

Locate File Look in: USA cs3o2 File name: cs3o2 Files of type: Setup Information (*.txt) Open Cancel

To install the PCL6 printer driver for Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003, locate "[CD-ROM drive]:\Client\W2K_XP_2003\PCL6\"
To install the PS3 printer driver for Windows 2000/XP/ Server 2003, locate "[CD-ROM drive]:\Client\W2K_XP_2003\PS\"

11 Click [OK].

12 Select the printer driver and click [OK].

Add Printer Wizard Select the manufacturer and model of your printer. If your printer case with an installation disk, click Have Disk. If your printer is not listed, consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer. Printers: TOSHIBA e-STUDIO9510&SwinPCL6 This driver is digitally signed. Tell me why do not signing is important. Have Disk... OK Cancel

If any other printer driver(s) had already been installed on your computer, the Default Printer screen is displayed. Continue to next step.
If no printer driver had been installed on your computer, the complete screen is displayed. Skip to step 14.

Note

If the same printer driver has been installed, the following dialog box appears. If it appears, select "Replace existing driver" and click [Next].

Add Printer Wizard Use Existing Driver A driver is already installed for this printer. You can use or replace the existing driver. TOSHIBA o STUDI 03510cSerialPCLS Do you want to keep the existing driver or use the new one? Keep existing driver (recommended) Replace existing driver < Back Next > Cancel

13 Select whether using this printer as a default printer and click [Next].

Add Printer Wizard Default Printer Your computer will always send documents to the default printer unless you specify otherwise. Do you want to use this printer as the default printer? Yes No < Back Next > Cancel

14 Click [Finish].

Add Printer Wizard Completing the Add Printer Wizard You have successfully completed the Add Printer Wizard. You specified the following printer settings: Name: MFP_04587704 on http://10.10.70.120.531 Default: Yes Location: Comment: To close this wizard, click Finish. < Back Finish Cancel

15 The printer driver is installed.

Note

Before using the printer driver for printing, please configure the installed options of the equipment and department code (if required) on the printer driver.

P.188 "Before Using the Printer Driver"

Tips

If you want to install TopAccessDocMon, you must install it from the Client Utilities CD-ROM separately.
The Font Manager is also available to install and manage the TrueType fonts on your computer. To install the Font Manager, you must install it from the Client Utilities CD-ROM separately.

This section describes how to install the client software for Novell printing on NetWare print server environments.

There are two ways to set up the printer drivers for Novell printing:

• Using the installer in the Client Utilities CD-ROM
When you insert the Client Utilities CD-ROM into your CD-ROM drive, the installer automatically starts. You can install printer drivers and other client software using the installer. If you want to install printer drivers as well as other client software, this method is convenient.
P.95 "Installation for Novell Printing Using the Installer"

• Using Point and Print

You can install the printer driver by double-clicking network queues on the NetWare. If the NetWare has been set up for NDPS, printer drivers can be downloaded from the system so that the Client Utilities CD-ROM is not required. However, other client software cannot be installed using this method.

P.101 "Installation for Novell Printing by Point and Print"

Tip

In addition to the above methods, you can also install the printer driver using Add Printer Wizard. The printer driver that is installed by Add Printer Wizard is set up same as Point and Print.

Note

Before installing the printer driver for Novell printing, check with your system administrator to make sure of the following:

This equipment is connected to the network and turned on.
The NetWare server is configured correctly and running on your network.
The IPX/SPX or TCP/IP, and NetWare settings are correct on this equipment.

Before installing the client software for Novell printing, please make sure following network services and protocols are installed on your computer:

Windows 98/ME

TCP/IP protocol (Required only when using the NetWare in the TCP/IP network.)
Novell Client 3.4

Windows NT 4.0

TCP/IP protocol (Required only when using the NetWare in the TCP/IP network.)
• Novell Client 4.9 SP1a

Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003

TCP/IP protocol (Required only when using the NetWare in the TCP/IP network.)
• Novell Client 4.91 SP2

Tip

Novell Client is not included in the Client Utilities CD-ROM. Novell Client can be downloaded from the Novell Inc. homepage.

Installation for Novell Printing Using the Installer

You can install the client software and set up the Novell printing using the installer in the Client Utilities CD-ROM.

Installing the client software for Novell printing using the installer

The following describes an installation on Windows XP. The procedure is the same when other versions of Windows are used.

Notes

You must log into Windows as a user who has the "Administrators" or "Power Users" privilege when using Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000, Windows XP, or Windows Server 2003.
You have an appropriate privilege to access the NetWare server.

1 Insert the Client Utilities CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive.

The installer automatically starts and the Choose Setup Language dialog box appears.
If the installer does not automatically start, double-click "Setup.exe" in the Client Utilities CD-ROM.

2 Select your language and click [OK].

Choose Setup Language Select the language for the installation from the choices below. English OK Cancel

• The License Agreement screen is displayed.

3 Select "I accept the terms of the license agreement" and click [Next].

• The Setup Type screen is displayed.

4 Select "Custom" and click [Next].

TOSHIFA e-STUDIO3510c Series Client - InstallShield Wizard Setup Type Select the Setup Type to Install Click the type of Setup you prefer, then click Next. Typical Install the Printer Driver Complete Program will be installed with all options Custom Yo you may choose the options you want to install. Recommended for advanced user. < Back Next > Cancel

• The Select Components screen is displayed.

5 Check the software that you want to install and click [Next].

TopAccessDocMon — Check this to install the Document Monitor. TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510cSeriesPCL6 — Check this to install the PCL6 printer driver. TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510cSeriesPS3 — Check this to install the PS3 printer driver. Font Manager — Check this to install Font Manager and fonts. • The Choose Destination Location screen is displayed.

Tip

There are also Network Fax software, e-Filing software, and scan software in the list. For more information about these software, please see the Network Fax Guide, e-Filing Guide, and Scanning Guide.

6 Click [Next].

$TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series Client - InstallShield Wizard Choose Destination Location Select folder where setup will install files. Setup will install TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series Client in the following folder. To install to the folder, click Next. To install to a different folder, click Browse and select another folder. Destination Folder: C:\TOSHIBA\TOSHIBA e-STUDIO Client Browse... < Back Next > Cancel$

If you want to change the location where the programs are installed, click [Browse]. In the dialog box that appears, select the folder and click [OK].
• The Select Port screen is displayed.

Note

If the following dialog box appears, click [Continue] to proceed the operation.

Message Devices are not discovered in your network. To Retry searching for devices, press Retry. To Continue to use the Default port or Shared Printer, press Continue. For information, press Information. Continue Retry Information

7 Enter the queue name in the "Network path or queue name" field, and click [Next].

For NDS/NDPS Mode

Example: Root=Org, Context=dept1, queue name=mfp_queue

For Bindery Mode

Example: NetWare file server name=Nwsrv, queue name=mfp_queue

\Nwsrv\mfp_queue

$TOSHIRA e-STUDIO3510: Series Client Select Port Select the port for printer. Type this network name or Queue name of your device. If you don't know the name, select the device from the list of available devices on the network. Network path or queue name:\Windows\info_queue Browse Devices on Network Printer Name IPAddress Lamb Location PPRINTER TYPE Local Port COM1: < Back Next> Cancel$

Tip

The queue for this equipment should be set up by an administrator. If you do not know the queue for this equipment, ask your administrator.

8 Click [Next].

If you want to change the program folder, rename the folder in the "Program Folder" field.
Starts copying files and the InstallShield Wizard Complete screen is displayed when copying files are completed.

Notes

When you select to install the N/W-Fax driver, the Digital Signature Not Found dialog box appears while copying files. Click [Yes] to continue the installation.
If the following message appears, click [Yes] to set the indicated printer driver to be the default printer driver, or click [No] to not change the default printer driver.

TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series Client Do you want to set the following Printer as the Default Printer? TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series PS3 Yes No

9 Click [Finish].

- If you selected to install TopAccessDocMon during the installation, the system may ask whether you want to view the Readme file and launch TopAccessDocMon.

Note

The Installer may ask you to restart your computer. If it does, select "Yes, I want to restart my computer now." and click [Finish] to restart your computer.

10 The installation is completed.

Note

Before using the printer driver for printing, please configure the installed options of the equipment and department code (if required) on the printer driver.

P.188 "Before Using the Printer Driver"

Installation for Novell Printing by Point and Print

The procedure to install the printer driver for Novell printing by Point and Print differs depending on the version of Windows used.

P.101 "Windows NT 4.0/2000/XP/Server 2003"

P.105 "Windows 98/Me"

Tips

TopAccessDocMon is also available for Novell printing. To install TopAccessDocMon, you must install it from the Client Utilities CD-ROM separately.
The Font Manager is also available to install and manage the TrueType fonts on your computer. To install the Font Manager, you must install it from the Client Utilities CD-ROM separately.

Windows NT 4.0/2000/XP/Server 2003

Installing the printer drivers for Novell printing by Point and Print

The following describes an installation on Windows XP. The procedure is the same when Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000, or Windows Server 2003 is used.

Note

You must log into Windows as a user who has the “Administrators” or “Power Users” privilege when using Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000, Windows XP, or Windows Server 2003.

1 Open the NetWare queue for the equipment in the network with Windows Explorer, and double-click a queue.

When the NetWare has been set up for the Bindery mode, open the NetWare file server and double-click the queue for the equipment.

Ntwirv File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back Search Folders Address Ntwirv Network Tasks Add a network place View network connections Set up a home at small office network View workgroup computers sys mfp audio Other Places org My Computer My Documents Shared Documents Printers and Paives Details

When the NetWare has been set up for the NDS or NDPS mode, browse the NDS tree and context, and double-click the queue for the equipment.

$dept1.org File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back Search Folders Address V:\Org\dept1.org Network Tasks Add a network place View network connections Set up a home or small office network View workgroup computers other Places org My Computer My Documents Shared Documents Printers and Faces Details info. qume.dept1.org$

When using the NetWare in NDPS mode and the printer drivers for each Operating System are installed to a NDPS broker, the printer driver is automatically installed.
Unless using the NetWare in NDPS mode and printer drivers for each Operating System are installed to a NDPS broker, the Add Printer Wizard dialog box appears. Continue to the next step.

2 Click [OK].

Connect to Printer The server for the printer does not have the correct printer driver installed. If you want to search for the proper driver, click OK. Otherwise, click Cancel and contact your network administrator or original equipment manufacturer for the correct printer driver. OK Cancel

3 Click [Have Disk...].

• The Install From Disk dialog box appears.

4 Click [Browse...].

Install From Disk Insert the manufacturer's installation disk, and then make sure that the correct drive is selected below. OK Cancel Copy manufacturer's file from: Browse...

• The Locate File dialog box appears.

5 Insert the Client Utilities CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive.

- When inserting the Client Utilities CD-ROM, the installer may automatically start. Click [Cancel] to exit the installer and continue the operation.

6 Locate the directory where the printer driver for Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003 is located and click [Open].

Locate File Lock in: USA e53cx2 File name: e53cx2.wf Files of type: Setup Information (*.wf) Open Cancel

To install the PCL6 printer driver, locate "[CD-ROM drive]:\Client\W2K_XP_2003\PCL6\".
To install the PS3 printer driver, locate "[CD-ROM drive]:\Client\W2K_XP_2003\PS\"

7 Click [OK].

$Install From Disk Insert the manufacture's installation disk, and then make sure that the correct drive is selected below. OK Cancel Copy manufacturer's files here: D:\Client\W2K_XP_2003\PCLS\USA Browse...$

8 Select the printer driver and click [OK].

Add Printer Wizard Select the manufacturer and model of your printer. If your printer came with an installation disk, click Have Disk. If your printer is not listed, consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer. Printers: TOSHIBA e STUDIO3510cs miniPCL6 This driver is digitally signed. Tell me why driver signs is important. Have Disk... OK Cancel

9 The installation is completed.

Note

Before using the printer driver for printing, please configure the installed options of the equipment and department code (if required) on the printer driver.

P.188 "Before Using the Printer Driver"

Windows 98/Me

Installing the printer drivers for Novell printing by Point and Print

1 Open the NetWare queue for the equipment in the network with Windows Explorer, and double-click a queue.

When the NetWare has been set up for the Bindery mode, open the NetWare file server and double-click the queue for the equipment.

$Nwsrv File Edit View Go Favorites Help Back Forward Up Cut Copy Paste Undo Delete Address Network Neighborhood Nwsrv sys Wsp.psec \\wsrv\info.aqucc$

When the NetWare has been set up for the NDS or NDPS mode, browse the NDS tree and context, and double-click the queue for the equipment.

$Dept1 File Edit View Go Favorites Help Back Forward Up Cut Copy Paste Undo Delete Address Network Neighborhood Dept1 Mfp_prints Mfp_qucu $nds\cn=mfp_qucu 1 obiect(s) selected$

• The Printers dialog box appears.

2 Click [Yes].

Printers Before you can use the printer 'finds/comminfo, queue our depth! among,' it must be set up on your computer. Do you want Windows to set up the printer and continue this operation? Yes No

• The Add Printer Wizard dialog box appears.

3 Select whether printing MS-DOS-based programs and click [Next].

Add Printer Wizard Do you print from MS-DOS-based programs? Yes No < Back Next > Cancel

When using the NetWare in NDPS mode and the printer drivers for each Operating System are installed to a NDPS broker, the printer driver is automatically installed. Skip to Step 10.
Unless using the NetWare in NDPS mode and printer drivers for each Operating System are installed to a NDPS broker, the Add Printer Wizard dialog box appears. Continue to the next step.

4 Click [Have Disk...].

• The Install From Disk dialog box appears.

5 Click [Browse...].

Install From Disk Insert the manufacturer's installation disk into the drive selected, and then click OK. OK Cancel Copy manufacturer's files from: 3.1 Browse

• The Open dialog box appears.

6 Insert the Client Utilities CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive.

- When inserting the Client Utilities CD-ROM, the installer may automatically start. Click [Cancel] to exit the installer and continue the operation.

7 Locate the directory where the printer driver for Windows 98/Me is located and click [OK].

$Open File name: e53cat8.ini e53cat8.ini Editors: D:\DevN\AD\_MEVPCLE\USA d:\ Client 9c_me p06 uso Drives: d OK Cancel Netwalk...$

To install the PCL6 printer driver, locate "[CD-ROM drive]:\Client\9X_ME\PCL6\"
To install the PS3 printer driver, locate "[CD-ROM drive]:\Client\9X_ME\PS\"

8 Click [OK].

$Install From Disk Insert the manufacturer's installation disk into the drive selected, and then click OK. OK Cancel Copy manufacturer's files from: D:\Client\ASX_MEVPCLG\USA Browse...$

9 Select the printer driver and click [Next].

Note

If the same printer driver has been installed, the following dialog box appears. If it appears, select "Replace existing driver" and click [Next].

Add Printer Wizard TOSH86A e-STUDIO 3510 SeriesPCLS A driver is already installed for this printer. Would you like to keep the existing driver or use the new one? Your program may past differently if you use the new driver. ● Keep existing driver (recommended) ● Replace existing driver < Back Next > Cancel

10 Change the name if desired, select whether you are using this printer as a default printer, and click [Next].

Add Printer Wizard You can type a name for this printer, or you can use the name supplied below. When you have finished, click Next. Printer name: TOSHIBA e-STUDI0351cSeriesFCL9 Do you want your Windows-based programs to use this printer as the default printer? Yes No < Back Next > Cancel

11 Select "Yes" to print a test page and click [Finish].

12 Make sure a test page is printed successfully and click [Yes] to close the dialog box.

13 The printer driver is installed and the print queue window appears.

TOSHIBA e-STUDIO 03510eServicePCLS Prints Document View Help Document Name Status Owner Progress Started At 0 jobs in queue

Note

Before using the printer driver for printing, please configure the installed options of the equipment and department code (if required) on the printer driver.

P.188 "Before Using the Printer Driver"

This section describes how to install the printer drivers for Novell iPrint.

Notes

To set up the iPrint in the client computers, the NetWare server must be configured for iPrint first. For more information about setting up the NetWare server for Novell iPrint, please see Network Administration Guide.
Before installing the printer driver for Novell iPrint, the printer driver for Novell iPrint, please make sure the following environments are satisfied in your computer.
Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.0 or later or Netscape 4.76 is installed (iPrint is not supported on Netscape 6)
JavaScript must be enabled on the web browser.

Installing the printer driver for Novell iPrint

To install the printer driver for Novell iPrint on the client computer, download and install the iPrint Client and printer driver from the NetWare server.

1 Start the your web browser and enter the following URL in the address bar.

http:///ipp

Notes

If you do not know the IP address or DNS for NDPS Manager, please ask your network administrator.
If the IP address or DNS is secured using SSL, enter the URL address as following: https:///ipps

2 If the iPrint Client is not installed on your computer, you are prompted to install it.

3 Click the printer that you want to install from the list of available printers that is displayed in the iPrint web page.

- The selected printer driver is installed on your computer.

Installing Client Software from TopAccess

If the system administrator has uploaded the driver software to this equipment, you can use TopAccess to install the software on your workstation.

Notes

When using Windows Server 2003 that the Service Pack is installed, the installation from TopAccess cannot be performed. In that case, please install the software in the other method.
For instructions on how to upload the software in the equipment, please refer to the TopAccess Guide.

Installing client software from TopAccess for Windows

1 In TopAccess, click the Install Software link at the bottom of the screen.

• The Install Client Software page opens.

2 Click the "Install Client1" link to download the installer file.

TopAccess Install Client Software Drivers | Unix Filters | Macintosh PPC Files Please click on the link(s) below to download the Windows Installer Files. File Name Size Install Client1 51.534(kB)

3 Download the installer file on your desktop by following the prompts.

4 Double-click the "InstallClient1.exe" file that you downloaded.

- The installer starts and the InstallShield Wizard dialog box appears.

5 Follow the installation procedure using the Client Utilities CD-ROM described in following section.

P.35 "Installation for Raw TCP/LPR Printing Using the Installer"
P.61 "Installation for SMB Printing Using the Installer"
P.95 "Installation for Novell Printing Using the Installer"

Uninstalling Client Utilities Software

The following instructions describe how to uninstall the client software. The uninstallation procedure is different how you installed the client software.

P.112 "When Installed Using the Installer"
P.117 "When Installed Using Add Printer Wizard"

When Installed Using the Installer

When the client software was installed using the Installer in the Client Utilities CD-ROM or downloaded from TopAccess, you can delete all files using the Add/Remove Programs function.

You can uninstall all client software that have installed from the Client Utilities CD-ROM, or you can uninstall only the components that you want to remove.

P.112 "Uninstalling all Client Utilities Software"
P.114 "Uninstalling only the components that you want to remove"

Uninstalling all Client Utilities Software

The following describes an installation on Windows XP. The procedure is the same when other versions of Windows are used.

Note

Before uninstalling the software, please make sure you exit TopAccessDocMon.

1 Open "Control Panel" and click the "Add/Remove Programs" icon.

Pick a category Appearance and Themes Printers and Other Hardware Network and Internet Connections User Accounts Add or Remove Programs Date, Time, Language, and Regional Options Sounds, Speech, and Audio Devices Accessibility Options Performance and Maintenance

• The Add/Remove Programs dialog box appears.

2 Select "TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series Client" and click [Change/Remove].

Add or Remove Programs Currently installed programs: Sort by: Name TOSHIBA e-STUDIO203510c Series Client Click here for support information. To change this program or remove it from your computer, click Change/Remove. Size 36.00MB Used Used On 1/25/2006 Last Used On 1/25/2006 Change/Remove Close

• The InstallShield Wizard dialog box appears.

3 Select "Remove" and click [Next].

• The Confirm Uninstall dialog box appears.

4 Click [OK].

Confirm Uninstall You are going to completely uninstall all of the TOSHIBA e-STUDICOS10c Series Client Software Components.Do you want to continue? OK Cancel

5 Click [Yes] to delete the setting files.

TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series Client Do you want to delete the settings for the following components? TapAccessDocMon TOSHIBA e-STUDIO AddressBackViewer TOSHIBA e-STUDIO TWAIN driver TOSHIBA e-STUDIO Remote Scan driver TOSHIBA e-STUDIO File Downloader TOSHIBA e-BRIDGE Viewer Yes No

- Deleting files starts.

Note

If you want to re-install the client software later, click [No] to remain the setting files. You can restore the data and settings when you re-install the client software.

6 Select "Yes, I want to restart my computer now." and click [Finish] to restart your computer.

TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series Client - InstallShield Wizard InstallShield Wizard Complete InstallShield Wizard has successfully uninstalled TOSHIBA e STUDIO3510c Series Client from your computer. Yes, I want to restart my computer now. No, I will restart my computer later. Remove any disks from their drivers, and then click Finish to complete setup. < Back Finish Cancel

• Some files may be deleted after restarting the computer.

Uninstalling only the components that you want to remove

The following describes an installation on Windows XP. The procedure is the same when other versions of Windows are used.

Note

Before uninstalling the software, please make sure you exit TopAccessDocMon.

1 Open "Control Panel" and click the "Add/Remove Programs" icon.

• The Add/Remove Programs dialog box appears.

2 Select "TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series Client" and click [Change/Remove].

Add or Remove Programs Currently installed programs: Sort by: Name TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series Client Click here for support information. To change this program or remove it from your computer, click ChangeRemove. Size 36.00M Used raraly Last Used On 1J25/2006 ChangeRemove Close

• The InstallShield Wizard dialog box appears.

3 Select "Modify" and click [Next].

4 Uncheck the components that you want to uninstall and click [Next].

5 Click [Next].

TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series Client - InstallShield Wizard Add/Remove TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series Following components will be added or removed. Removed: TopAccessDocMon TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510cSeriesPCLS TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510cSeries PS3 Fort Manager < Back Next > Cancel

6 Click [Yes] to delete the setting files.

TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series Client Do you want to delete the settings for the following components? TopAccessDockMon Yes No

- Deleting files starts.

Note

If you want to re-install the client software later, click [No] to remain the setting files. You can restore the data and settings when you re-install the client software.

7 Click [Finish].

TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510: Series Client - InstallShield Wizard InstallShield Wizard Complete Setup has finished updating TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510: Series Client on your computer. Yes, I want to restart my computer now. No, I will restart my computer later. Remove any disks from their drivers, and then click. Finish to complete setup. e Back Finish Cancel

Note

The Installer may ask you to restart your computer. If it does, select "Yes, I want to restart my computer now." and click [Finish] to restart your computer.

When Installed Using Add Printer Wizard

If only printer drivers are installed by Add Printer Wizard or Point and Print, you can uninstall them by deleting the printer icons from the Printers folder.

Deleting printer drivers

The following describes an installation on Windows XP. The procedure is the same when other versions of Windows are used.

1 Click [Start] and click [Printers and Faxes] to open the Printers and Faxes folder.

- If you are using the Windows 2000/NT 4.0/Me/98, click [Start], select [Settings], and click [Printers] to open the Printers folder.

Printers and Faxes File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Open Printing Preferences... Cancel All Documents Sharing... Add Printer Server Properties Set Up Faxing Create Shortcut Delete Rename Properties Close My Documents My Pictures My Computer Details TOSHRAa-STUDI035.10cSeries PS3 TOSHBA STUDI035.10cSeriesPCIe 1

• The Printers dialog box appears.

3 Click [Yes].

Printers Are you sure you want to delete the selected printers? Yes No

When using Windows 98/Me or Windows NT 4.0, uninstallation has finished.
When using Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003, continue to the next step.

Printers and Faxes File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Add Printer Server Properties Set Up Fasting Create Shortcut Delete Rename Properties Close Faxes Go See Also Troubleshoot printing Get help with printing Other Places Control Panel Scanners and Cameras My Documents My Pictures My Computer

• The Print Server Properties dialog box appears.

5 Display the Drivers tab. Select the printer drivers that you want to delete, and click [Remove].

Print Server Properties Forms Ports Divers Advanced PLATHOME Installed printer drivers: Name Environment Version TOSHIBa e STUDIO35... Intel Windows 2000 or KP TOSHIBa e STUDIO35... Intel Windows 2000 or KP Add... Remove Replace Properties OK Cancel Apply

• The Printer Server Properties dialog box appears.

6 Click [Yes].

Print Server Properties Deleting these printer drivers will remove them from the system. Are you sure you want to delete the selected printer drivers? Yes No

• The printer drivers are completely deleted.

Repairing Client Software

When the client software will not work correctly, you can repair the client software.

Repairing Client Utilities Software

The following describes an installation on Windows XP. The procedure is the same when other versions of Windows are used.

Notes

Do not perform preparing the client software on Windows XP that the Service Pack 2 is not installed. In that case, uninstall the client software and then install again to repair the client software.
Before repairing the software, please make sure you exit TopAccessDocMon and e-BRIDGE Viewer.

1 Insert the Client Utilities CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive.

- If the installer does not automatically start, double-click "Setup.exe" in the Client Utilities CD-ROM.

2 Select "Repair" and click [Next].

Repairing files starts.

Tip

If the printer drivers and N/W-Fax driver are installed, the Select Port screen is displayed. If this screen is displayed, select "Local Port" and select the port for the printer drivers if printer drivers were installed. If this screen is displayed, specify the network path or queue name and click [Next].

TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510: Series Client Select Port Select the port for printer. Type the network name or Queue name of your device. If you don't know the name, select the device from the list of available devices on the network. Network path or queue name: IP_10.10.70.120 Browse Devices on Network Printer Name IPAddress Location PRINTER TYPE Local Port IP_10.10.70.120 < Back Next> Cancel

3 Select "Yes, I want to restart my computer now." and click [Finish] to restart your computer.

TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series Client - InstallShield Wizard TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series Client Repair Complete Setup has repaired the TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series Client Software on your computer. Yes, I want to restart my computer now. No, I will restart my computer later. Remove any disks from their drives, and then click. Finish to complete setup. e Back Finish Cancel

Installing Client Software for Macintosh

This section describes the instructions on how to install the client software on Macintosh.

About the Installation ....124

About Client Software for Macintosh....124

Planning for Installation....124

Installing the Printer on Mac OS X 10.2.4 to Mac OS X 10.4.x ....125

Installing the Macintosh PPD File 125

Configuring the Printer on Mac OS X 10.4.x....128

Configuring the Printer on Mac OS X 10.2.4 to Mac OS X 10.3.x....139

Installing the Printer on Mac OS 8.6/9.x....150

Installing the Macintosh PPD File 150

Configuring the Printer on Mac OS 8.6/9.x ....150

Installing Client Software from TopAccess ....156

Please refer to following instructions for configuring printing systems on Macintosh computers.

P.124 "About Client Software for Macintosh"
P.124 "Planning for Installation"
P.125 "Installing the Printer on Mac OS X 10.2.4 to Mac OS X 10.4.x"
P.150 "Installing the Printer on Mac OS 8.6/9.x"

About Client Software for Macintosh

PostScript Printer Description File

The Macintosh PPD (PostScript Printer Description) file contains information about controller-specific features. There are two PPD files provided in the Client Utilities CD-ROM: one is for Mac OS 8.6/9.x and the other is for Mac OS X.

Information within the PPD file for Mac OS 8.6/9.x works in conjunction with the standard Macintosh LaserWriter 8 printer driver version 8.6.5 (or later). This Macintosh PPDs are supplied for Mac OS 8.6 to 9.x and it also supports Mac OS X 10.1/10.2 Classic mode.

Information within the PPD file for Mac OS X works in conjunction with the Print Center (Mac OS X 10.2.4 to 10.2.8) or Printer Setup Utility (Mac OS X 10.3.x to Mac OS X 10.4.x) on Mac OS X 10.2.4 to Mac OS X 10.4.x.

Planning for Installation

System Requirements

To install the printer drivers on a Mac OS computer, the following environment is required.

Display Resolution: 1028 x 768 dots or more

OS: Mac OS 8.6 to 9.x, Mac OS X 10.1 (Classic), Mac OS X 10.2 (Classic)

Mac OS X 10.2.4 to Mac OS X 10.3.x

Protocol: TCP/IP, AppleTalk (Ethernet), Bonjour

Printer Driver: LaserWriter 8 printer driver version 8.6.5 or later

(not required for Mac OS X)

Note

Mac OS X 10.2 and its earlier versions of Mac OS X are supported in Classic mode using the PPD file for Mac OS 8.6 to 9.x. This equipment also provides the PPD file for Mac OS X 10.2.4 to Mac OS X 10.3.x.

Install and configure the printer by the following steps:

P.125 "Installing the Macintosh PPD File"
P.139 "Configuring the Printer on Mac OS X 10.2.4 to Mac OS X 10.3.x"
P.147 "Configuring the installable options"

Installing the Macintosh PPD File

This equipment supports printing from Mac OS X 10.2.4 to Mac OS X 10.4.x.

Installing the PPD file to Mac OS X

The following describes an installation on Mac OS 10.4.x. The procedure is the same when Mac OS X 10.2.4 to 10.3.x is used.

1 Insert the Client Utilities CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive and open your language folder in the "Client:MacPPD:OSX" folder.
2 Copy the GZIP file (TOSHIBA_e-ST3510cSrs.dmg.gz) to the desktop.
3 Double-click the GZIP file on the desktop.

The Disk Image file (TOSHIBA_e-ST3510cSrs.dmg) is extracted on the desktop.
• If the installer window does appear, go to step 5.

4 Double-click the Disk Image file (TOSHIBA_e-ST3510cSrs.dmg).

• The installer window appears.

5 Double-click the icon in the installer window.

Toshiba e-Studio 3510c Series 1 item, 8.7 MB available Toshiba e-Studio 3510c Series

• The welcome message is displayed.

Note

When you install the PPD file to Mac OS 10.2.4 to 10.2.8, the Authenticate dialog box appears. In that case, enter the name and password and click [OK].

6 Click [Continue].

TOSHIBA Welcome to the TOSHIBA e-STUDIO 3510c Series Installer Introduction License Select Destination Installation Type Install Finish Up Welcome to the Mac OS X Installation Program. You will be guided through the steps necessary to install this software. Go Back Continue

• The Software License Agreement window is displayed.

7 Click [Continue].

8 Click [Agree].

To continue installing the software, you must agree to the terms of the software license agreement. Click Agree to continue or click Disagree to cancel the installation. Disagree Agree

• The Select a Destination window is displayed.

9 Select the boot hard disk of your Mac OS X and click [Continue].

• The Easy Install window is displayed.

10 Click [Install] (or [Upgrade]).

TOSHIBA Easy Install on "Mac OS X Tiger" Introduction License Select Destination Installation Type Install Finish Up Click install to perform a basic installation of this software package on the volume "Mac OS X Tiger." Go Back Install

• The Authenticate dialog box appears.

11 Enter the name and password, and click [OK].

Authenticate Installer requires that you type your password. Name: Tomoyuki Take Password: **** Details Cancel OK

- It start copying the PPD files for each language.

Note

When you install the PPD file to Mac OS 10.2.4 to 10.2.8, the Authenticate dialog box does not appear in this step.

12 Click [Close] to close the installer window.

Install TOSHIBA e-STUDIO 3510c Series TOSHIBA Introduction License Select Destination Installation Type Install Finish Up The software was successfully installed Go Back Close

13 Delete the GZIP files and Installer files created from the desktop.

14 Continue the procedure for configuring the printer.

P.139 "Configuring the Printer on Mac OS X 10.2.4 to Mac OS X 10.3.x"

P.128 "Configuring the Printer on Mac OS X 10.4.x"

Configuring the Printer on Mac OS X 10.4.x

After you copy the PPD file to the library folder in the System Folder, you can configure the printer.

This equipment supports the following Macintosh Printing Services: LPR Printing, AppleTalk Printing, IPP Printing, and Bonjour Printing.

- LPR Printing

When this equipment and your computer are connected over TCP/IP network, you can enable LPR printing from Macintosh computer.

- AppleTalk Printing

When this equipment and your computer are connected over AppleTalk network, you can enable AppleTalk printing from Macintosh computer.

- IPP Printing

When this equipment and your computer are connected over TCP/IP network, you can enable IPP printing from Macintosh computer.

- Bonjour Printing

When this equipment and your computer are connected over TCP/IP network, you can enable Bonjour printing from Macintosh computer.

Configuring Macintosh LPR printing

1 Start the Printer Setup Utility, located in the "Applications:Utilities" folder in the Boot Disk.

Network Mac OS X Tiger Macintosh HD MacOS English Mac OS X Panther CD-8 K2_COV670 Home Toshiba e-Strs... Desktop common Applications Documents Movies Music Pictures Installation Java Kesham Access Migration Assistant Netinfo Manager Network Utility ODBC Administrator Proto Setup Library System Profiler Terminal YocuOver Utility 1 of 2T selected, 5:24 GB available

• The Printer List dialog box appears.

2 Click [Add].

Printer List Make Default Add Delete Utility ColorSync Show Info Name Status Kind

3 Click [IP Printer] and specify the items as described below.

Printer Browser Default Browser IP Printer Search Protocol: Line Printer Daemon - LPD Address: 10.10.70.120 Valid and complete address. Queue: print Leave blank for default queue. Name: 10.10.70.120 Location: Print Using: TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series PS More Printers... Add

Protocol: Line Printer Daemon - LPD

Address:

Queue: p r i n t

Name:

Location:

Print Using: TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series PS (or UK PS)

Tips

In the "Name" field, the name that is entered in the Address field is automatically displayed.
When you enter the IP address or DNS name of this equipment in the "Address" field, the correct PPD file is automatically selected in the "Print Using" drop down box. If the correct PPD is not automatically selected, select "TOSHIBA" in the "Print Using" drop down box and select the PPD file displayed in the list.

4 Click [Add].

• The Installable Options window appears.

5 Set the following options.

Installable Options 10.10.70.120 Make sure your printer's options are accurately shown here so you can take full advantage of them. For information on your printer and its optional hardware, check the documentation that came with it. Finisher: Multi-Position Stapler and Hole Punch Drawers: LCF Cancel Continue

- Finisher

Not Installed — Select this if a finisher is not installed.

Multi-Position Stapler — Select this when the Finisher or Saddle Stitch Finisher is installed.

Multi-Position Stapler and Hole Punch — Select this when the Finisher or Saddle Stitch Finisher and Hole Punch unit are installed.

- Drawers

Not Installed — Select this when no optional drawer is installed.

Drawer 3 — Select this when the drawer 3 is installed.

Drawer 3 and 4 — Select this when the drawer 3 and 4 are installed.

LCF — Select this when the LCF is installed.

Notes

• LCF is not available for some countries or regions.
- The finisher options such as stapling and hole punching can be selected even if you select "Not Installed" for the Finisher option. If you select the finisher options for printing but the finisher is not installed, finisher settings will be ignored and perform printing correctly.

6 Click [Continue].

• The printer is added to the Printer List.

Configuring Macintosh AppleTalk printing

1 Start the Printer Setup Utility, located "Applications:Utilities" folder in the Boot Disk.

Network Mac OS X Tiger Macintosh HD MacOS English Mac OS X Panther CD-R K2.COV670 home Toshiba e-Strs... Desktop common Applications Documents Movies Music Pictures Installation Java Keetham Access Migration Assistant Netinfo Manager Network Utility ODBC Administrator Windows Setup Library System Provider Terminal VoiceOver Utility 1 of 21 selected, 5.24 GB available

• The Printer List dialog box appears.

2 Click [Add].

Printer List Make Default Add Delete Utility ColorSync Show Info Name Status Kind

3 Click [Default Browser] and select the equipment of the AppleTalk connection displayed in the list.

Printer Browser Default Browser IP Printer Search Printer Name FC310_Color-MFP_Direct FC310_Color-MFP_Hold FC310_Color-MFP_Print MFP_04998820 TOSHIBA e-STUDIO2500c-04998820 Connection AppleTalk AppleTalk AppleTalk AppleTalk Bonjour Name: MFP_04998820 Location: Local Zone Print Using: TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series PS More Printers... Add

Tips

In the "Name" field, the device name that you selected in the list is automatically displayed.
When you select the equipment in the list, the correct PPD file is automatically selected in the "Print Using" drop down box. If the correct PPD is not automatically selected, select "TOSHIBA" in the "Print Using" drop down box and select the PPD file displayed in the list.

4 Click [Add].

- The Determining Installable Options window appears.

5 Click [Configure...] while the windows is displayed.

Determining Installable Options MFP_04998820 Status: Sending data Cancel Configure...

• The Installable Options window appears.

6 Set the following options.

Installable Options MFP_04998820 Make sure your printer's options are accurately shown here so you can take full advantage of them. For information on your printer and its optional hardware, check the documentation that came with it. Finisher: Multi-Position Stapler and Hole Punch Drawers: LCF Cancel Continue

- Finisher

Not Installed — Select this if a finisher is not installed.

Multi-Position Stapler — Select this when the Finisher or Saddle Stitch Finisher is installed.

Multi-Position Stapler and Hole Punch — Select this when the Finisher or Saddle Stitch Finisher and Hole Punch unit are installed.

- Drawers

Not Installed — Select this when no optional drawer is installed.

Drawer 3 — Select this when the drawer 3 is installed.

Drawer 3 and 4 — Select this when the drawer 3 and 4 are installed.

LCF — Select this when the LCF is installed.

Notes

7 Click [Continue].

• The printer is added to the Printer List.

Configuring Macintosh IPP Printing

When you want to setup IPP print queue in the Mac OS X, follow the procedures here.

1 Start the Printer Setup Utility, located "Applications:Utilities" folder in the Boot Disk.

Network Mac OS X Tiger Macintosh HD MacOS English Mac OS X Panther CD-R K2_COV670 home Toshiba e-Ste... Desktop common Applications Documents Movies Music Pictures Installation Java Keethan Access Migration Assistant Netinfo Manager Network Utility ODBC Administrator Pioneer Setup Utility System Profiler Terminal VoiceOver Utility 1 of 23 selected, 5:24 GB available

• The Printer List dialog box appears.

2 Click [Add].

Printer List Make Default Add Delete Utility ColorSync Show Info Name Status Kind

- This is mandatory to show all the advanced print option in the drop down box in the Print List window.

3 Click [IP Printer] and specify the items as described below.

Printer Browser Default Browser IP Printer Search Protocol: Internet Printing Protocol - IPP Address: 10.10.70.120 Valid and complete address. Queue: Print Leave blank for default queue. Name: 10.10.70.120 Location: Print Using: TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series PS More Printers... Add

Protocol: Internet Printing Protocol - IPP

Address:

Queue: P r i n t

Name:

Location:

Print Using: TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series PS (or UK PS)

Tips

In the "Name" field, the name that is entered in the Address field is automatically displayed.
When you enter the IP address or DNS name of this equipment in the "Address" field, the correct PPD file is automatically selected in the "Print Using" drop down box. If the correct PPD is not automatically selected, select "TOSHIBA" in the "Print Using" drop down box and select the PPD file displayed in the list.

Note

When IPP/SSL is enabled, click [More Printers...] while pressing the [option] key. In the displayed dialog box, select "Advanced" in the drop down box and specify as followings:

Advanced Device: Internet Printing Protocol (https) Device Name: 10.10.70.120 Device URI: https://10.10.70.120.443/Print Printer Model: TOSHIBA Name: TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series PS TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series UK PS Cancel Add

Device: Internet Printing Protocol (https)
Device Name:
Device URI: https://:443/Print
Printer Model: TOSHIBA

- PPD: TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series PS (or UK PS)

4 Click [Add].

• The Installable Options window appears.

5 Set the following options.

- Finisher

Not Installed — Select this if a finisher is not installed.

Multi-Position Stapler — Select this when the Finisher or Saddle Stitch Finisher is installed.

Multi-Position Stapler and Hole Punch — Select this when the Finisher or Saddle Stitch Finisher and Hole Punch unit are installed.

- Drawers

Not Installed — Select this when no optional drawer is installed.

Drawer 3 — Select this when the drawer 3 is installed.

Drawer 3 and 4 — Select this when the drawer 3 and 4 are installed.

LCF — Select this when the LCF is installed.

Notes

6 Click [Continue].

• The printer is added to the Printer List.

Configuring Macintosh Bonjour Printing

1 Start the Printer Setup Utility, located in the "Applications:Utilities" folder in the Boot Disk.

Network Mac OS X Tiger Macintosh HD MacOS English Mac OS X Panther CD-R K2 CDV670 home Toshiba e-5to Desktop common Applications Documents Movies Music Pictures Installation Java Keacham Access Migration Assistant Netinfo Manager Network Utility ODBC Administrator Plastic Setup Library System Provider Terminal VoiceOver Utility 1 of 21 selected, 5.24 GB available

• The Printer List dialog box appears.

2 Click [Add].

Printer List Make Default Add Delete Utility ColorSync Show Info Name Status Kind

- This is mandatory to show all the advanced print option in the drop down box in the Print List window.

3 Click [Default Printer] and select the equipment of the Bonjour connection displayed in the list.

Printer Browser Default Browser IP Printer Search Printer Name Connection FC310_Color-MFP_Direct AppleTalk FC310_Color-MFP_Hold AppleTalk FC310_Color-MFP_Print AppleTalk MFP_04998820 AppleTalk TOSHIBA e-STUDIO2500c-04998820 Bonjour TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c-04998820 Bonjour Name: TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c-04998820 Location: Print Using: TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series PS More Printers... Add

Tips

In the "Name" field, the device name that you selected in the list is automatically displayed.
When you select the equipment in the list, the correct PPD file is automatically selected in the "Print Using" drop down box. If the correct PPD is not automatically selected, select "TOSHIBA" in the "Print Using" drop down box and select the PPD file displayed in the list.

4 Click [Add].

• The Installable Options window appears.

5 Set the following options.

Installable Options TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c-04998820 Make sure your printer's options are accurately shown here so you can take full advantage of them. For information on your printer and its optional hardware, check the documentation that came with it. Finisher: Multi-Position Stapler and Hole Punch Drawers: Drawer 3 & 4 Cancel Continue

- Finisher

Not Installed — Select this if a finisher is not installed. Multi-Position Stapler — Select this when the Finisher or Saddle Stitch Finisher is installed. Multi-Position Stapler and Hole Punch — Select this when the Finisher or Saddle Stitch Finisher and Hole Punch unit are installed.

- Drawers

Not Installed — Select this when no optional drawer is installed.

Drawer 3 — Select this when the drawer 3 is installed.

Drawer 3 and 4 — Select this when the drawer 3 and 4 are installed.

LCF — Select this when the LCF is installed.

Notes

6 Click [Continue].

• The printer is added to the Printer List.

Configuring the Printer on Mac OS X 10.2.4 to Mac OS X 10.3.x

After you copy the PPD file to the library folder in the System Folder, you can configure the printer.

This equipment supports the following Macintosh Printing Services: LPR Printing, AppleTalk Printing, IPP Printing, and Bonjour Printing.

LPR Printing
When this equipment and your computer are connected over TCP/IP network, you can enable LPR printing from Macintosh computer.
AppleTalk Printing
When this equipment and your computer are connected over AppleTalk network, you can enable AppleTalk printing from Macintosh computer.
IPP Printing
When this equipment and your computer are connected over TCP/IP network, you can enable IPP printing from Macintosh computer.
Bonjour Printing
When this equipment and your computer are connected over TCP/IP network, you can enable Bonjour printing from Macintosh computer.

Configuring Macintosh LPR printing

The following describes an operation on Mac OS 10.3.x. The procedure is the same when Mac OS X 10.2.4 to 10.2.8 is used.

1 Start the Print Center (for Mac OS X 10.2.4 to 10.2.8) or Printer Setup Utility (for Mac OS X 10.3.x), located in the "Applications:Utilities" folder in the Boot Disk.

Mac OS X 10.2.4 to 10.2.8

Utilities Back Forward View Computer Home Favorites Applications 1 of 30 items selected, 11.73 GB available Installer Ipod Software Updater Java Key Caps-Maychain Access NetInfo Manager Network Utility ODBC Administrator Print Center Process Viewer Stuffit Expander Terminal

Mac OS X 10.3.x

Utilities Network Mac OS X Panther Macintosh HD Mac OS X English Mac OS X Tiger CD-R K2.COV670 home Toshiba e-5... Desktop commons Applications Documents Movies Music Pictures java Keychain Access Netinfo Manager Network Utility ODBC Administrator Printer Setup Options Stuff Expander System Profiler Terminal iPod Software Updater Adobe Reader Download Manager 1 of 26 selected, i.37 GB available

• The Printer List dialog box appears.

2 Click [Add].

Printer List Make Default Add Delete Utility ColorSync Show Info In Menu Name Status Kind

3 Select "IP Printing" in the drop down box and specify the items as described below.

IP Printing Printer Type: LPD/LPR Printer Address: 10.10.70.120 Complete and valid address. Queue Name: print Leave blank for default queue Printer Model: TOSHIBA Model Name TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series PS TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series UK PS Cancel Add

Printer Type: LPD/LPR

Printer's Address:

Queue Name: p r i n t

Printer Model: TOSHIBA

PPD: TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series PS (or UK PS)

Notes

For Mac OS X 10.2.4 to 10.2.8, the "Printer Type" drop down box does not displayed.
For Mac OS X 10.2.4 to 10.2.8, please uncheck the "Use default queue on server" box.

4 Click [Add].

• The printer is added to the Printer List.

5 Continue the procedure to configure the installable options.

P.147 "Configuring the installable options"

Configuring Macintosh AppleTalk printing

The following describes an operation on Mac OS 10.3.x. The procedure is the same when Mac OS X 10.2.4 to 10.2.8 is used.

1 Start the Print Center (for Mac OS X 10.2.4 to 10.2.8) or Printer Setup Utility (for Mac OS X 10.3.x), located "Applications:Utilities" folder in the Boot Disk.

Mac OS X 10.2.4 to 10.2.8

Utilities Back Forward View Computer Home Favorites Applications 1 of 30 items selected, 11.73 GB available Installer iPod Software Updater Java Key Caps Keychain Access NetInfo Manager Network Utility ODBC Administrator Print Center Process Viewer Stuffit Expander Terminal

Mac OS X 10.3.x

• The Printer List dialog box appears.

2 Click [Add].

Printer List Make Default Add Delete Utility ColorSync Show Info In Menu Name Status Kind

3 Select "AppleTalk" in the drop down box and select the zone name that this equipment is located. Then select the equipment displayed in the list.

AppleTalk Local AppleTalk Zone Name Type MFP_04995820 PostScript Printer Character Set:Western (Mac) Printer Model: Auto Select Cancel Add

- If the AppleTalk network is not configured with a zone, select "Local AppleTalk zone".

4 Select "TOSHIBA" at the "Printer Model" drop down box, and select the PPD file.

AppleTalk Local AppleTalk Zone Name Type MFP_04998820 PostScript Printer Character Set Western (Mac) Printer Model: TOSHIBA Model Name TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series PS TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series UK PS Cancel Add

5 Click [Add].

• The printer is added to the Printer List.

6 Continue the procedure to configure the installable options.

P.147 "Configuring the installable options"

Configuring Macintosh IPP Printing

When you want to setup IPP print queue in the Mac OS X, follow the procedures here. The following describes an operation on Mac OS 10.3.x. The procedure is the same when Mac OS X 10.2.4 to 10.2.8 is used.

1 Start the Print Center (for Mac OS X 10.2.4 to 10.2.8) or Printer Setup Utility (for Mac OS X 10.3.x), located "Applications:Utilities" folder in the Boot Disk.

Mac OS X 10.2.4 to 10.2.8

Mac OS X 10.3.x

• The Printer List dialog box appears.

2 Click [Add] while pressing the [option] button.

Printer List Make Default Add Delete Utility ColorSync Show Info In Menu Name Status Kind

- This is mandatory to show all the advanced print option in the drop down box in the Print List window.

3 Select "Advanced" in the drop down box and specify the items as described below.

Advanced Device: Internet Printing Protocol using HTTP Device Name: 10.10.70.120 Device URI: http://10.10.70.120.631/Print Printer Model: TOSHIBA Name TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series PS TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series UK PS Cancel Add

Device: Mac OS 10.2.x: Internet Printing Protocol (http)

Mac OS 10.3.x: Internet Printing Protocol using HTTP

Device Name:

Device URI: http://:631/Print

Printer Model: TOSHIBA

PPD: TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series PS (or UK PS)

Note

When IPP/SSL is enabled, specify as followings:

Device: Internet Printing Protocol (https)
Device URL: https://:443/Print

4 Click [Add].

• The printer is added to the Printer List.

5 Continue the procedure to configure the installable options.

P.147 "Configuring the installable options"

Configuring Macintosh Bonjour Printing

The following describes an operation on Mac OS 10.3.x. The procedure is the same when Mac OS X 10.2.4 to 10.2.8 is used.

1 Start the Print Center (for Mac OS X 10.2.4 to 10.2.8) or Printer Setup Utility (for Mac OS X 10.3.x), located in the "Applications:Utilities" folder in the Boot Disk.

Mac OS X 10.2.4 to 10.2.8

Mac OS X 10.3.x

• The Printer List dialog box appears.

2 Click [Add].

Printer List Make Default Add Delete Utility ColorSync Show Info In Menu Name Status Kind

- This is mandatory to show all the advanced print option in the drop down box in the Print List window.

3 Select "Rendezvous" in the drop down box and select the equipment displayed in the list.

Rendezvous Name TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c-04998820 Location: Printer Model: Generic Cancel Add

Note

In Mac OS X 10.2.4 to 10.3.x, the "Bonjour" is named as "Rendezvous".

4 Select "TOSHIBA" at the "Printer Model" drop down box, and select the PPD file.

Rendezvous Name TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c-04998820 Location: Printer Model: TOSHIBA Model Name TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series PS TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series UK PS Cancel Add

5 Click [Add].

• The printer is added to the Printer List.

6 Continue the procedure to configure the installable options.

P.147 "Configuring the installable options"

Configuring the installable options

The following describes an operation on Mac OS 10.3.x. The procedure is the same when Mac OS X 10.2.4 to 10.2.8 is used.

Printer Setup Utility Edit View Printers Window Help Make Default 3D Add Printer... Delete Selected Printers 3C Pool Printers... Configure Printer Print Test Page Show Info 3C1 Show Jobs 3C0 Stop Jobs Create Desktop Printer... 3C0

• The Printer Info dialog box appears.

Printer Info MFP_04998820 Name & Location Printer Name: MFP_04998820 Location: Local zone Owner Name: MFP_04998820 Host Name: Driver Version: Apply Changes

• The Installable Options window is displayed.

3 Set the following options.

Printer Info MFP_04998820 Installable Options Finisher: Multi-Position Stapler and Hole Punch Drawers: LCF Apply Changes

- Finisher

Not Installed — Select this if a finisher is not installed.

Multi-Position Stapler — Select this when the Finisher or Saddle Stitch Finisher is installed.

Multi-Position Stapler and Hole Punch — Select this when the Finisher or Saddle Stitch Finisher and Hole Punch unit are installed.

- Drawers

Not Installed — Select this when no optional drawer is installed.

Drawer 3 — Select this when the drawer 3 is installed.

Drawer 3 and 4 — Select this when the drawer 3 and 4 are installed.

LCF — Select this when the LCF is installed.

Notes

4 Click [Apply Changes] and close the window.

Installing the Macintosh PPD File

The Macintosh PPD file that is provided in the Client Utilities CD-ROM can be installed by copying it to the System Folder: Extensions: Printer Descriptions folder.

This PPD file supports printing from Mac OS X 8.6 or 9.x. In addition, it supports printing with these operating systems running on the Mac OS X 10.1/10.2 Classic Mode. The options need to be configured manually in Mac OS X 10.1.

Copying the PPD file to Mac OS 8.6 or 9.x

1 Insert the Client Utilities CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive and open your language folder in the "Client:MacPPD:OS9" folder.
2 Copy the Stuffit file (TOSHIBA_e-STUDIO3510cSeries.sit) to the desktop, and extract the Macintosh PPD file.

Note

To extract the file, the Stufflt utility must be installed on your computer. For instructions on how to extract the file, refer to your Stufflt documentation.

3 Double-click the boot drive icon and open the "System Folder:Extensions:Printer Descriptions" folder.

4 Select and drag the Macintosh PPD file that you extracted to the "Printer Descriptions" folder.

5 Continue the procedure for configuring the printer.

P.150 "Configuring the Printer on Mac OS 8.6/9.x"

Configuring the Printer on Mac OS 8.6/9.x

After you copy the PPD file to the Printer Descriptions folder in the System Folder, you can configure the printer.

This equipment supports two types of Macintosh Printing Service: LPR Printing or AppleTalk Printing.

LPR Printing
When this equipment and your computer are connected over TCP/IP network, you can enable LPR printing from Macintosh computer.
AppleTalk Printing

When this equipment and your computer are connected over AppleTalk network, you can enable AppleTalk printing from Macintosh computer.

Configuring Macintosh LPR printing

Note

Before installing the printer driver for LPR printing on Macintosh, check with your system administrator to make sure of the following:

This equipment is connected to the network and turned on.
The TCP/IP setting is correct.
LPD Printing Service is enabled on this equipment.

1 Start the Desktop Printer Utility.

Utilities 6 items, 9.23GB available Assistant Desktop Printer Utility Disk Button Disk Copy Disk First Aid Drive Setup

The folder containing the Desktop Printer Utility differs depending on the Mac OS version. If you cannot locate the Desktop Printer Utility, search it in the boot disk.
• The New Desktop Printer dialog box appears.

New Desktop Printer With LaserWriter 8 Create Desktop... Printer (AppleTalk) Printer (LPR) Printer (no printer connection) Printer (USB) Translator (PostScript) Create desktop printer for printer using LPR. Cancel OK

• The Macintosh LPR Printer Selection dialog box opens.

3 Click [Change...] in the PostScript Printer Description (PPD) File area.

Untitled 1 PostScript™ Printer Description (PPD) File Owner ID: Change... LPR Printer Selection Change... Desktop Printer Stage: Print to LPR " " With Printer Driver: LaserWriter B Create...

• The Select a PostScript Printer Description File dialog box appears.

4 Select the PPD file (TOSHIBA\_e-STUDIO3510cSeries) for the equipment and click [Select].

Select a PostScript™ Printer Description File: Printer Descriptions LaserWriter Pro 405v2011.110 LaserWriter Pro 600v2010.130 LaserWriter Pro 630v2010.130 LaserWriter Pro 810 LaserWriter Pro 810f LaserWriter Select 360 LaserWriter Select 360f LaserWriter Select 610 TOSHIBA e-STUDI03510cSeries Mac OS English Eject Desktop Generic Cancel Select Printer Model: TOSHIBA e-STUDI03510c Series PS

5 Click [Change...] in the LPR Printer Selection area.

Untitled 1 PostScript™ Printer Description (PPD) File TOSHB ALA-STDU 08510aser.kx Change... LPR Printer Selection <> Change... Desktop Printer Usage: Print to LPR " " With Printer Driver: Laser Vrder B Create...

• The Internet Printer dialog box appears.

6 Enter the IP Address of this equipment in the "Printer Address" field and "Print" in the "Queue" field. Then click [OK].

Internet Printer Specify the Internet printer you are printing to (using domain name or IP address) Printer Address: 10.10.70.120 Queue: print Verify Cancel OK

7 Click [Create...].

Untitled 1 PostScript™ Printer Description (PPD) File TOSHB A...STUD 08510.05w SE Change... LPR Printer Selection 10.10.70.120 Change... Desktop Printer Usage: Print to LPR "10.10.70.120" With Printer Driver: LaserWriter B Create...

8 Enter the Desktop Printer name and click [Save].

Desktop CD-R home K2_CDV670 Mac OS X Panther Mac OS X Tiger Save desktop printer as: 10.10.70.120 MacOS English Eject Desktop New Cancel Save

• The printer is added to the desktop.

9 Double-click the desktop printer icon that you created.

• The Desktop Printer utility window opens.

File Edit View Window Special Printing Help 10.10.70.120 Start Print Queue Stop Print Queue Change Setup... Show Manual Feed Alert Set Default Printer SSL Name Pages Copies Print Time

• The LaserWriter setup dialog box appears.

LaserWriter setup for: "10.10.70.120" PostScript™ Printer Description (PPD) File TOSHIBA_e-STUDIO3510c Series Change... Installable Options Finisher: Multi-Position Stapler Drawers: Drawer 3 Change: Drawers To: Drawer 3 Auto Setup Cancel OK

- Finisher

Not Installed — Select this if a finisher is not installed.

Multi-Position Stapler — Select this when the Finisher or Saddle Stitch Finisher is installed.

Multi-Position Stapler and Hole Punch — Select this when the Finisher or Saddle Stitch Finisher and Hole Punch unit are installed.

Note

When you select "Multi-Position Stapler" or "Multi-Position Stapler and Hole Punch", the saddle-stitching function will be selectable for printing. However, saddle-stitching is available only when the Saddle Stitch Finisher is installed.

- Drawers

Not Installed — Select this when no optional drawer is installed.

Drawer 3 — Select this when the drawer 3 is installed.

Drawer 3 and 4 — Select this when the drawer 3 and 4 are installed.

LCF — Select this when the LCF is installed.

Note

LCF is not available for some countries or regions.

12 Click [OK].

Configuring Macintosh AppleTalk printing

Note

Before installing the printer driver for AppleTalk printing on Macintosh, check with your system administrator to make sure of the following:

This equipment is connected to the network and turned on.
The AppleTalk settings is correct.

File Edit View Window Special Help About This Computer AirPort Apple System Profiler Calculator Chooser Control Panels Favorites Key Caps Network Browser Recent Applications Recent Documents Recent Servers Remote Access Status Scrapbook Sherlock 2 Speakable Items Stickies

• The Chooser dialog box appears.

2 Select the LaserWriter 8 icon (and select the AppleTalk zone if configured). Then select this equipment displayed in the list, and click [Create].

Chooser Select a PostScript Printer: FC310_Color-MFP_Direct FC310_Color-MFP_Hold FC310_Color-MFP_Print MFP_O4998820 Create AppleTalk Active Inactive 7.6.2

• The Select a PostScript Printer Description File dialog box appears.

3 Select the PPD file (TOSHIBA\_e-STUDIO3510cSeries) for the equipment and click [Select].

Select a PostScript™ Printer Description File: Printer Descriptions LaserWriter Pro 405v2011.110 LaserWriter Pro 600v2010.130 LaserWriter Pro 630v2010.130 LaserWriter Pro 810 LaserWriter Pro 810f LaserWriter Select 360 LaserWriter Select 360f LaserWriter Select 610 TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series Mac OS English Eject Desktop Generic Cancel Select Printer Model: TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510c Series PS

4 Select each option according to the configuration of this equipment and click [OK].

Current Printer Description File (PPD) Selected: "TOSHIBA_e-STUDI03510cSeries" Installable Options Finisher: Multi-Position Stapler Drawers: Drawer 3 Cancel OK

- Finisher

Not Installed — Select this if a finisher is not installed.

Multi-Position Stapler — Select this when the Finisher or Saddle Stitch Finisher is installed.

Multi-Position Stapler and Hole Punch — Select this when the Finisher or Saddle Stitch Finisher and Hole Punch unit are installed.

Note

- Drawers

Not Installed — Select this when no optional drawer is installed.

Drawer 3 — Select this when the drawer 3 is installed.

Drawer 3 and 4 — Select this when the drawer 3 and 4 are installed.

LCF — Select this when the LCF is installed.

Note

LCF is not available for some countries or regions.

5 Close the Chooser Dialog box.

• The Printer icon is created on the desktop.

Installing Client Software from TopAccess

If the system administrator has uploaded the driver software to this equipment, you can use TopAccess to install the software on your workstation.

Notes

When using Windows Server 2003 that the Service Pack is installed, the installation from TopAccess cannot be performed. In that case, please install the software in the other method.
For instructions on how to upload the software in the equipment, please refer to the TopAccess Guide.

Installing client software from TopAccess for Macintosh

1 In TopAccess, click the Install Software link at the bottom of the screen.

• The Install Client Software page opens.

2 Click the "Macintosh PPD Files" link.

TopAccess Install Client Software Drivers | Unix Filters | Macintosh PPD Files Please click on the link(s) below to download the Windows Installer Files. File Name Size Install Client1 51:534(0-B)

• The software components list is displayed.

3 Click the File Name link that you want to download.

TopAccess Install Client Software Drivers | Unik Filters | Macintosh PPD Files Please click on the link(s) below to download the Macintosh PPD Files File Name Size TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510cSeries.spt 16(KB) TOSHIBA e-ST3610c8rs.dma.gz 240(KB)

TOSHIBA_e-STUDIO3510cSeries.sit — Click this link to download the PPD file for Mac OS 8.6/9.x and Mac OS X 10.1/10.2 Classic mode.

TOSHIBA_e-ST3510cSrs.dmg.gz — Click this link to download the PPD file for Mac OS X 10.2.4 to Mac OS X 10.4.x.

4 Download the PPD file of your Mac OS version on your desktop by following the prompts.

5 After you download the PPD file, refer to the installation procedure for Macintosh to set up the printer.

P.150 "Installing the Printer on Mac OS 8.6/9.x"

P.125 "Installing the Printer on Mac OS X 10.2.4 to Mac OS X 10.4.x"

Installing Client Software for UNIX

This section describes the instructions on how to install the client software on UNIX.

Setting Up the UNIX Filters ....160

About UNIX Filters 160

System Requirements....160

Configuring UNIX Printing Using UNIX Filters 161

Setting Up the CUPS....169

About CUPS....169

Configuring UNIX Printing Using CUPS....169

Installing Client Software from TopAccess ....185

About UNIX Filters

In the Client Utilities CD-ROM, the following filters for UNIX workstations are included:

net\_estcolor

This file is a shell script that will be installed in "/usr/lib/lp/model". It contains all the parsing for the printer specific commands and it generates all the output code. Being a shell script, a system administrator can modify it if a site requires any custom options or if other components are installed in non-standard locations.

lpdsend

This is an executable program that is called by net_estcolor to send the print file to the system using the LPD protocol. This program will be installed in "/opt/toshiba/tap/bin".

IpLinux.sh (Linux filter only)

This file is a shell script that simulates the command line functions of Ip. After processing the command line options, the e-STUDIO filter is invoked in the same way as a System V print filter. This file is installed in "/opt/toshiba/tap/bin". A symbolic link to this file will be installed in the "/usr/local/bin" directory as lptap.

estcolorBackend (AIX filter only)

This is an executable program that is called by the AIX qdaemon. It receives the arguments from the qdaemon, interrogates it for copy information etc. then calls the queues' copy of net_estcolor to run the print. This program will be installed in "/opt/toshiba/tap/bin".

estcoloradd

This file is a shell script that is used to create a printer description. This file will be installed in "/opt/toshiba/tap/bin". A symbolic link will be installed in the "/bin" directory that will point to the actual location of this file.

estcolorrm

This file is a shell script that is used to remove a printer description. This file will be installed in "/opt/toshiba/tap/bin". A symbolic link will be installed in the "/bin" directory that will point to the actual location of this file.

net\_estcolor.1

This is an input file for the man command that supplies online documentation for the printer specific options. This file will be installed in "/opt/toshiba/tap/man/man1". A symbolic link will be installed in the /usr/man/man1 directory that will point to the actual location of this file.

System Requirements

For UNIX workstation, the following environment is required.

OS: Sun Solaris v2.6/2.7/7.8/8/9

HP-UX ver.10.20/11.x

IBM AIX 4.3.3

SCO UnixWare 7

SCO OpenUnix 8

Red Hat Linux 7.x/8.0/9.x

Red Hat Linux Enterprise WS2

SuSE Linux ver.7.x/8.x/9.x

Mandrake Linux ver.7.x./8.x/9.x

Turbo Linux 8/10

Protocol: TCP/IP

Module: Python must be installed.

Note

The “Python” module must be installed on your UNIX workstation to enable printing. The “Python” module is usually installed in the “/usr/bin/” directory. Check this directory whether the “Python” module is installed.

Configuring UNIX Printing Using UNIX Filters

When you want to configure the UNIX printing using the UNIX filters, install the UNIX filters and configure the LPR queue.

Installing the UNIX Filters

UNIX Filters are provided as TAR files for each Operating System. You can install them by copying the TAR file into the root directory and extract the file.

Copying the UNIX filters

1 Insert the Client Utilities CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive.
2 Log on to the root account.
3 Enter the following command and check the output:

- For Solaris:

uname -a

Output on screen should be:

SunOS

- For HP-UX:

uname -a

Output on screen should be:

HP-UX

- For IBM AIX:

uname -a

Output on screen should be:

AIX

- For Linux:

uname -a

Output on screen should be:

Linux

- For OpenUNIX:

uname -a

Output on screen should be:

OpenUNIX

Note

If the output is not as above, ask your administrator.

4 Copy the TAR file onto the root.

A TAR file for each operating system is included in following folders:
For Solaris: [CD-ROM]/Admin/SolarisFilter/Usa/
For HP-UX:[CD-ROM]/Admin/HP-UXFilter/Usa/
For AIX:[CD-ROM]/Admin/AixFilter/Usa/
For Linux: [CD-ROM]/Admin/LinuxFilter/Usa/
For OpenUNIX: [CD-ROM]/Admin/OpenUnixFilter/Usa/

5 Change to the root directory.

6 Enter the following command:

For Solaris:
tar xvf solaris.tar

- For HP-UX:

tar xvf hpux.tar

- For IBM AIX:

tar xvf aix.tar

- For Linux:

tar xvf linux.tar

- For OpenUNIX:

tar xvf openunix.tar

7 The command extracts all the required files and installs them in the correct locations. Continue the procedure for configuring the print queue.

P.162 "Configuring the Print Queue"

Configuring the Print Queue

After you copy UNIX Filters, you can configure the print queue.

There are two ways to configure the print queue: one is creating a print queue using estcoloradd, and the other is creating a print queue manually without using estcoloradd.

P.162 "Creating a Print Queue Using estcoloradd"
P.163 "Creating a Print Queue Manually"

— Creating a Print Queue Using estcoloradd

You can create a print queue using estcoloradd.

Creating a print queue

1 Log on to the root account.

2 Enter the following command:

estcoloradd

Tips

This command creates a print queue using the system's lpadmin command. It also creates a configuration file that has the destination IP address or host name. Use the configuration file to change print queue parameters.
The lpadmin command stores the printer interface file in the /etc/lp/interfaces directory in a file with the same name as the print queue. The configuration file is stored in the /etc/lp/interfaces directory in a file named .conf.
Under Linux, the printtool (or equivalent) utility must be used to add the printer into the lp printing system after executing the est coloradd command.

— Creating a Print Queue Manually

You can also configure the print queue by adding a remote printer manually.

The procedure varies depending on the operating systems.

P.163 "Creating a print queue manually on Solaris"
P.164 "Creating a print queue manually on HP-UX"
P.164 "Creating a print queue manually on IBX AIX"
P.165 "Creating a print queue manually on Linux"
P.166 "Creating a print queue manually on OpenUNIX"

Creating a print queue manually on Solaris

1 Log on to the root account.
2 Open your Linux/UNIX editor.
3 Create the following file.
/etc/lp/interfaces/.conf
4 Add a line as below in the .conf.
dest=
5 Save the file.
6 Enter the following command:
chmod +x .conf
7 Enter the following command:
chown lp:lp .conf
8 Enter the following command:
lpadmin -p -v /dev/null -I any \ -i /usr/lib/lp/model/net_estcolor
9 Enter the following command:
accept
10 Enter the following command:
enable

Creating a print queue manually on HP-UX
1 Log on to the root account. 2 Open your Linux/UNIX editor. 3 Create the following file. /etc/lp/interfaces/.conf 4 Add a line as below in the .conf. dest= 5 Save the file. 6 Enter the following command: chmod +x .conf 7 Enter the following command: chown lp:lp .conf 8 Enter the following command: ps -ef | grep lpsched | grep -iv grep > /dev/null 2>&1 9 Enter the following command: Echo $? 10 If "0" is outputted on the screen, turn the scheduler OFF. Enter the following command: /usr/sbin/lpshut > /dev/null 2>&1 11 Enter the following command: /usr/sbin/lpadmin -p -v /dev/null \ -m net_estcolor -o rm -orpddsc -ob3 12 Enter the following command: accept 13 Enter the following command: enable 14 If you turn OFF the scheduler in step 10, turn the scheduler ON. Enter the following command: /usr/lpsched > /dev/null 2>&1

Creating a print queue manually on IBX AIX
1 Enter the following command: ls /opt/toshiba/tap/filter 2 If the above directory does not exist, enter the following command: mkdir /opt/toshiba/tap/filter 3 Log on to the root account. 4 Open your Linux/UNIX editor.

5 Create the following file. /etc/lp/interfaces/.conf
6 Add a line as below in the .conf. dest=
7 Save the file.
8 Enter the following command: mkque -q \ -a s_statfilter = /usr/lib/lpd/bsdshort \ -a up = TRUE -a host = -a rq = dssc
9 Enter the following command: mkquedev -q -d dev_ \ -a backend = /opt/toshiba/tap/bin/estcolorBackend
10 Enter the following command: cp /usr/lib/lpd/pio/predef/net_estcolor \ /opt/toshiba/tap/filter/

Creating a print queue manually on Linux
Enter the following command: ls /opt/toshiba/tap/interface If the above directory does not exist, enter the following command: mkdir /opt/toshiba/tap/interface As root open your Linux/UNIX editor. Open your Linux/UNIX editor. Create the following file. /opt/toshiba/tap/interface/.conf Add a line as below in the .conf. dest= Save the file. Enter the following command: cp /opt/toshiba/tap/model/net_estcolor \ /opt/toshiba/tap/interface/ Enter the following command: /opt/toshiba/tap/bin/modPrintcap \ -a Enter the following command: ls /opt/toshiba/tap/bin/flag_ If the above file exists, enter the following command. /opt/toshiba/tap/bin/printconf_import \ -a IP_ADDRESS \ rm /opt/toshiba/tap/bin/flag_ Restart your lpd.

Creating a print queue manually on OpenUNIX
1 Log on to the root account. 2 Open your Linux/UNIX editor. 3 Create the following file. /etc/lp/interfaces/.conf 4 Add a line as below in the .conf. dest= 5 Save the file. 6 Enter the following command: chmod +x .conf 7 Enter the following command: chown lp:lp .conf 8 Enter the following command: lpadmin -p -v /dev/null -I any \ -i /usr/lib/lp/model/net_estcolor 9 Enter the following command: accept 10 Enter the following command: enable

Changing the Default Values

You can change the default values of a print queue by the following procedure.

Changing the default values of a print queue
1 Study the interface file, named , stored in the /etc/lp/interfaces directory. • This file contains all of the default settings and values that can be set. These values are case sensitive and must conform to the /bin/sh variable format. 2 To manually edit the configuration file (/etc/lp/interfaces/.conf), add a line that consists of the parameter and value. • For example, to change the default orientation to Landscape, add the following line: orient="LANDSCAPE"

Deleting the Print Queue

There are two ways to delete the print queue: one is deleting a print queue using estcolorm, and the other is deleting a print queue manually without using estcolorm.

P.167 "Deleting a Print Queue Using estcolorrm"

P.167 "Deleting a Print Queue Manually"

— Deleting a Print Queue Using estcolorrm

When you want to delete the queue using estcolorm, perform the following procedure.

Deleting a print queue

1 Log on to the root account.
2 Enter the following command:

estcolorrm

Tips

This command uses the system's lpadmin command to delete the print queue and configuration file.
Please restart the lpd under Linux.

— Deleting a Print Queue Manually

You can also configure the print queue by adding a print queue manually.

The procedure varies depending on the operating systems.

P.167 "Deleting a print queue manually on Solaris"
P.167 "Deleting a print queue manually on HP-UX"
P.168 "Deleting a print queue manually on IBM AIX"
P.168 "Deleting a print queue manually on Linux"
P.168 "Deleting a print queue manually on OpenUNIX"

Deleting a print queue manually on Solaris

1 Log on to the root account.
2 Enter the following command:
lpadmin -x
3 Enter the following command:
rm /etc/lp/interfaces/.conf

Deleting a print queue manually on HP-UX

1 Log on to the root account.
2 Enter the following command:
ps -ef | grep lpsched | grep -iv grep > /dev/null 2>&1
3 Enter the following command:
Echo \$?
4 If "0" outputted on the screen, turn the scheduler OFF. Enter the following command:
/usr/sbin/lpshut > /dev/null 2>&1
5 Enter the following command:
/usr/sbin/lpadmin -x

6 Enter the following command: rm /etc/lp/interfaces/.conf
7 If "0" was outputted on the screen in step 3, turn the scheduler ON. Enter the following command: /usr/sbin/lpsched > /dev/null 2>&1

Deleting a print queue manually on IBM AIX
1 Log on to the root account. 2 Enter the following command: rm /opt/toshiba/tap/filter/ 3 Enter the following command: rm /opt/toshiba/tap/filter/.conf 4 Enter the following command: rmquedev -q -d dev_ 5 Enter the following command: rmque -q

Deleting a print queue manually on Linux
1 Log on to the root account. 2 Enter the following command: rm /opt/toshiba/tap/interface/ 3 Enter the following command: rm /opt/toshiba/tap/interface/.conf 4 Enter the following command: /opt/toshiba/tap/bin/modPrintcap -d 5 Enter the following command: ls /opt/toshiba/tap/bin/flag_ 6 If the above file exists, enter the following command: /opt/toshiba/tap/bin/printconf_import \ -d \ rm /opt/toshiba/tap/bin/flag_ 7 Restart your lpd.

Deleting a print queue manually on OpenUNIX
1 Log on to the root account. 2 Enter the following command: lpadmin -x 3 Enter the following command: rm /etc/lp/interfaces/.conf

When you want to configure the UNIX printing using CUPS, you can use LPR printing or IPP printing.

Note

When printing using CUPS, the output paper size cannot be specified. If you want to specify the output paper size, please use the UNIX filter.

About CUPS

This section describes the behavior, options, and installation method of the CUPS printer driver for the equipment. The behavior of the printer driver presented in this specification is consistent with CUPS v1.1.15. The driver may appear and/or operate slightly differently in the different versions.

In reality, the file supplied in this package is not really a printer driver it is actually a PostScript Printer Description (PPD) file.

Development Environment

The provided CUPS printer driver is supported on the following UNIX workstation. • Red Hat 8.0 CUPS 1.1.18

Implementation Method

This driver consists of a PPD file that works in conjunction with an interface like XPP, KPrinter, etc. It can also be used on OSX in the same way that it is used on Linux, but this is not recommended.

Supplied Components

There is one supplied component, a PPD file called "TOSHIBA_EST3510c_CUPS.gz". It has been compressed using gzip. It does not need to be uncompressed for Linux to use the PPD file and so it should be left compressed.

The user needs root privileges to place the PPD file in the default location. The default location for the standard CUPS PPD files is:

/usr/share/cups/model/Toshiba

Configuring UNIX Printing Using CUPS

You can configure the CUPS for LPR printing or IPP printing.

Installing the CUPS for LPR Printing

The PPD must first be copied onto the local machine, the printer installed, and then the PPD configured. The printer is then installed and configured using CUPS via the browser.

The PPD is placed in the "/usr/share/cups/model/Toshiba" directory (which will require root privileges and the Toshiba directory may need to be created). The PPD can be simply copied to the appropriate directory and the CUPS daemon re-started.

Installing the CUPS for LPR printing

1 Insert the Client Utilities CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive.

2 Log on to the root account and create "Toshiba" directory in the "/usr/share/cups/model" directory.
3 Copy the GZIP file into the "/usr/share/cups/model/Toshiba" directory or enter the following command:

cp TOSHIBA_EST3510c_CUPS.gz /usr/share/cups/model/Toshiba

- A GZIP file is included in the "Admin/CUPS/Usa" folder in the CD-ROM.

4 Enter the following command:

service lpd stop

Note

If lpd is already stopped, "Failed" will be displayed.

When using the Red Hat Linux, continue to the next step.
When using other than the Red Hat Linux, skip to step 10.

5 When using the Red Hat Linux, enter the following command:

/usr/bin/redhat-switch-printer

• The redhat-switch-printer dialog box appears.

6 Select "CUPS" and click [OK].
• The information dialog box appears.
7 Click [OK].
8 Enter the following command:

service cups start

Note

If the CUPS has already been started, stop the CUPS service once by entering "service cups stop" command, and then enter the above command to restart the CUPS service.

9 Enter the following command:

/usr/bin/cupsconfig

- The Common UNIX Printing System page appears. Skip to step 11.

10 Open the browser and locate CUPS by typing "http://local host:631/" in the address field.

• The Common UNIX Printing System page appears.

11 Click the "Manage Printers" link.

Common UNIX Printing System - Mozilla ESP Administration Classes Help Jobs Printers Software Do Administration Tasks Manage Printer Classes On-Line Help Manage Jobs Manage Printers Download the Current CUPS Software

• The Printer page is displayed.

12 Click [Add Printer].

Printer on localhost - CUPS V1.1.23 - Mozilla ESP Administration Classes Help Jobs Printers Software Printer No printers Add Printer

• The Admin page is displayed.

13 Enter the printer name, location, and description of the printer in each field and click [Continue].

Admin on localhost - CUPS v1.1.23 - Mozilla ESP Administration Classes Help Jobs Printers Software Admin Add New Printer Name: TOSHIBA_EST3510c Location: TOSHIBA Descriptions: Toshiba Printer Continue

Note

If a new printer name is a duplicate of a name already in the printer list, the new printer will replace the original printer.

14 Select "LPD/LPR Host or Printer" at the "Device" drop down box and click [Continue].

Admin on localhost - CUP5 VLL23 - Mozilla ESP Administration Classes Help Jobs Printers Software Admin Device for TOSHIBA_EST3510c Device: LFDLPR Host or Printer Continue

15 Enter "Ipd:///Print" in the "Device URI" field and click [Continue].

Admin Device URI for TOSHIBA_EST3510c Device URI: /pd:/192.160.90.11/Print Examples: file://path/to/filename.pcn http://hostname-631/ipp/ http://hostname-631/ipp/portl ipp://hostname/spp/ ipp://hostname/app/portl lpd://hostname/queue socket://hostname socket://hostname.9100 Continue

Note

Make sure to capitalize the "P" in "Print" for the device URI.

16 Select "TOSHIBA" at the "Make" list and click [Continue].

Admin ESP Administration Classes Help Jobs Printers Software Model/Driver for TOSHIBA_EST3510c Make: Seiko Sharp Sony Star Tally Tektronix TOSHIBA TOSHIBA TEC Corp. Xerox Zebra Continue

Note

If you do not see "TOSHIBA" in the "Make" list, restart CUPS.

17 Select the PPD in the "Model" list and click [Continue].

18 Confirm that the message notifying that the new printer has been properly added appears.

19 Go to the following page for configuring the print options:

P.175 "Configuring print options"

Installing the CUPS for IPP Printing

When you want to setup IPP print queue in the Linux OS, follow the procedures here.

When IPP SSL is enabled on the Equipment

When the IPP SSL is enabled on the equipment, you require the following settings on Linux OS.

OpenSSL should be installed
CUPS should be configured with “--enable-ssl” option
HTTPS symbol should be created in the "/usr/lib/cups/backend" directory.
Open the console and login with root privileges.
Use 'su' or 'sudo -s' to login with root privileges.
Enter the following command: cd /usr/lib/cups/backend
Enter the following command:

ln -s ipp https

Restart the CUPS Service in Linux.

- IPP/SSL certificates in the "/etc/cups" directory should be created

Enter the following command: mkdir ssl folder in /etc/cups

2. Enter the following command:

openssl req -new -x509
-keyout /etc/cups/ssl/server.key
-out /etc/cups/ssl/server.crt -days 365 -nodes

Note

The above command must be entered as one continuous command with no carriage returns.

3. Enter the following command:

chmod 600 /etc/cups/ssl/server.*

* The "-nodes" option prevents the certificate and key from being encrypted. The cupsd process runs in the background, detached from any input source; if you encrypt these files then cupsd will not be able to load them.

4. Add the following lines in the cupsd.conf file in /etc/cups path.

SSLPort 443
ServerCertificate /etc/cups/ssl/server.crt
ServerKey /etc/cups/ssl/server.key

5. Run the following command on the shell to restart the CUPS Server.

Service cups restart

Add IPP Printer

IPP printing from Linux OS is done from the CUPS server as a backend.

1 Insert the Client Utilities CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive.
2 Log on to the root account and create "Toshiba" directory in the "/usr/share/cups/model" directory.
3 Copy the GZIP file into the "/usr/share/cups/model/Toshiba" directory or enter the following command:
cp TOSHIBA_EST3510c_CUPS.gz /usr/share/cups/model/Toshiba
- A GZIP file is included in the "Admin/CUPS/Usa" folder in the CD-ROM.

4 Enter the following command:

service lpd stop

Note

If lpd is already stopped, "Failed" will be displayed.

When using the Red Hat Linux, continue to the next step.
When using other than the Red Hat Linux, skip to step 10.

5 When using the Red Hat Linux, enter the following command:

/usr/bin/redhat-switch-printer

• The redhat-switch-printer dialog box appears.

6 Select "CUPS" and click [OK].

• The information dialog box appears.

7 Click [OK].

8 Enter the following command:

service cups start

Note

If the CUPS has already been started, stop the CUPS service once by entering "service cups stop" command, and then enter the above command to restart the CUPS service.

9 Enter the following command:

/usr/bin/cupsconfig

- The Common UNIX Printing System page appears. Skip to step 11.

10 Open the browser and locate CUPS by typing "http://local host:631/" in the address field.

• The Common UNIX Printing System page appears.

Note

When IPP/SSL is enabled, specify "https://local host:433/" in the address field to access the Common UNIX Printing System.

11 Add a new https printer by clicking [Add Printer].

Configure the parameters as:

Name:

Location:

Description:

Device: Internet Printing Protocol (http)

Device URL: http://:631/Print

Model/Driver: TOSHIBA

Note

When IPP/SSL is enabled, specify as followings:

- Device: Internet Printing Protocol (https)

- Device URL: https://:443/Print

Tip

Using CUPS Client (print commands lp, lpr, etc.) with -e option, the connection can be encrypted and printing can be done in the above configured printer.

12 Confirm that the message notifying that the new printer has been properly added appears.

13 Go to the following page for configuring the print options:

P.175 "Configuring print options"

Configuring print options

You can set the print options that applied for the print jobs using CUPS.

Print option configuration

1 Click the "Manage Printers" link in the startup page.

The Printer page is displayed.

2 Select this equipment and then click [Configure Printer].

3 Configure the print options on the displayed page.

The underscored items are set by default.

Booklet

Option Value Alternative Value Description
Booklet Center Margin 0 to 36 (in unit of 3 points) Select the center margin.
Booklet Outer Margin 0	_ to 72 (in unit of 6 points) Select the outer margin.
Booklet Paper Size None (Off)LetterA4LegalStatementLedgerFolioA3A5B4B5Computer13" LG8.5" SQ8K16K		Select a paper size for the booklet.Each two pages are printed on both side of a sheet which is then folded.The booklet size will be the half size of the paper size that you specify.
Left to Right Page Lay-out	Right to LeftLeft to Right	Select whether to create a booklet can be read from right to left or left to right.
[Continue] button Determines the selected items.

Color Settings 1

Option Value Alternative Value Description
Color Type Auto	ColorMonoBlack and RedBlack and GreenBlack and BlueBlack and CyanBlack and MagentaBlack and YellowBlack and White	Select whether a print job is printed in color, mono, or twin color.
Distinguish Thin Lines Off	_, On Select whether to distinguish thin lines or not.
Halftone Auto	____DetailSmooth	Select the appropriate processing on halftone images among “Auto”, “Detail (high density)” and “Smooth (smooth tone reproduction)”.
[Continue] button Determines the selected items.

Color Settings 2

Option Value Alternative Value Description
Black Over Print Off, On Select whether printing background		content that has black text overlayed on it.
Image Type General	PhotoPresentationLine Art	Select how colors are printed. The printer driver automatically applies proper image quality for selected job type.
Pure Black and Gray Black	- AutoBlack - TextBlack - Text and GraphicBlack - Text, Graphic and ImageBlack and Gray - AutoBlack and Gray - TextBlack and Gray - Text and GraphicBlack and Gray - Text, Graphic and Image	Select whether printing the black and gray scale contents in a document using the black toner.
[Continue] button Determines the selected items.

Color Settings 3

Option Value Alternative Value Description
Color Balance - Black	-4, -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4	Select the density for black toner.
Color Balance - Cyan	-4, -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 Select the density for cyan toner.
Color Balance - Magenta	-4, -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 Select the density for magenta toner.
Color Balance - Yellow	-4, -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 Select the density for yellow toner.
[Continue] button Determines the selected items.

Color Settings 4

Option Value Alternative Value Description
Brightness -4, -3, -2, -1, 0	1, 2, 3, 4 Select the brightness.
Contrast -4, -3, -2, -1, 0	_, 1, 2, 3, 4 Select the contrast.
Saturation -4, -3, -2, -1, 0	_, 1, 2, 3, 4 Select the saturation.
Sharpness -4, -3, -2, -1, 0	_, 1, 2, 3, 4 Select the sharpness.
[Continue] button Determines the selected items.

Finishing

Option Value Alternative Value Description
Destination Printer's Default	Inner TrayTray 1Tray 2	Select the destination.NoteStapling cannot be applied when “Tray 1” is specified.
Hole Punch Off	Long Edge Punch without rotationShort Edge Punch without rotationLong Edge Punch with 180 degree rotationShort Edge Punch with 180 degree rotation	Select whether or not a print job is hole punched.
Stapling Off	Upper Left (Portrait)/Upper Right (Landscape)Middle Left (Portrait)/Middle Top (Landscape)Lower Left (Portrait)/Upper Left (Landscape)/Upper Right (Portrait)/Lower Right (Landscape)Middle Right (Portrait)/Middle Bottom (Landscape)Lower Right (Portrait)/Lower Left (Landscape)Middle Top (Portrait)/Middle Right (Landscape)Middle Bottom (Portrait)/Middle Left (Landscape)Saddle Stitch (Portrait)/Saddle Stitch (Landscape)	whether a print job is stapled.Note“Saddle Stitch (Portrait)/Saddle Stitch (Landscape)” can be selected only when the Saddle Stitch Finisher is installed.
[Continue] button Determines the selected items.

General

Option Value Alternative Value Description
Collate Yes, No Select w	whether exited sheets are collated or not.
Duplex 1-Sided	____	1-sided printing
	2-Sided, No Tumble(Long-Edge Binding)	2-sided printing (Long-edge binding)
	2-Sided, Tumble(Short-Edge Binding)	2-sided printing (Short-edge binding)
Media Size A3, A4, A5, A6, B4, B5,Ledger, Legal, Letter,Statement, Folio, Computer, 13" LG, 8.5" SQ,(12x18"), A3-Wide, 8K,16K		Select the paper size.
Media Source Auto	____ (Default)Drawer 1Drawer 2LCFDrawer 3Drawer 4Bypass TrayPlainThick 1Thick 2 (Front)Thick 2 (Back)Thick 3 (Front)Thick 3 (Back)TransparencyRecycledSpecial 1 (Front)Special 1 (Back)Special 2 (Front)Special 2 (Back)	Select the paper source.
[Continue] button Determines the selected items.

Options Installed

Option Value Alternative Value Description
Drawers Not Installed	____Drawer 3Drawer 3 and 4LCF	Select the combination among Drawer 3, Drawer 4, and LCF.
Finisher Not Installed	____FinisherSaddle Stitch Finisher	Select whether the optional finisher is installed or not.
[Continue] button Determines the selected items.

Printing Modes

Option Value Alternative Value Description
Department Code Disabled	Enabled	Select whether to use the department codes for printing or not.When this equipment is managed under the department codes, this option should be enabled.
Do not Print Blank Pages	Off, On Select whether to distinguish thin lines or not.Do not Print Blank Pages
Print Mode Normal	ProofPrivate - Password	Select the print mode.
Toner Save Off	_, On Select whether to enable the toner save mode.
[Continue] button Determines the selected items.

Printing Modes DC

Option Value Alternative Value Description
Department Code (DC) - Digit 1 to Digit 5	0 to 9 Specify the 5-digit department code	when “Department Code” of “Printing Modes” is enabled.For the appropriate department code, check with your system administrator.
[Continue] button Determines the selected items.

Private Document Password

Option Value Alternative Value Description
Password - Digit 1 to Digit 5	0 to 9 Specify the 5-digit document pass-word when “Private - Password” is selected for “Print Modes”.
[Continue] button Determines the selected items.

Banners

Option Value Alternative Value Description
Starting Banner none Select whether banner pages are printed before printing documents or not. If they are, select among the items below.







Ending Banner none	____	Select whether banner pages are printed after printing documents or not. If they are, select among the items below.
	classified Classified information
	confidential Confidential information
	secret Secret information
	standard Standard information
	topsecret Top secret
	unclassified Unclassified information
[Continue] button Determines the selected items.

PS Binary Protocol

Option Value Alternative Value Description
PS Binary Protocol	None, TBCP	Select whether print data are processed in a binary format using PostScript and printed using TBCP protocol or not.
[Continue] button Determines the selected items.

Modifying Printer

You can modify the printer that you create.

Modifying Printer

You can change the location and description of the printer.

1 Click the "Manage Printers" link in the startup page.

• The Printer page is displayed.

2 Click [Modify Printer].

3 Modify the location and description in each field and click [Continue].

Admin on localhost.localdomain - CUPS v1.1.16 - Mozilla ESP Administration Classes Help Jobs Printers Software Admin Modify Printer TOSHIBA Name: TOSHIBA Location: TOSHIBA Description: TOSHIBA_Printer Continue

Uninstalling Printer

To uninstall the printer that you create, perform the following procedure.

Uninstalling Printer

1 Click the "Manage Printers" link in the startup page.

• The Printer page is displayed.

2 Click [Delete Printer].

• The printer is deleted.

3 Then delete the PPD file "TOSHIBA\_EST3510c\_CUPS.gz" from the "/usr/share/cups/model/Toshiba" directory.

Installing Client Software from TopAccess

If the system administrator has uploaded the driver software to this equipment, you can use TopAccess to install the software on your workstation.

Notes

When using Windows Server 2003 that the Service Pack is installed, the installation from TopAccess cannot be performed. In that case, please install the software in the other method.
For instructions on how to upload the software in the equipment, please refer to the TopAccess Guide.

Installing client software from TopAccess for UNIX

1 In TopAccess, click the Install Software link at the bottom of the screen.

• The Install Client Software page opens.

2 Click the "Unix Filters" link.

TopAccess Install Client Software Drivers | Unix Filters | Macintosh PPD Files Please click on the link(s) below to download the Windows Installer Files. File Name Size Install Client1 51-534KB

• The software components list is displayed.

3 Click the UNIX filter link that you want to install.

TopAccess Install Client Software Drivers | Unix Filters | Macintosh PPD Files Please click on the link(s) below to download the Unix Filters File Name Size ACK Filter 180(KB) HP-Unix Filter 110(KB) Linux Filter 110(KB) Open-Unix Filter 100(KB) Solans Filter 86(KB)

4 Download the UNIX tar file containing the UNIX filters on your desktop by following the prompts.
5 After you download the UNIX tar file, refer to the installation procedure for UNIX to set up the printer.

P.160 "Setting Up the UNIX Filters"

Printing from Windows

This describes the instructions on how to print from Windows computer.

Before Using the Printer Driver 188

Configuring the Options 188

Setting the Department Code....192

Copying the PPD File for Windows....194

Printing from Application....196

Considerations and Limitations 196

How to Print....196

Setting Up Print Options 199

How to Setup....199

Print Options 202

Printing with Extended Print Functionality 238

Printing Various Print Job Types 238

Printing with Various Layout and Finishing Options 246

Before Using the Printer Driver

Before printing, you have to configure the following options:

- Configuration Settings You have to configure such options as optional drawers, finisher, and hole punch unit. The features of these optional devices are not available unless you tell the system that the optional devices are installed.

- Department Code This system can manage jobs by department code. This feature lets you manage job counters for every department code. For example, a network administrator can check the number of copies printed from specific department member. If the Department Code is enabled, enter your Department Code provided by your administrator.

Configuring the Options

After you complete the installation of the printer drivers, you should configure the option settings on the printer drivers.

There are two methods to configure the options;

If this equipment and your computer are not connected in the TCP/IP network, you can configure the options manually.
P.188 "Configuring the Options Manually"
If this equipment and your computer are connected in the TCP/IP network, you can configure the options automatically obtaining the settings using SNMP communication.
P.190 "Configuring the Options Automatically"

Note

When the printer drivers are installed using Point and Print on Windows 98/Me, you must click [Update Now] in the [Configuration] tab before starting to use the printer.

Configuring the Options Manually

The following describes an instruction on Windows XP. The procedure is the same when other versions of Windows are used.

Setting the configuration tab manually

Note

You must log into Windows as a user who has the “Administrators” or “Power Users” privilege when using Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000, Windows XP, or Windows Server 2003.

1 Select the printer driver in the Printers and Faxes folder. Then click [File] and select [Properties].

When you are operating under Windows 98/Me/NT 4.0/2000, open the Printers folder to access the printer driver.
• The printer driver properties dialog box appears.

2 Display the [Configuration] tab, check off the "Enable SNMP Communication" option, and set the following options.

TOSHIBA e-STUDIO03510cSeriesPCI 6 Properties General Sharing Ports Advanced Color Management Fonts Configuration Model Selection: e-STUDIO03510c Option Drawers: LCF Finisher: Saddle Stitch Finisher Hole Punch Unit: 2/3 Holes Optional Memory: Not Installed Enable SNMP Communication Update Automatically Mainline Update from Restor Defaults Drawer Settings Version Information OK Cancel Apply Help

Model Selection — This sets the model type of the equipment.

Drawer — This sets whether the drawers or LCF (not available for some countries or regions) are installed.

Finisher — This sets whether or not optional finisher is installed.

Hole Punch Unit — This sets whether or not optional hole punch unit is installed.

Optional Memory — Select the whether the optional memory is installed.

Note

LCF is not available for some countries or regions.

Tip

For more information about each item, see descriptions about the Configuration Tab.

P.235 "Configuration Tab"

3 Click [Drawer Settings].

• The Drawer Settings dialog box appears.

4 Set the following options and click [OK].

Drawer Settings Paper Size: Paper Type: Attribute Drawer 1: Letter Plan None Drawer 2: Letter Plan None Drawer 3: Letter Plan None Drawer 4: Letter Plan None LCF Letter Plan None Bypass Type: Automatic Plan None Override Application Paper Source Settings Restore Defaults OK Cancel

Drawer 1 — Select the paper size and paper type of paper that is loaded in the 1st Drawer.

Drawer 2 — Select the paper size and paper type of paper that is loaded in the 2nd Drawer.

Drawer 3 — Select the paper size and paper type of paper that is loaded in the 3rd Drawer when it is installed.

Drawer 4 — Select the paper size and paper type of paper that is loaded in the 4th Drawer when it is installed.

LCF — Select the paper size and paper type of paper that is loaded in the LCF when it is installed.

Bypass Tray — Select the paper type of paper that is loaded in the Bypass Tray.

Override Application Paper Settings — Check this to use the paper source setting in the printer driver rather than the application setting.

5 Click [Apply] and [OK] to save settings.

Configuring the Options Automatically

The following describes an instruction on Windows XP. The procedure is the same when other versions of Windows are used.

Setting the configuration tab using SNMP communication

Note

You must log into Windows as a user who has the "Administrators" or "Power Users" privilege when using Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000, Windows XP, or Windows Server 2003.

1 Select the printer driver in the Printers and Faxes folder. Then click [File] and select [Properties].

Printers and Faxes File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Open Set as Default Printer Printing Preferences... Pause Printing Sharing... TopAccessDocMan Add Printer Server Properties Set Up Facing Create Shortcut Delete Rename Properties Close Other Places Control Panel Scanners and Cameras e-BRIDGE Viewer Ready TOSHIBA e-STUDIO Series Fax Ready TOSHIBA e-STUDIO Series P30 TOSHIBA e-STUDIO Series PCL6

When you are operating under Windows 98/Me/NT 4.0/2000, open the Printers folder to access the printer driver.
• The printer driver properties dialog box appears.

2 Display the [Configuration] tab, check on "Enable SNMP Communication", and click [Update Now].

TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510cSeriesPCI 6 Properties General Sharing Ports Advanced Color Management Fonts Configuration Model Selection: e-STUDIO3510c Option Drawers: None Finisher: None Hot Punch Unit: None Optional Memory: Not Installed Enable SNMP Communication Update Automatically Manual Update Now Drawer Settings Restor Defaults Version Information OK Cancel Apply Help

- The printer driver starts communicating with system and obtains option settings automatically.

Note

If the connection to the equipment has not been configured correctly, the message "The address of your printer could not be located. Would you like to find it?" will be displayed. If it is displayed, click [Yes] and search for the equipment using the TopAccessDocMon Local Discovery dialog box. After searching the equipment, SNMP communication will be enabled. For the instructions on how to search the equipment, refer to the instructions of TopAccessDocMon.

3 If you want to update option settings automatically when the [Configuration] tab is opened, select on "Update Automatically".

TOSHIRA e-STUDIO 3510:SeriesPCI 6 Properties General Sharing Poits Advanced Color Management Fonts Configuration Model Selection: e-STUDIO3510c Option Drawers: Drawer 2 Finisher: Saddle Stitch Finisher Hole Punch Unit: 2 Holes Optional Memory: Installed Enable SNMP Communication Update Automatically Manual Update Now Restore Defaults Drawer Settings Version Information OK Cancel Apply Help

4 Click [Apply] and [OK] to save settings.

Tip

For more information about each item, see descriptions about the Configuration Tab. P.235 "Configuration Tab"

Setting the Department Code

When this equipment is managed by department codes, you have to enter your department code on the printer driver.

This allows a network administrator to check the number of copies printed from specific department members. Also users can check to see who submitted the print jobs, by using the Touch Panel Display and monitoring tools.

Please ask your administrator whether or not you should enter the Department Code.

Notes

- When the User Management Setting is enabled on the equipment, the User Management Setting is used to manage the print jobs instead of the department code. In that case, the user name that is entered to login to your computer is used for the authentication of the print job. Therefore, you do not need to enter the department code in the printer driver but your user name must be registered in the equipment. If the user name is not registered, your print job is processed as the invalid job according to the Department Code Enforcement settings.

- If the No Limit Black function is enabled, you do not have to specify the department code when you print a document with selecting "Black and White" in the "Color" option in the Basic tab of printer driver.

Tips

- How the equipment performs printing for an invalid department code print job, which no department code or invalid department code is specified, varies depending on the Department Code Enforcement setting that can be set from TopAccess Administrator mode and whether SNMP communication is enabled or not. When SNMP communication is enabled and Department Code Enforcement is set to "ON", an error message will be displayed when entering an invalid department code. When SNMP communication is disabled and Department Code Enforcement is set to "ON", the invalid department code print job will be stored in the invalid department code print job list without printing. When the Department Code Enforcement is set to "Print", the invalid department code print job will be printed. When the Department Code Enforcement is set to "Delete", the invalid department code print job will be deleted without printing.

However, when using Windows NT 4.0 and configure the connection through a NetWare print server, an error message for entering the invalid department code will not be displayed even if the Department Code Enforcement setting and SNMP Communication is enabled.

- A department code can be entered every time you begin printing. If you have to use a different department code for each print job, enter it when you begin printing.

Entering department code

1 Select the printer driver in the Printers folder. Then click [File] and select [Properties] (for Windows 98/Me), select [Document Defaults...] (for Windows NT 4.0), or [Printing Preferences...] (for Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003).

Printers and Faxes File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Open Set as Default Printer Printing Preferences... Pause Printing Sharing... TopAccessDocMan Add Printer Server Properties Set Up Facing Create Shortcut Delete Rename Properties Close Other Places Control Panel Scanners and Cameras Search Folders Go e-BRIDGE Viewer Ready TOSHIBA e-STUDIO Series Fax Ready PS3 TOSHIBA e-STUDIO Series PC16 0

• The printer driver properties dialog box appears.

2 Display the [Others] tab and enter your department code in the "Department Code" field.

TOSHIBA e-STUDIO 3510:SeriesPCI 6 Printing Preferences Basic Finishing PaperHandling(Image Quality Effect Others Print Job Normal Print Letter 1.2.3 1.2.5 Graphics Text Profile: None Save Profile Ctrlate Restore Defaults Default Menu Setting Basic Tanner Save Do not Print Blank Pages Custom Paper Size Department Version Information OK Cancel Apply Help

- In the Department field, only numeric characters can be entered. The Department Code must be 5-digit number.

3 Click [Apply] and [OK] to save settings.

Copying the PPD File for Windows

The Client Utilities CD-ROM contains a printer description file for popular Windows applications. PageMaker 6.0, 6.5, and 7.0 do not support automatic installation of printer description files. To make printing available in the Print and Page Setup dialog boxes of this application, copy the printer description file to the appropriate location.

Copying the printer description file

1 On the Client Utilities CD-ROM, open the folder that contains the PS3 printer driver.

For Windows 98/Me:
For Windows NT 4.0:
For Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003:

2 Copy the printer description file (\*.ppd) to the appropriate location.

For PageMaker 6.0: \PM6\RSRC\\PPD4
For PageMaker 6.5: \PM65\RSRC\\PPD4
For PageMaker 7.0: \Program Files\Adobe\PageMaker 7.0\Rsrc\\PPD4

Note

You can select the high resolution setting (such as "Color High-res General") for the Color Resolution Type in the Print dialog box even if the optional expansion memory is not installed. In that case, the print job will not be printed.

This section describes how to print a document from an application.

P.196 "Considerations and Limitations"
P.196 "How to Print"

Considerations and Limitations

When the User Management Setting is enabled on the equipment, the user name that is entered to login to your computer is used for the authentication of the print job. Therefore, your user name must be registered in the equipment. If the user name is not registered, your print job is processed as the invalid job according to the Department Code Enforcement settings. When the Windows Domain Authentication is used for the User Management Setting, your computer must log in the domain.
If the No Limit Black function is enabled, you do not have to specify the department code when you print a document with selecting "Black and White" in the "Color" option in the Basic tab of printer driver.
Some options listed in the printer driver can also be set from an application (for example, collation). However, using collation in the application may cause problems. In that case, use the driver option to perform the function, rather than setting it from the application. But depending on the application, settings such as the orientation may need to be set in the application, or the printer driver, or both. The application may not set up the file properly for printing on this equipment and may also take longer to process. In order to print properly from the application that you are using, please see the section about printing in the application's manual.
When printing with the PS3 printer driver from Adobe Acrobat, the Fit to Paper enlargement feature does not work if the "Use PostScript Passthrough" option is enabled in the PostScript settings of the PS3 printer driver. To use the Fit to Paper enlargement feature, please disable the "Use PostScript Passthrough" option in the PostScript settings of the PS3 printer driver.
When printing with the PS3 printer driver from the application that creates the PostScript code for printing such as Adobe Acrobat, the following print options may not work correctly. In that case, please disable the "Use PostScript Passthrough" option in the PostScript settings of the PS3 printer driver.
Manual Scale
Print Paper Size
Paper Type
Use Front Cover
Use Back Cover
Interleave Pages
Insert Pages
Booklet
Multiple Pages per Sheet
All options in the Effect tab
All options in the Image Quality tab

How to Print

Once you have installed the printer driver and configured it properly, you can print directly from most Windows applications. Simply choose the Print command from within your application.

You can print using the various functions by setting print options on the printer driver.

Printing from Windows applications

The following describes an example for printing from NotePad on Windows XP.

1 Open a file and select [Print] from the [File] menu of the application.

• The Print dialog box appears.

2 Select the printer driver of the equipment to be used and Click [Preferences].

Print General Select Printer TOSHIBA e-5L0103510cSeries PS3 TOSHIBA e-5L0103510cSeriesPC16 Status: Ready Locations: Comment: Page Range All Selection: Current Page Pages: Number of copies: 1 Calculate 1 2 3 4 Print Cancel Apply

• The Printing Preferences dialog box appears.

Tip

The procedures for displaying the properties dialog for the printer driver may be different depending on an application that you are using. See your application's manual about displaying the printer properties dialog box.

3 Setting the Print Options for each tab according to how you want to print.

- Setting the print options varies depending on how you want to print a document.

P.202 "Print Options"

- You can also set the print options using setting profiles.

P.200 "Setting Print Options Using Profiles"

4 Click [OK] to save the settings.

5 Click [Print] to print a document.

Print General Select Printer TOSHIBA e-STUDIO:3510cSeries PS3 TOSHIBA e-STUDIO:3510cSeriesPC1.6 Status: Ready Location: Comment: Print to file Preferences Find Printer... Pages Range All Selection Current Page Pages: Number of copies: 1 Collets 1 2 3 Print Cancel Apply

Print Options are the attributes you set to define the way a print job is processed. For example, the private print and proof print options determine how the copier manages your print job.

Tip

To find the printing instructions for your specific needs, refer to the procedures in the following section.

P.238 "Printing with Extended Print Functionality"

How to Setup

There are several ways to set print options. Also, how the settings effect printing varies depending on the way you set the options. Also the tabs displayed vary depending on how you display the printer properties.

Setting Initial Values of Print Options

Setting the print options by displaying the printer properties from the Printers folder within the Windows Start menu will establish the initial values of the options. For example, the paper size setting you most commonly use, optional device settings, user information settings, etc., are settings you will not want to change every time you print. It is convenient to set these options as initial values.

How to display: Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003

1 Click [Start], [Settings], and select [Printers and Faxes].
2 Select the printer driver for the equipment, click the [File] menu and select [Printing Preferences].

How to display: Windows NT 4.0

1 Click [Start], [Settings], and select [Printers].
2 Select the printer driver for the equipment, click the [File] menu and select [Document Defaults].

How to display: Windows 98/Me

1 Click [Start], [Settings], and select [Printers].
2 Select the printer driver for the equipment, click the [File] menu and select [Properties].

Setting Print Options for Each Print Job

Setting the print options by displaying the printer properties from the Print dialog box within an application will establish the values for the current print job. The print option settings specific to each print job are set using this method.

How to display:

1 Click the [File] menu and select [Print] on an application.
2 Select the printer driver of the equipment to be used and Click [Properties].

Setting Print Options Using Profiles

Print option settings can be saved so you can easily load specifically configured settings for a particular job.

Tip

There are several profiles that has been registered as default.

In order to print a document using profiles, you should create the saved profile first.

P.200 "Saving profile"

Once you save profile, you can load the settings for a particular job to print a document.

P.201 "Loading profile"

You can also delete the profile that you no longer require.

P.202 "Deleting profile"

Saving profile

You can create up to 20 profiles for a printer driver.

1 Configure the print options on each tab.

- Setting the print options varies depending on how you want to print a document. P.202 "Print Options"

2 Click [Save Profile] at the Profile group.

• The Profile Name dialog box appears.

3 Enter the profile name and click [OK].

Profile Name: Profile Name: 0e01 OK Cancel

• The file name can be up to 63 characters long.

Tips

If you enter the existing profile name, it prompts whether overwrite the existing profile or not. If you want to overwrite the existing profile, click [OK].
You can not specify "None" for the profile name.

4 The setting profile is saved.

Loading profile

1 Select a profile in the "Profile" drop down box.

TOSHRA e-STUDIO3510eSeriesPCI 6 Printing Preferences Basic Finishing PaperHandling Image Quality Effect Others Print Job: Normal/Print Original Paper Size: Letter [0 1/2 x 11°] Print Paper Size: Same as Original Size Manual Scale: 100 - 5 (25 - 401) Paper Source: Auto Paper Type: Plain Number of Copies: 1 - [1 - 999] Orientation: Passalt Landscape Color: Color Details OK Cancel Apply Help

- The settings profile is loaded from the file and apply to the printer options.

Note

Selecting "None" in the "Profile" drop down box cannot restore the initial settings on the printer driver. To restore the initial settings after selecting a profile, click [Restore Defaults].

Deleting profile

1 Select a profile that you want to delete in the "Profile" drop down box, and click [Delete].

• The Confirm Profile Delete dialog box appears.

2 Click [Yes] to delete the selected profile.

Confirm Delete Are you sure you want to delete it? Yes No

Print Options

This section describes print options in each tab of the printer driver. This section will help you to find the description of specific print options, or understand the functions for each print option.

1) Printer Name

Displays the name given to the printer driver when it was installed, or the name it displays on the icon in the Printer folder.

The menu items of the printer driver are displayed as tabs. Clicking on a tab will display the contents of the selected tab. The tabs displayed vary depending on the way the print properties are displayed.

- Basic Tab

The Basic tab contains basic print operation settings, such as original paper size, print paper size, paper source, paper type, orientation, number of copies, and so on.

P.206 "Basic Tab"

- Finishing Tab

The Finishing tab allows you to enable sort printing, stapling and punching, 2-sided printing, and N-up printing.

P.210 "Finishing Tab"

- Paper Handling Tab

The Paper Handling Tab contains Cover page printing.

P.217 "Paper Handling Tab"

- Image Quality Tab

The Image Quality Tab allows you to select how images are printed. You can easily select appropriate image quality depending on the type of job being printed.

P.221 "Image Quality Tab"

- Effect Tab

The Effect Tab contains print options that add the effects to your print jobs such as Watermarks, Overlay Image printing and so on.

P.226 "Effect Tab"

- Others Tab

The Others Tab contains special features such as toner save, custom pager size, and so on.

P.229 "Others Tab"

- F o n t s T a b

The Fonts Tab allows you to select how the TrueType fonts are printed. This tab is only displayed when the printer properties are accessed from the Printers folder.

P.233 "Fonts Tab"

- Configuration Tab

The Configuration Tab allows you to configure the options. When any optional unit is installed in this equipment, set the configuration of the machine on this tab. This tab is only displayed when the printer properties are accessed from the Printers folder.

P.235 "Configuration Tab"

3) Print Job

This sets the type of print job.

- Normal Print

Select this to print a job normally.

- Scheduled Print

Select this to print a job at a future date and time.

When this is selected, click the button at the right to set the date and time to print a job.

- Private Print

Select this to print a private job. When you select this, click the button at the right and enter a password using the alphanumeric characters and symbol characters (ASCII code characters between 0x21 to 0x7E) in the Password field. The password must be between 1 to 63 characters.

The print job, sent as a private job, is saved in the private job queue on this equipment, and is not printed until you activate printing from the Touch Panel Display. This option is useful when you want to print a confidential document that is secured by a password.

The user has to enter the password to print the private job when activating printing from the Touch Panel Display.

- Proof Print

Select this to print the first copy of a multicopy job and then wait for approval before printing the remaining copies. The print job, sent as a proof job, is saved in the proof job queue on this equipment, and the remaining copies are not printed until you activate printing from the Touch Panel Display. This option allows you to check a job's output before printing the remaining copies and thereby reduce paper waste.

Note

When printing from an application that sends a separate job for each number of copies, this equipment will print all copies even if you set the Proof Print. In that case, set one copy for the number of copies for a proof print job in the printer driver, and then change the number of copies from the Control Panel to print required copies of the print job.

- Print to Overlay File

Select this to save the print job as an overlay file that is imposed on other documents. When you select this, click the button at the right and enter the file name.

For example, if you want to print a master page image on the background of a document, you can create an overlay file of the master merge image using this option. Then you can print a document using this overlay by specifying this file as an overlay image in the "Overlay Image" option of the Effect tab.

Notes

If the print job has several pages in the document, only the first page of the document will be saved as an overlay file.
Both the overlay file and the documents on which you superimpose the overlay image must be created at the same size, color mode, and orientation.
When creating an overlay file using the PS3 printer driver from an application that can create the PS command directly, the overlay file will not be created properly. In that case, disable the "Use PostScript Passthrough" option in the PostScript Settings dialog box. P.233 "PostScript Settings"

- Store to e-Filing

Select this to save a job to an e-Filing box. When this is selected, click the button at the right and select the box from the drop down box. When the SNMP commutation is enabled, it detects the available box numbers and Box name in the drop down box. If not, all box numbers are listed in the drop down box.

If you select a user box, you may be required to enter the appropriate password for the selected box. The job saved to a box can be printed from the Touch Panel Display at a later time. It can also be composed with other documents using the e-Filing web utility. You can also print a job and save it to a box by checking on the "Print" option.

Note

When you store a document in e-Filing using the printer driver, the printing image (not the original document in your computer) will be stored in e-Filing.

Tip

For more information about e-Filing operations, see e-Filing Guide.

4) Preview window

In the Preview windows, you can check the current settings in the printer driver. You can change view type by clicking [Graphic] to display the print options settings graphically or [Text] to display the print options settings as a texts.

5) Profile

Print option settings can be saved on your hard disk. You can save print option settings by clicking [Save Profile] and easily load a setting file by selecting a profile name in the drop down box.

P.200 "Setting Print Options Using Profiles"

Tip

There are several profiles that has been registered as default.

Click this to restore the settings to the original factory defaults.

7) [OK]

Click this to enter the input settings and complete the print options settings.

8) [Cancel]

Click this to cancel the input settings and exit the print options settings.

9) [Apply]

Click this to enter the input settings without closing the print options settings. This button is only displayed when the printer properties are accessed from the Printers folder for Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000, Windows XP, and Windows Server 2003. This button remains grayed out until a setting is changed.

10) [Help]

Click this to browse the HELP for the printer driver.

Basic Tab

The Basic tab contains basic print operation settings, such as original paper size, print paper size, paper source, paper type, orientation, number of copies, and so on.

1) Original Paper Size

This selects the size of a document to be printed.

Available original paper sizes are listed below:

Letter
Legal
Ledger
Statement
Computer
• 13"LG
8.5"SQ
12 x 18"
A4
A5
A3
B4
B5
A3-Wide
Folio
A6
• 16K
• 8K

Tips

- There are also 20 custom paper sizes in the "Original Paper Size" drop down box. You can set the custom paper sizes in the Others tab.

P.229 "Others Tab"

The default paper size will be "Letter" or "A4" according to the regional setting in the Windows.
"A3-Wide" is displayed only for the european version, and "12 x 18" is displayed only for the US version.

2) Print Paper Size

Select this to enlarge or reduce a page image to fit exactly in the selected paper size. If you do not wish to enable enlarge or reduce printing, select "Same as Original Size".

Also when you want to enable Tab printing, select "Letter Tab" or "A4 Tab" here. When you select "Letter Tab" or "A4 Tab", the Primary Tab dialog box appears.

Tip

There are also 20 custom paper sizes in the "Print Paper Size" drop down box. You can set the custom paper sizes in the Others tab.

P.229 "Others Tab"

— Primary Tab Dialog

Primary Tab Dialog Select a Tab manufacturer for your tab print job Tab Manufacturer: Blanks USA copy Tab@5Bank of LT + 1/2" Tab Tab Extension Image Shift Width Width Tab Extension (0.359 - 0.731 inch) Image Shift Width (0.0 - 1.181 inch) Units: inches OK Cancel

Tab Manufacturer

Select the product name of the tab paper that you use. This equipment supports following tab paper.

For Letter Tab: Blanks USA copy Tabs (5 Banks) LT + 1/2" Tab Blanks USA copy Tabs (8 Banks) LT + 1/2" Tab

For A4 Tab: KOKUYO A4-S (5 Banks) King JIM A4-S (5Banks)

If you use tab papers other than above, select "Custom". When you select "Custom", you must specify the tab extension manually.

Tab Extension

Enter the width of the tab extension. This must be set only when "Custom" is selected in the "Tab Manufacturer" option.

Image Shift Width

Enter the width to shift the printed image.

For example, if you want to print text on the tab extension of Letter Tab paper, create a Letter sized document and input the text on the right side. You must place the text at the exact height to fit the tab extension. Also the right margin, the margin between the text and right edge of the document, must have more than 0.2 inch or 5 mm space because the equipment cannot print in the space. Then enter the width of the tab extension as Image Shift Width.

More than 0.2" or 5mm Document Printed Image Tab Text Must exactly fit the tab extension Width of Tab Extension = Image Shift Margin Tab Text

Units

Select the unit for the Tab Extension and Image Shift option. The default unit varies depending on the regional setting of the client computer.

Notes

The tab paper cannot be fed from LCF (not available for some countries or regions) and drawers.
When you place the tab paper on the Bypass Tray, make sure the tab side of the paper becomes outside.

P sc bo

Place the tab paper so that the tab side becomes outside.

If the document for tab printing is not created properly or the Image Shift Width is not set properly, the image will not be printed in the correct position within the tab extension. Please make sure to create the document and set the Image Shift Width correctly.
If mis-printing occurs while multiple tab pages are printed continuously, dirt may adhere to the reverse side of a paper. To avoid this, it is recommended to print a tab paper as a separated job for each page so that this equipment performs cleaning before printing next tab paper.
When printing tab paper, the tab paper may be caught in the exit of the inner tray preventing the tab extension from exiting. In that case, remove the tab paper before printing the next job.

3) Manual Scale

Check this box to manually enter the zoom ratio, to enlarge or reduce an image. You can set any integer from 25 to 400(%) for the zoom ratio. This is not available when you enable the Booklet printing.

4) Paper Source

This selects the paper source. Please select a paper source that correlates with the printing size. You can confirm the paper size of When you select the paper source, the cyan borders around the selected paper source is drawn in the illustration.

Auto — Automatically selects the paper set in this equipment according to the printed document size.
Drawer 1 — Paper is fed from the 1st Drawer.
Drawer 2 — Paper is fed from the 2nd Drawer.
Drawer 3 — Paper is fed from the 3rd Drawer. This cannot be selected if the Drawer 3 is not installed.
Drawer 4 — Paper is fed from the 4th Drawer. This cannot be selected if the Drawer 3 and 4 are not installed.
LCF — Paper is fed from the LCF. This cannot be selected if the LCF is not installed.
Bypass Tray — Paper is fed from the Bypass Tray. When this is selected and print a job, the [JOB STATUS] button of the equipment will be blink. Press the [JOB STATUS] button and check the paper size of the job. Then set the paper and press the [STRAT] button to print a job.

Notes

• LCF is not available for some countries or regions.
- The selectable values vary depending on the optional devices installed on this equipment and their configuration on the Configuration tab.
- When the paper size settings on the Configuration tab are differ from the paper size settings in the equipment, the paper source setting is ignored and the equipment may prompt to set the paper in the bypass tray.

5) Paper Type

This sets the media type of the paper.

Plain — Select this when printing on 20-28 lbs plain paper (64-105 g/m2 plain paper).
Thick1 — Select this when printing on 32-90 lbs thick paper (106-163 g/m2 thick paper).
Thick2 (Front) — Select this when printing on the front side of 90-110 lbs thick paper (164-209 g/m2 thick paper).
Thick2 (Back) — Select this when printing on the back side of 90-110 lbs thick paper (164-209 g/m2 thick paper).
Thick3 (Front) — Select this when printing on the front side of 110-130 lbs thick paper (210-256 g/m2 thick paper).
Thick3 (Back) — Select this when printing on the back side of 110-130 lbs thick paper (210-256 g/m2 thick paper).
Special 1 (Front) — Select this when printing on the front side of the special 1 paper.
Special 1 (Back) — Select this when printing on the back side of the special 1 paper.
Special 2 (Front) — Select this when printing on the front side of the special 2 paper.
Special 2 (Back) — Select this when printing on the back side of the special 2 paper.
Recycled — Select this when printing on the recycled paper.
Transparency — Select this when printing on transparent sheets.

Note

When “A4 Tab” or “Letter Tab” is selected at the “Print Paper Size” drop down box, “Tab” will be displayed and you cannot change the paper type.

Tip

For more information about the paper types that are available for this equipment, please refer to Operator's Manual for Basic Function.

6) Number of Copies

This sets the number of printed copies. You can set any integer from 1 to 999.

7) Orientation

This sets the paper printing direction.

- Portrait — The document is printed in the portrait direction.

- Landscape — The document is printed in the landscape direction.

8) Color

This sets whether a print job is printed in color mode or monochrome mode.

- Auto — Select this to determine the color mode automatically. When a print job is a black and white document, the system automatically prints the document in monochrome mode. When a print job is a color document, it prints the document in color mode.

- Color — Select this to print a document in color mode.

- Black and White — Select this to print a document in monochrome mode.

- Twin Color — Select this to print a document in twin color mode. When this is selected, click [Details] to specify the color that the non-black part of document will be printed in. You can specify either "Red", "Green", "Blue", "Cyan", "Magenta", "Yellow", or "White".

Finishing Tab

The Finishing tab allows you to enable sort printing, 2-sided printing, N-up printing, stapling and punching.

TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510:SeriesPCL 6 Printing Preferences Basic Finishing PaperHandling Image Quality Effect Others Print Job Normal Print Copy Handling 1.23 1.1 1.23 2-Sided Printing Details Number of Pages per Sheet 7 4 3 2 16 Direction of Path Z S K N Share Numbers Covered Pages Staple: Hole Punch Use Custom Margins OK Cancel Apply Help

1) Copy Handling

This sets how to sort the printed sheet when numerous copies are made for printing.

- Sort Copies — Select this for sort-printing (1, 2, 3... 1, 2, 3...).

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 1) Copy Handling - 1

flowchart

graph LR
    A["1 Document Page"] --> B["2 Document Page"]
    B --> C["3 Document Page"]
    C --> D["4 Document Page"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#f9f,stroke:#333

- Group Copies — Select this for group-printing (1, 1, 1... 2, 2, 2... 3, 3, 3...).

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 1) Copy Handling - 2

flowchart

graph LR
    A["1 - 3"] --> B["1 - 2"]
    B --> C["2 - 3"]
    C --> D["3 - 3"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#f9f,stroke:#333

- Rotated Sort Copies — Select this for rotate sort-printing.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 1) Copy Handling - 3

flowchart

graph LR
    A["1: Document"] --> B["2: Sheet"]
    B --> C["3: Paper"]
    C --> D["4: Grid with 1, 2, 3, 4: Data Points"]
    D --> E["Final Output"]

Notes

- "Group Copies" and "Rotated Sort Copies" can be selected only when more than 2 copies are entered at the Number of Copies option.

- "Rotated Sort Copies" can be selected only when "Letter", "A4", "B5", or "16K" is selected at the Output Paper Size option. When you want to use the "Rotated Sort Copies" option, you must set Letter/Letter-R paper, A4/A4-R paper, B5/B5-R paper, or 16K/16K-R paper in the cassettes before printing. The job will be output in the inner tray.

2) 2-Sided Printing

This sets 2-Sided printing (printing on both sides of paper) according to the type of binding for 2-sided-printed pages.

This option is only for printing on both sides of the paper. If you want to bind the output with staples, you should set the finishing option as well.

- Book — Select this to print on both sides of the paper in the same direction and to bind the document along the vertical side of the paper so that the pages can be turned over right and left.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 2) 2-Sided Printing - 1

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 2) 2-Sided Printing - 2

- Tablet — Select this to print on both sides of the paper with a vertical reversal and to bind the document along the horizontal side of the paper so that the pages can be turned over up and down.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 2) 2-Sided Printing - 3

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 2) 2-Sided Printing - 4

- Booklet — Select this to print a properly paginated booklet or magazine-style publication. When this is selected, click [Details...] to specify the detail of the Booklet printing.

2 4 5 7 3 6 1 8

Notes

- 2-Sided printing cannot be set when the following paper size in selected at the "Print Paper Size" drop down box in the Basic Tab.

A5
A6
A3-Wide
12 x 18"
A 4 T a b
Letter Tab
Custom Paper Size

- 2-Sided printing cannot be set when the following paper type in selected at the "Paper Type" drop down box in the Basic Tab.

Special 1 (Front)
Special 1 (Back)
Special 2 (Front)
Special 2 (Back)
Transparency

- When Booklet printing is performed using the PS3 printer driver from an application that can create the PS command directly, the overlay image will not be printed. In that case, disable the "Use PostScript Passthrough" option in the PostScript Settings dialog box.

P.233 "PostScript Settings"

— Booklet Details

In the Booklet Details dialog box, you can specify how Booklet printing is performed.

Booklet Details Output Document Layout Letter - Fall on Letter In page of the sides: 12.3.. From Left to Right 3.21 From Right to Left Margin Center: 0.00 mm (0.00 - 12.70) Cubes: 0.00 mm (0.00 - 25.40) Units: inches mm □ Stable Down the Center Restore Defaults OK Cancel

Output Document Layout

Select the booklet size to be made.

A5 on A4 — Select this to print a A5 size booklet. Every 2 pages are printed on A4 paper to fit on half a sheet (A5).
A4 on A3 — Select this to print a A4 size booklet. Every 2 pages are printed on A3 paper to fit on half a sheet (A4).
B5 on B4 — Select this to print a B5 size booklet. Every 2 pages are printed on B4 paper to fit on half a sheet (B5).
Letter-Half on Letter — Select this to print a 1/2 Letter size booklet. Every 2 pages are printed on Letter paper to fit on half a sheet.
LT on LD — Select this to print a Letter size booklet. Every 2 pages are printed on Ledger paper to fit on half a sheet (Letter).
A6 on A5 — Select this to print a A6 size booklet. Every 2 pages are printed on A5 paper to fit on half a sheet (A6).
B6 on B5 — Select this to print a B6 size booklet. Every 2 pages are printed on B5 paper to fit on half a sheet (B6).
1/2 LG on LG — Select this to print a 1/2 Legal size booklet. Every 2 pages are printed on Legal paper to fit on half a sheet.
1/2 Comp on Comp — Select this to print a 1/2 Computer size booklet. Every 2 pages are printed on Computer paper to fit on half a sheet.
1/2 Folio on Folio — Select this to print a 1/2 Folio size booklet. Every 2 pages are printed on Folio paper to fit on half a sheet.
1/2 Statement on Statement — Select this to print a 1/2 Statement size booklet. Every 2 pages are printed on Statement paper to fit on half a sheet.
1/2 13'LG on 13'LG — Select this to print a 1/2 13inchLG size booklet. Every 2 pages are printed on 13inchLG paper to fit on half a sheet.
1/2 8.5'SQ on 8.5'SQ — Select this to print a 1/2 8.5inchSQ size booklet. Every 2 pages are printed on 8.5inchSQ paper to fit on half a sheet.
32K on 16K — Select this to print a 32K size booklet. Every 2 pages are printed on 16K paper to fit on half a sheet.
16K on 8K — Select this to print a 16K size booklet. Every 2 pages are printed on 8K paper to fit on half a sheet.

In page of the order - From Left to Right

Select this to print the pages from left to right.

In page of the order - From Right to Left

Select this to print the pages from right to left.

Margin - Center

This sets the gutter on the center of two sided page. You can enter up to 0.500 inch (12.700 mm). The printed images will be reduced according to the margin setting.

Margin - Outer

This sets the gutter on the right side and left side on the paper. You can enter up to 1.00 inch (25.40 mm). The printed images will be reduced according to the margin setting.

Units

Select the unit for the Center Margin and Outer Margin option. The default unit varies depending on the regional setting in the Windows.

Staple Down the Center

Check this to staple double in the center.

Note

"Staple Down the Center" is available only when "A5 on A4", "A4 on A3", "B5 on B4", "Letter - Half on Letter", "LT on LD", "1/2 LG on LG", or "16K on 8K" is selected at the Output Document Layout drop down box and the Saddle Stitch Finisher is installed.

3) Number of pages per sheet

This sets the printing of multiple pages on one sheet. The pages are reduced to fit the selected paper size automatically and printed.

2 pages — Select this to print images from 2 pages arranged on one sheet.
4 pages — Select this to print images from 4 pages arranged on one sheet.
6 pages — Select this to print images from 6 pages arranged on one sheet.
8 pages — Select this to print images from 8 pages arranged on one sheet.
9 pages — Select this to print images from 9 pages arranged on one sheet.
16 pages — Select this to print images from 16 pages arranged on one sheet.

Direction of print

This sets how the pages are arranged on one sheet.

Left to Right — Select this to arrange pages horizontally from the left and printed top to bottom on one sheet.
Right to Left — Select this to arranged pages horizontally from the right and printed top to bottom on one sheet.
Left to Right by column — Select this to arrange pages vertically from the top and printed left to right on one sheet.
Right to Left by column — Select this to arrange pages vertically from the top and printed right to left on one sheet.

Draw Borders Around Pages

Check this to print borders around each page.

4) Staple

This sets whether a print job is printed with staples.

- Upper Left — Select this to staple the printed document in the upper left.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 4) Staple - 1

flowchart

graph LR
    A["1: Document"] --> B["2: Document"]
    B --> C["3: Document"]
    C --> D["4: Output"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#f9f,stroke:#333

- Upper Right — Select this to staple the printed document in the upper right.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 4) Staple - 2

- Center Top — Select this to staple the printed document double along the top edge.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 4) Staple - 3

flowchart

graph LR
    A["Document 1"] --> B["Document 2"]
    B --> C["Document 3"]
    C --> D["Output: None"]

    subgraph Output
    E["1"] --> F["1"]
    end

    Note: The diagram illustrates a process where the output is transformed into a single file (1).

- Middle Left — Select this to staple the printed document double along the left side.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 4) Staple - 4

flowchart

graph LR
    A["1 - 2 - 3 -"] --> B["1 - 2 - 3 -"]
    B --> C["1 - 2 - 3 -"]
    C --> D["1 - 2 - 3 -"]

- Center Double — Select this to fold and staple the printed document double in the center. When you select this, the pages will be printed on the sheets according to the print option settings, and then simply fold and staple double in the center of the sheets.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 4) Staple - 5

flowchart

graph LR
    A["1"] --> B["2"]
    B --> C["3"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#f9f,stroke:#333

Tip

"Center Double" can be used to create a booklet from a document that has been already created as a paginated booklet. To create a paginated booklet from a normal document, perform the booklet printing in the 2-Sided Printing option.

Notes

The selectable options vary depending on the paper size.
"Center Double" can be selected only when the Saddle Stitch Finisher is installed.
2-Sided printing cannot be set when the following paper size in selected at the "Print Paper Size" drop down box in the Basic Tab.
A5
A6
A3-Wide
Statement
12 x 18"

- A 4 T a b

- Letter Tab

- Custom Paper Size

- 2-Sided printing cannot be set when the following paper type in selected at the "Paper Type" drop down box in the Basic Tab.

Thick 1
Thick 2 (Front)
Thick 2 (Back)
Thick 3 (Front)
Thick 3 (Back)
Special 1 (Front)
Special 1 (Back)
Special 2 (Front)
Special 2 (Back)
Transparency

5) Hole Punch

This sets whether a print job is printed with hole punches.

- Center Top — Select this to create holes along the top edge and print.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 5) Hole Punch - 1

flowchart

graph LR
    A["1: Document"] --> B["2: Document"]
    B --> C["3: Document"]
    C --> D["Output: 1: Document with two dots"]

- Middle Left — Select this to create holes along the left side and print.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 5) Hole Punch - 2

flowchart

graph LR
    A["1: Document"] --> B["2: Document"]
    B --> C["3: Document"]
    C --> D["Output 1: Text"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#cfc,stroke:#333

Notes

Hole punching can be selected only when a hole punch unit is installed.
2-Sided printing cannot be set when the following paper size in selected at the "Print Paper Size" drop down box in the Basic Tab.
A5
A6
A3-Wide
12 x 18"
A 4 T a b
Letter Tab
Custom Paper Size

- 2-Sided printing cannot be set when the following paper type in selected at the "Paper Type" drop down box in the Basic Tab.

- Thick 2 (Front)

- Thick 2 (Back)

- Thick 3 (Front)

- Thick 3 (Back)

- Special 1 (Front)

- Special 1 (Back)

- Special 2 (Front)

- Special 2 (Back)

- Transparency

6) Use Custom Margin

Check this to set the margin on the printed pages. When this is checked, click [Detail...] to set the margins in the Custom Margin dialog box.

Notes

Enable this function to add the margins if the application does not support the margin function. When the application has the margin function, use the application's function rather than this option.
• This cannot specify the binding margin for Booklet printing.

Paper Handling Tab

The Paper Handling tab allows you to enable Front Cover printing, Back Cover printing, Inserting Pages, and Interleaving Pages.

1) Destination

This selects the destination tray to which jobs will be output.

Inner Tray — Select this to route the output to the inner tray.
Tray 1 — Select this to route the output to the upper tray of the Finisher.
Tray 2 — Select this to route the output to the lower tray of the Finisher.

Notes

"Tray 1" and "Tray 2" can be selected when the Finisher or Saddle Stitch Finisher are installed and configured on the Configuration tab.
If you select "Rotated Sort Copies" at the "Copy Handling" option in the Finishing tab, only "Inner Tray" can be selected.

2) Use Front Cover

This sets front cover printing which allows you to insert or print a cover on a sheet fed from a different tray than the Paper Source option selected on the Basic tab.

To enable cover printing, check on the box and select the location from where a cover sheet is to be fed and the print style to be used.

Source

Select the location from where a cover sheet is to be fed. When "Auto" is selected, the paper is automatically selected according to the printed document size.

Note

The selectable values in the Source drop down box vary depending on the optional devices installed on this equipment and their configuration on the Configuration tab.

Print Style

This selects how you want to print a cover.

Do not print on page — Select this to insert a blank cover.
Print on 1 side of the page — Select this to print the first page image on the front side of a cover.

- Print both sides of page — Select this to print the first two page images on both sides of a cover. This is available only when the 2-Sided Printing option is enabled on the Finishing tab.

Note

If "Print on 1 side of the page" is selected while 2-Sided Printing is performed, the first page is printed on the front side of the cover sheet and the back side of the cover will be blank.

3) Use Back Cover

This sets back cover printing which allows you to insert or print a back cover on a sheet fed from a different tray than the Paper Source option selected on the Basic tab.

To enable back cover printing, check on the box and select the location from where a back cover sheet is to be fed and the print style to be used.

Source

Select the location from where a back cover sheet is to be fed. When "Auto" is selected, the paper is automatically selected according to the printed document size.

Note

The selectable values in the Source drop down box vary depending on the optional devices installed on this equipment and their configuration on the Configuration tab.

Print Style

This selects how you want to print a back cover.

- Do not print on page — Select this to insert a blank cover.

- Print on 1 side of the page — Select this to print the last page image on the front side of a cover.

- Print both sides of page — Select this to print the last two page images on both sides of a cover. This is available only when the 2-Sided Printing option is enabled on the Finishing tab.

Notes

- If "Print on 1 side of the page" is selected while 2-Sided Printing is performed, the last page is printed on the front side of the cover sheet and back side of the cover will be blank.

- If "Print both sides of page" is selected but there is only one page printed on the back cover, the last page is printed on the front side of the cover sheet and back side of the cover will be blank.

4) Insert Pages

This sets sheet insertion printing which allows you to insert a sheet between pages, or print a specific page on a sheet fed from a tray other than the Paper Source option selected on the Basic tab.

This option is useful when you want to insert a blank sheet between chapters, or when you want to print chapter cover pages on the different paper.

To enable sheet insertion printing, check on the box and click [Edit...] to set how the pages are inserted in the Insert Pages dialog box.

Notes

- This option cannot be set when "Interleave Pages" option is enabled.

• Up to 50 pages can be inserted.

- When Insert Pages printing is performed using the PS3 printer driver from an application that can create the PS command directly, the overlay image will not be printed. In that case, disable the "Use PostScript Passthrough" option in the PostScript Settings dialog box.

P.233 "PostScript Settings"

— Insert Pages

Insert Pages Page Print Style Paper Source: Paper Type: Blank Automatic Plain Blank Automatic Plain Blank Automatic Plain Blank Automatic Plain Blank Automatic Plain Blank Automatic Plain OK Cancel

Page

Enter the page number where the sheet is to be inserted.

When "Blank" is selected from the Print Style drop down box, the blank sheet is inserted before the entered pages.

When "1 Side" is selected from the Print Style drop down box, the entered page will be printed on the inserted sheet.

Note

A sheet cannot be inserted before the first page when 2-Sided printing is enabled.

Print Style

This selects how you want to print on insertion sheets.

- Blank — Select this to insert blank sheets.

1 Side — Select this to print the specified page on the front side of the insertion sheets.
2 Sides — Select this to print the specified page and the next page on the both sides of the insertion sheets.

Paper Source

Select the location from where insertion sheets are to be fed. When "Auto" is selected, the paper is automatically selected according to the printed document size.

Note

The selectable values in the Paper Source drop down box vary depending on the optional devices installed on this equipment and their configuration on the Configuration tab.

Paper Type

Select the paper type to be inserted.

Notes

- If "Blank" is selected while 2-sided printing is performed, and you enter an even numbered page (printed on the back side of the paper) for the Pages field, the specified page will be blank. The desired blank sheet is inserted next and the 2-sided printing continues from the next page.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - Notes - 1

flowchart

graph TD
    S["Segment S"] --> V["V"]
    V --> C["C"]
    C --> N["N"]
    N --> S
    style S fill:#ccc,stroke:#333
    style V fill:#ccc,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#ccc,stroke:#333
    style N fill:#ccc,stroke:#333

- If "1 Side" is selected while 2-sided printing is performed, the specified page is printed on the front side of the sheet and back side of the sheet will be blank.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - Notes - 2

flowchart

graph TD
    S["5"] --> A["A"]
    A --> C["C"]
    C --> V["V"]
    V --> Right["←"]

- If "1 Side" is selected while 2-sided printing is performed, and you enter an even numbered page (printed on the back side of the paper) for the Pages field, the specified page will be blank. The page is printed on the front side of the inserted sheet and the 2-sided printing continues from the next page.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - Notes - 3

flowchart

graph TD
    A["σ"] --> B["σ₁"]
    B --> C["Δ"]
    C --> D["σ₂"]
    D --> E["V"]
    E --> F["→"]

- If "2 Sides" is selected while 2-sided printing is performed, and you enter an even numbered page (printed on the back side of the paper) for the Pages field, the specified page will be blank. The specified page and the next page are printed on the inserted sheet and the 2-sided printing continues from the next page.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - Notes - 4

flowchart

graph TD
    A["1"] --> B["2"]
    C["3"] --> D["4"]
    E["5"] --> F["6"]
    G["7"] --> H["8"]
    I["9"] --> J["10"]
    B --> K["11"]
    D --> L["12"]
    F --> M["13"]
    H --> N["14"]
    J --> O["15"]

5) Interleave Pages

This sets the interleaving page feature that is useful when you want to insert paper of a different type (or from another source) between every page of your print job. For example, you could use this option to insert blank, colored sheets between overhead transparencies. To enable interleaving pages, check on the box and select the location from where sheets are to be fed.

Notes

- When this option is enabled as well as the "Use Front Cover" and "Use Back Cover" options enabled, no page is inserted after the front cover and back cover.

- This option cannot be set when "Insert Pages" option is enabled.

Source

Select the location from where the interleaving sheet is to be fed. When "Auto" is selected, the paper is automatically selected according to the printed document size.

Note

The selectable values in the Source drop down box vary depending on the optional devices installed on this equipment and their configuration on the Configuration tab.

Duplicate

When you check on this, you can print previous page images on the inserted sheet.

Image Quality Tab

The Image Quality Tab allows you to select how images are printed. You can easily select appropriate image quality depending on the type of document.

TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510cSeriesPCL 6 Printing Preferences Basic Finishing PaperHandling Image Quality Effect Others Print Job Normal Print Letter 1.2.3 1.2.3 Graphics Text Profile: None Save Profile Delete Restore Defaults Image Quality Type Profile Name General Photograph Presentation Line Art Setting1 Setting2 Setting3 Setting Delete OK Cancel Apply Help

1) Image Quality Type

This sets how colors are printed by selecting the job type. The printer driver automatically applies proper image quality for selected job type. You can select a pre-defined image quality type, or you can select a custom image quality type that you created. The custom image quality type can be created or modified by clicking [Setting].

- General — Select this to apply proper image quality for printing a general color document.

- Photograph — Select this to apply proper image quality for printing photos.

- Presentation — Select this to apply proper image quality for printing a vivid document.

- Line Art — Select this to apply proper image quality for printing a document contains a lot of characters or line arts.

Note

The Image Quality type option is not available when “Black and White” or “Twin Color” is selected at the “Color” drop down box on the Basic tab.

2) [Setting]

Click this to customize a image quality setting. When this is clicked, the Setting dialog box appears. You can set up to 20 custom image quality settings.

P.222 "Setting: Basic Tab"
P.224 "Setting: Color Balance Tab"
P.225 "Setting: Image Attribute Tab"

Note

In order to create a new custom image quality setting, you must access the printer driver properties from the Printers and Faxes folder. When you access the printer driver properties from an application's Print dialog box, you can edit the settings but not create a new custom image quality setting.

3) [Delete]

Click this to delete the custom image quality setting.

— Setting: Basic Tab

In the Basic Tab of the Setting dialog box, you can specify the following functions.

Note

When "Black and White" or "Twin Color" is selected at the "Color" drop down box on the Basic Tab, the Setting dialog box contains only "Halftone", "Use Black for All Text", and Distinguish Thin Line" options.

Setting Halftone Auto Use Block for All Text Distinguish Thin Line Restore Defaults OK Cancel Help

Setting Basic | Color Balance | Image Attribute | Custom Color Settings ✓ Save Current Settings as Name: Setting1 Original Image Quality Type: General Hollow: Auto Use Black for All Text ✓ Black Over Paint Pure Black Apply to: Pure Gray Auto Distinguish Thin Lines Restored Defaults OK Cancel Help

1) Save Current Settings As

Check this to save the settings as the different setting. If you do not check this, the Image Quality Type that you selected will be undefined.

Note

This option can be set when you log into Windows as a user who has the “Administrators” or “Power Users” privilege when using Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000, Windows XP, or Windows Server 2003 and access the printer driver properties from the Printers and Faxes folder.

Name

Enter the Image Quality type name to be created. This must be entered when “Save Current Settings As” is checked.

Tips

When you are editing an existing custom Image Quality type and if you do not rename the Image Quality type name, the selected Image Quality type will be overwritten.
When you are editing an existing custom Image Quality type and if you rename the Image Quality type name, a new custom Quality Type will be created.
Even if you enter the name either "General", "PhotoGraph", "Presentation", or "Line Art", the default Image Quality type cannot be overwritten. In that case, a new custom Quality Type will be created.

Original Image Quality Type

Select the image quality type to be applied as the based image quality.

Note

The “Custom Color Settings” group is not displayed when “Black and White” or “Twin Color” is selected in the “Color” drop down box on the Basic Tab.

2) Halftone

This sets how halftones are printed.

Auto — Select this to print using proper halftone depending on the contents in the document automatically.
Smooth — Select this to print halftone smoothly.
Detail — Select this to print halftone in detail.

3) Use Black for All Texts

Check this to print all texts in 100% black except white texts.

4) Black Over Print

Check this when printing background content that has black text overlayed on it. If this is not enabled, the background of the black content will not print. When you print a document that has any of its content on background with black text overlayed, enable this option.

Note

The "Black Over Print" option is available only for PS3 printer driver.

5) Pure Black

Check this to print to print the black contents using the black toner. When you check this, please select how this function applies in the "Apply to" drop down box.

Note

The Pure Black option is not available when “Black and White” or “Twin Color” is selected at the “Color” drop down box in the Basic tab.

6) Pure Gray

Check this to print the gray scale contents using the black toner. When you check this, please select how this function applies in the "Apply to" drop down box.

Note

The Pure Gray option is not available when "Pure Black" is not enabled.

7) Apply to

Select how the Pure Black and Pure Gray functions apply.

8) Distinguish Thin Lines

Check this to print thin lines clearly.

— Setting: Color Balance Tab

In the Color Balance tab of the Setting dialog box, you can specify the following functions.

Note

The Color Balance tab is not displayed when "Black and White" or "Twin Color" is selected at the "Color" drop down box in the Basic tab.

Setting Basic Color Balance Image Attribute All Colors: Each Color Cyan 4 4 0 4 Magenta 4 0 4 Yellow 4 4 0 4 Black 4 4 0 4 Detail Restore Defaults OK Cancel Help

1) All Colors

Adjust the density of the all colors.

2) Each Color

Adjust the density of each color separately.

3) Detail

Check this to adjust the density of each color separately in details. When you check this, click [Edit] to display the Color Balance Details dialog box and specify the density of each color.

— Color Balance Details

In the Color Balance Details dialog box, you can specify the density of low, medium, and high colors for each color.

- Low — Change this density to adjust the density of light color.

- Medium — Change this density to adjust the density of half color.

- High — Change this density to adjust the density of deep color.

Color Balance Details Low: Medium: High: Cyan: 0 0 0 -4 - 4 Magenta: 0 0 0 -4 - 4 Yellow: 0 0 0 -4 - 4 Black: 0 0 0 -4 - 4 - - - - Restore Defaults OK Cancel

— Setting: Image Attribute Tab

In the Image Attribute tab of the Setting dialog box, you can specify the following functions.

Note

The Image Attribute tab is not displayed when "Black and White" or "Twin Color" is selected at the "Color" drop down box in the Basic tab.

Setting Basic | Color Balance | Image Attribute | Sharpness: 4 Brightness: 4 Contrast: 4 Saturation: 4 Restore Defaults OK Cancel Help

1) Sharpness

Adjust the sharpness for printing. You can set from -4 (smoothest) to 4 (sharpest) in units of 1 by moving the scroll bar.

2) Brightness

Adjust the brightness for printing. You can set from -4 (darkest) to 4 (lightest) in units of 1 by moving the scroll bar.

3) Contrast

Adjust the contrast for printing. You can set from -4 (lowest) to 4 (highest) in units of 1 by moving the scroll bar.

4) Saturation

Adjust the saturation for printing. You can set from -4 (low clear) to 4 (high clear) in units of 1 by moving the scroll bar.

Effect Tab

The Effect Tab contains print options that add effects to your print jobs such as Watermarks, Overlay Image printing, Rotate printing, Mirror printing, and Negative printing.

Effect Tab for PCL6
TOSHIRA e-STUDIO 3510:SeriesPCI 6 Printing Preferences Basic Finishing PaperHandling XiImage Quality Effect Others Print Job Normal Print Watermark None Add... Edit... Delete Print On First Page Only Overlay Image None Delete First Deprict Documents Rotate 180 Degrees Letter 1.2.3 1.2.5 Graphics Text Profile: None Save Profile Delete Restore Defaults OK Cancel Apply Help

Effect Tab for PS3
TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510cSeries PS3 Printing Preferences Basic Finishing PaperHandling Image Quality Effect Other Print Job Normal Print Watermark: None Add... Edit... Delete Print on First Page Only Overlap Image: None Delete First Overline Document Rotate 190 Degrees Minor Negative Positives Letter 1.2.3 1.2.3 Graphies Text Profile: None Save Profile Clicks Restore Defaults OK Cancel Apply Help

1) Watermark

This selects the watermark to be used or edited. The following values except "None" are the default watermarks that have been registered in the printer driver. New watermarks you create are added to the drop down box list.

- None — Select this if no watermark is desired.

The following default watermarks are also displayed in the drop down box:

- TOP SECRET

- CONFIDENTIAL

- DRAFT

- ORIGINAL

- COPY

[Add]

Click this to create new watermark. The Watermark dialog box appears by clicking on this.

P.228 "Add/Edit Watermark"

[Edit]

Select a watermark from the Watermark drop down box and click it to edit the watermark.

The Watermark dialog box appears by clicking on this.

P.228 "Add/Edit Watermark"

[Delete]

Select a watermark from the Watermark drop down box and click it to delete a watermark.

Notes

The default watermarks can be deleted but, If deleted, they cannot be restored.
"None" cannot be deleted.

Print on First Page Only

Check this to print a watermark on the first page only. This setting will become available when any watermark is selected from the Watermark drop down box.

2) Overlay Image

This selects an overlay image to be used. This feature allows you to print an image on the background of a print job, although the watermark allows only text.

Notes

If the print job has several pages in the document, only the first page of the document will be saved as an overlay file.
Both the overlay file and the documents on which you superimpose the overlay image must be created at the same size, color mode and orientation.
When printing with Overlay Image using the PS3 printer driver from an application that can create the PS command directly, the overlay image will not be printed. In that case, disable the "Use PostScript Passthrough" option in the PostScript Settings dialog box.
P.233 "PostScript Settings"

Tip

If you want to use an overlay image in your job, you must first create an overlay file. To create an overlay image, create an overlay image with most applications and print it as an overlay file. You can enable creating an overlay file on the Print Job drop down box.

P.202 "Print Options"

[Delete]

Click this to delete the overlay image that you select in the drop down box.

Print over the document

Check this to print overlay image over the document.

3) Rotate 180 degrees

Check on this to perform rotation printing of an image.

4) Mirror

Check on this to perform mirror printing of an image. This print option is available only for the PS3 printer driver.

Notes

The mirror printing may not be applied when the application gives priority to the application's PostScript settings over the printer driver settings.
When printing from Adobe Acrobat or similar applications, the mirror printing does not work if the "Use PostScript Passthrough" option is enabled in the PostScript settings. To use the mirror printing, please disable the "Use PostScript Passthrough" option in the PostScript Settings dialog box.
P.233 "PostScript Settings"

5) Negative/Positive

Check on this to perform negative printing of an image. This print option is available only for the PS3 printer driver.

Notes

The Negative/Positive option is available only when "Black and White" is selected at the "Color" drop down box on the Basic tab.
Negative printing may not be applied when the application gives priority to the application's PostScript settings over the printer driver settings.
When printing from Adobe Acrobat or similar applications, Negative/Positive printing does not work if the "Use PostScript Passthrough" option is enabled in the PostScript settings. To use Negative/Positive printing, please disable the "Use PostScript Passthrough" option in the PostScript Settings dialog box.
P.233 "PostScript Settings"

— Add/Edit Watermark

When you click [Add] or [Edit], the Watermark dialog box appears and you can create new watermark or edit selected watermarks.

Watermark Caption: 5 Font Name: Style: 6 Arial Regular 7 Font Size: 8 72 300 Color 9 Grey Browse... Position X 0.000 inches Y Position: 0.000 inches Units: inches mm Center Watermark Restore Defaults 1 2 3 4 50 6 7 8 9 10 -50 0 90 11 Printing Form Solid Draw as Outline Transparency: 12 13 50 0 50 100 OK Cancel

1) X Position

The horizontal position of a watermark is displayed. You can change the position using the horizontal scroll bar.

2) Y Position

The vertical position of a watermark is displayed. You can change the position using the vertical scroll bar.

3) Units

Select the unit for the "X Position" and "Y Position" field.

4) [Center Watermark]

Click this to automatically move the watermark position to the center.

5) Caption

Enter the text of a watermark. You can enter up to 63 alphanumeric characters. When you are editing a watermark, the selected watermark text is displayed in the field.

6) Font Name

Select the font to be used for the watermark text.

7) Style

Select the font style for the watermark text.

Regular — Select this to set the regular style to the text.
Bold — Select this to set the bold style to the text.
Italic — Select this to set the italic style to the text.
Bold Italic — Select this to set the bold and italic style to the text.

8) Color

Select the color of the watermark text. If the color that you require is not listed in the drop down box, click [Browse] to add new color.

Note

When “Black and White” is selected at the “Color” drop down box on the Basic tab, this option will be disabled.

9) Font Size

Enter the font size for the watermark text. The font size can be set from 6 to 300 pt in units of 1 pt.

10) Angle

Enter the degree of angle for rotating the watermark text. The angle can be set from -90 to 90 degrees in units of 1 degree. You can also set the degree of angle by moving the scroll bar.

11) Solid

Select this to print solid type of watermark.

12) Draw as Outline

Select this to print outline type of watermark.

13) Transparency

Select this to print a transparent watermark. When you select this, set the brightness from 0 (darker) to 100% (lighter) in units of 1%. You can also set the brightness using the scroll bar.

Others Tab

The Others tab contains print options such as toner saving, custom paper size and so on.

Others Tab for PCL6
TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510cSeriesPCL 6 Printing Preferences Basic Finishing PaperHandling Image Quality Effect Others Print Job Normal Print Default Menu Setting Basic □ Tone Save □ Do not Print Blank Pages Custom Paper Size Letter 1.2.3 1.2.5 Graphics Text Profile: None Save Profile Delete Department Version Information OK Cancel Apply Help

Others Tab for PS3
TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510cSeries PS3 Printing Preferences Basic Finishing PaperHandling Image Quality Effect Others Print Job Normal Print Default Menu Setting Basic Tuner Save Do not Print Blank Pages Custom Paper Size PostScript Settings Letter 1.2.3 1.2.5 Graphies Text Profile: None Save Profile Delete Restored Defaults Department Version Information OK Cancel Apply Help

Select the default tab that is displayed when opening the properties of printer driver.

2) Toner Save

Check this to print in toner save mode.

Note

When the toner save mode is enabled, printing may become light.

3) Do not Print Blank Pages

Check this ignore blank pages for printing.

Note

The pages that the header or footer exists will be printed even if the content are blank.

4) [Custom Paper Size]

Click this to specify the custom paper size. The Custom Paper Size dialog box appears by clicking this.

Note

In order to create a custom paper size, you must log into Windows as a user who has the "Administrators" or "Power Users" privilege when using Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000, Windows XP, or Windows Server 2003 and access the printer driver properties from the Printers and Faxes folder. When you access the printer driver properties from an application's Print dialog box, you cannot create a custom paper size.

— Custom Paper Size

In the Custom Paper Size dialog box, you can create the custom paper size setting. The custom page size that you specify can be selected in the "Original Paper Size" and "Print Paper Size" drop down box on the Basic tab.

Custom Paper Size Paper Size List Name Size Custom Paper 1 8.25 x 11.69 Custom Paper 2 8.25 x 11.69 Custom Paper 3 8.25 x 11.69 Custom Paper 4 8.25 x 11.69 Custom Paper 5 8.25 x 11.69 Name: Custom Paper 1 Paper Size A(Length): 8.25 inches (3.94 - 11.70) B(Width): 11.69 inches (5.83 - 17) Units inches mm Add Delete OK Cancel

Paper Size List

Select the custom paper size that you want to modify.

Name

Enter the custom paper size name. This name will be displayed in the "Original Paper Size" and "Print Paper Size" drop down box on the Basic tab.

Paper Size

Enter A (Length) and B (Width) to specify the paper size.

Units

Select the unit for the paper size. The default unit varies depending on the regional setting in the Windows.

[Add]

Click this to save the settings over the selected custom paper size that you selected in the "Paper Size List".

[Delete]

Click this to clear and restore the default settings of the selected custom paper size that you selected in the "Paper Size List".

Notes

To register a custom paper size, either A (Length) or B (Width) should be different more than 0.1inch (2mm) from the standard paper size. If not, the created custom paper size is considered as the standard paper size.
You cannot create a custom paper size with A (Length) longer than B (Width). If you want to print such a document, print the document by selecting "landscape" for the "Orientation".

5) [PostScript Settings]

Click this to specify the PostScript specific functions. The PostScript Settings dialog box appears by clicking this. This print option is available only for the PS3 printer driver.

P.233 "PostScript Settings"

6) Department

Enter the user's department code if the system is managed with department codes. Please ask your administrator for your department code.

Notes

When the User Management Setting is enabled on the equipment, the User Management Setting is used to manage the print jobs instead of the department code. In that case, the user name that is entered to login to your computer is used for the authentication of the print job. Therefore, you do not need to enter the department code in the printer driver but your user name must be registered in the equipment. If the user name is not registered, your print job is processed as the invalid job according to the Department Code Enforcement settings.
If the No Limit Black function is enabled, you do not have to specify the department code when you print a document with selecting "Black and White" in the "Color" option in the Basic tab of printer driver.
If the number of the printed sheets for a print job exceeds the output limitation for the entered department code, the print job is stored in the invalid department code print job list without printing. When you want to print the print job, perform printing from the [JOB STATUS] button in the Control Panel by entering another department code for which the output limitation is more than the number of printed sheets.

Tip

How the equipment performs printing for an invalid department code print job, which no department code or invalid department code is specified, varies depending on the Department Code Enforcement setting that can be set from TopAccess Administrator mode and whether SNMP Communication is enabled or not. When SNMP Communication is enabled and Department Code Enforcement is set to "ON", an error message will be displayed when entering an invalid department code. When SNMP Communication is disabled and Department Code Enforcement is set to "ON", the invalid department code print job will be stored in the invalid department code print job list without printing. When the Department Code Enforcement is "Print", the invalid department code print job will be printed. When the Department Code Enforcement is "Delete", the invalid department code print job will be deleted without printing.

7) [Version Information]

Click this to display the Version Information dialog box.

— PostScript Settings

PostScript Settings Output Format: ASCII ✓ Print Error Information ✓ Compress Bitmap ✓ Use PostScript Passthrough OK Cancel Help 1 2 3 4

1) Output Format

This selects the output format for printing.

ASCII — The job is sent in ASCII data format.
Encapsulated PostScript (EPS) — The job is sent in EPS format.
Tagged BCP — Select this to send a job in Tagged Binary format over parallel ports.
Using Adobe DSC — Select this to send a job with DSC comments.

Note

The EPS format is usually used for creating an image to import into another document. Therefore, only the first page of the document will be printed when “Encapsulated PostScript (EPS)” is selected.

2) Print Error Information

Check on this to print a PS error information page when any errors occur for printing.

3) Compress Bitmap

Check on this to send compress bitmaps to this equipment.

4) Use PostScript Passthrough

Check this for PostScript data created by the application that creates the PostScript code for printing (such as Adobe Acrobat, Adobe Photoshop, or Adobe Illustrator) to be passed through to this equipment.

Note

If this option is enabled, the following print options may not work correctly when printing from the application that creates the PostScript code for printing such as Adobe Acrobat. In that case, please disable this option for printing.

Manual Scale
Print Paper Size
Paper Type
Use Front Cover
Use Back Cover
Interleave Pages
Insert Pages
Booklet
Multiple Pages per Sheet
All options in the Effect tab
All options in the Image Quality tab

Fonts Tab

The Fonts tab allows you to select how the TrueType fonts are printed. The following figure is the Fonts Tab for the PS3 printer driver.

Note

The Fonts tab can be displayed only from the Printers folder (and not displayed when displaying the properties from the application's Print dialog box).

1) TrueType Options

This sets how to print TrueType fonts.

- Always Use TrueType Fonts — Select this to print the document the same as the print image shown on the screen. All TrueType fonts are extracted on the system for printing.

- Always Use Printer Fonts — Select this to substitute the TrueType fonts with the internal fonts for printing. The print result may differ from the print image on the screen.

- Use Font Substitution Table — Select this to substitute the TrueType fonts using the internal fonts according to the settings of the font substitution table. You can edit the font substitution table that is displayed at the Substitution Table Edit table.

- Download as Bitmap — Select this to print the document as same as the image shown on the screen.

Tips

The default value will be "Always Use TrueType Fonts" for the PCL6 printer driver.
The default value will be "Use Font Substitution Table" for the PS3 printer driver.

2) Substitution Table Edit

This table shows how each TrueType font is substituted. You can edit the substitution setting for each TrueType font. In this table, the TrueType font names are displayed in the TrueType Font column, and how the TrueType font is printed is shown in the Use Printer Font column. To edit the substitution table, select the TrueType font that you want to edit from the table, and select how the TrueType font is printed at the Printer Font For drop down box.

At the Printer Font For drop down box, you can select "Download as Soft Font" to send the TrueType fonts in Type 42 format, or other available printer fonts to be substituted. The printer fonts displayed in the drop down box differ depending on the TrueType fonts.

3) [Run Font Manager]

Click this to run the Font Manager. This is not available if the Font Manager is not installed.

Note

The [Run Font Manager] button is not displayed for the PCL6 printer driver.

Configuration Tab

The Configuration Tab allows you to configure options. When any optional unit is installed in this equipment, set the configuration of the machine on this tab.

TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510:SeriesPCL 6 Properties General Sharing Ports Advanced Color Management Fonts Configuration Model Selection: STUDIO3510c Option Drawers: Drawer 3 Finisher Finisher Hole Punch Unit: 2 Holes Optional Memory Installed Enable SNMP Communication Update Automatically Manual Update New Drawer Settings Restore Defaults Version Information OK Cancel Apply Help

1) Model Selection

This sets the model name of the equipment.

2) Drawers

This sets whether or not the optional drawers or LCF is installed.

None — Select this when neither drawer nor LCF is installed.
Drawer3 — Select this when 3rd drawer is installed.
Drawer3 & Drawer4 — Select this when 3rd drawer and 4th drawer are installed.
LCF — Select this when the LCF is installed.

Note

LCF is not available for some countries or regions.

3) Finisher

This sets whether or not the optional finisher is installed.

None — Select this when a finisher is not installed.
Finisher — Select this when a Finisher is installed.
Saddle Stitch Finisher — Select this when a Saddle Stitch Finisher is installed.

4) Hole Punch Unit

This sets whether or not the optional hole punch unit is installed.

None — Select this when a hole punch unit is not installed.
2 Holes — Select this when a 2 hole punch unit is installed.
2/3 Holes — Select this when a 2/3 hole punch unit is installed.
4 Holes (F) — Select this when a 4 hole (F) punch unit is installed.
4 Holes (S) — Select this when a 4 hole (S) punch unit is installed.

5) Optional Memory

Select whether or not the optional memory is installed.

6) Enable SNMP Communication

Check this to enable obtaining the configuration information from this equipment.

Note

If you disable SNMP Communication, TopAccessDocMon notification also will be disabled.

Update Automatically/Manual

Select whether or not to update the configuration information every time the printer driver is opened. This is available only when “Enable SNMP Communication” is checked.

Note

If the connection to the equipment has not been configured correctly, the message "The address of your printer could not be located. Would you like to find it?" will be displayed when the Configuration tab is displayed. If it is displayed, click [Yes] and search for the equipment using the TopAccessDocMon Local Discovery dialog box. After searching the equipment, SNMP communication will be enabled. For the instructions on how to search the equipment, refer to the instructions of TopAccessDocMon.

P.356 "Searching for a Printer"

[Update Now]

Click this to obtain the configuration information from this equipment immediately. This is available only when "Enable SNMP Communication" is checked.

Note

If the connection to the equipment has not been configured correctly, the message “The address of your printer could not be located. Would you like to find it?” will be displayed when you click [Update Now]. If it is displayed, click [Yes] and search for the equipment using the TopAccessDocMon Local Discovery dialog box. After searching the equipment, SNMP communication will be enabled. For the instructions on how to search the equipment, refer to the instructions of TopAccessDocMon.

P.356 "Searching for a Printer"

7) [Drawer Settings]

Click this to set the paper size and paper type of each drawer. The Drawer Settings dialog box appears by clicking this.

— Drawer Settings

Drawer Settings Paper Size. Paper Type. Attribute Drawer 1: Letter Plan None Drawer 2: Letter Plan None Drawer 3: Letter Plan None Drawer 4: Letter Plan None LOF Letter Plan None Bypass Tray: Automatic Plan None Override Application Paper Source Settings Restore Defaults OK Cancel

Paper Size

Select the paper size set in each drawer.

Paper Type

Select the paper type set in each drawer.

Attribute

Select the attribute of the paper. When you set the attribute, the drawer will be selected preferentially according to the print settings.

Override Application Paper Settings

Check this to use the paper source setting in the printer driver rather than the application setting.

8) [Version Information]

Click this to display the Version Information dialog box.

Printing with Extended Print Functionality

In this section, procedures are given to print various types of print jobs, using the layout and finishing options.

Printing Various Print Job Types

The printer drivers provide various ways to handle such jobs as Scheduled Print, Private Print, Proof Print, Overlay Image file, and Store to e-Filing.

Printing Scheduled Print Jobs

The Print Scheduling feature allows you to specify the date and time to print your job. This can be especially useful for delaying printing until off-peak hours.

Printing on a specified date and time

1 Select "Scheduled Print" in the "Print Job" drop down box.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - Printing on a specified date and time - 1

2 Click [...].

• The Scheduled Time dialog box appears.

3 Click the arrow button at the "Date" drop down box to display the Calendar window, and select the desired date for your print job.

Scheduled Time Date 1/30/2006 Time 8:10 PM January, 2006 Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 Today: 1/30/2006 OK Cancel Portrait Landscap

4 Select the Time field and click the spin button to change the time.

Scheduled Time Date 1/30/2006 Time 8:10 PM OK Cancel

• To change the hour, select the hour number and click the spin button.
• To change the time, select the time number and click the spin button.

5 Click [OK].

• The specified date and time is displayed in the Time field.

6 Set any other print options you require and click [OK].

7 Click [OK] or [Print] to send the print job.

- The document will be queued to print at the specified time and date.

Printing Private Print Jobs

The private print feature permits sensitive or confidential documents to be printed only in the presence of the person who sent the job.

Printing confidential documents

1 Select "Private Print" in the "Print Job" drop down box.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - Select "Private Print" in the "Print Job" drop down box. - 1

2 Click [...].

• The Password dialog box appears.

3 Enter a password in the "Password" field and click [OK].

Password Please enter the password for private print. Acceptable number of characters are between 1 and 63. Password: ************ OK Cancel

Notes

Enter a password using the alphanumeric characters and symbol characters (ASCII code characters between 0x21 to 0x7E) in the Password field. The password must be between 1 to 63 characters.
This number will be used to release the private job from the Touch Panel Display. If you forget this number, you can no longer print the private print job.

4 Set any other print options you require and click [OK].

5 Click [OK] or [Print] to send the print job.

- The print job is stored in the Private Job list in the Touch Panel Display.

6 Press the [JOB STATUS] button on the control panel.

ERRUPT JOB STATUS ACCESS ENERGY SAVER SHUT DOWN 1 ABC DEF FUNCTION CLEAR FC

• The print job list is displayed.

7 Press the [PRIVATE] button.

PRINT FAX SCAN LOG STATUS PRINT JOB User Name Date,Time Paper Pages Sets Status PRINT PRIVATE RETURN DELETE PAUSE MOVE EDIT RELEASE 1/1

8 Select the appropriate user name and press the [PASSWORD] button.

PRINT FAX SCAN LOG STATUS PRIVATE PRINT JOB User Name Administrator PRINT PROOF PRIVATE INVALID RETURN PASSWORD 1/1

The letter entry menu is displayed. Key in the password, which has previously been set from the client PC, and then press the [ENTER] button.
You can key in the Admin Password by pressing the [ADMIN. PASSWORD] button instead of keying in the password, previously set from the client PC. In this case, jobs can be deleted but not printed.
• The private print job list is displayed.

Note

If private print jobs are submitted using different password from the same user, the private print job will be stored in the user name, but only the private print jobs of the entered password will be displayed after you enter the password.

9 Select the job you want to print on the private print job list.

PRINT FAX SCAN LOG STATUS PRIVATE PRINT JOB Document Name Date, Time Paper Pages Sets Untitled - Notepad 14,03:25 LT 1 10 PRINT PROOF PRIVATE INVALID RETURN DELETE ALL CLEAR SELECT ALL EDIT RELEASE 1/1

If the corresponding job is not displayed on the page, press the [Prev] or [Next] button to switch the page.
To select all jobs on the private print job list, press the [SELECT ALL] button. To clear the selection, press the [ALL CLEAR] button.

10 Press the [RELEASE] button.

PRINT FAX SCAN LOG STATUS PRIVATE PRINT JOB Document Name Date,Time Paper Pages Sets Untitled - Notepad 14,03:25 LT 1 10 PRINT PROOF PRIVATE INVALID RETURN DELETE ALL CLEAR SELECT ALL EDIT RELEASE 1/1

Printing starts.
• The printing status can be confirmed on the print job list.

Printing Proof Print Jobs

The proof print feature prevents costly mistakes by allowing you to check the printed output on a sample copy before printing an entire multi-copy job

Note

When printing from an application that sends data separately for each number of copies, this equipment will print all of the copies even if you set the Proof Print. In that case, set one copy for the number of copies for a proof print job in the printer driver, and then change the number of copies from the Control Panel to print required copies of the print job.

Printing a proof copy

1 Select "Proof Print" in the "Print Job" drop down box.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - Printing a proof copy - 1

2 Set any other print options you require and click [OK].

3 Click [OK] or [Print] to send the print job.

- One copy of the document is printed and the print job is stored in the Proof Job list in the Touch Panel Display.

4 Press the [JOB STATUS] button on the control panel.

ERRUPT JOB STATUS ACCESS ENERGY SAVER SHUT DOWN 1 ABC DEF FUNCTION CLEAR FC

• The print job list is displayed.

5 Press the [PROOF] button.

PRINT FAX SCAN LOG STATUS PRINT JOB User Name Date,Time Paper Pages Sets Status PROOF INVALID RETURN DELETE PAUSE MOVE EDIT RELEASE 1/1

• The proof print job list is displayed.

6 Select the job you want to print on the proof print job list.

PRINT FAX SCAN LOG STATUS PROOF PRINT JOB Administrator Date, Time Open Pages Sets 14,02:04 LT 1 9 RETURN DELETE PAUSE MOVE EDIT RELEASE 1/1 PRINT PROOF PRIVATE INVALID

- If the corresponding job is not displayed on the page, press the [Prev] or [Next] button to switch the page.

7 Press the [RELEASE] button.

PRINT FAX SCAN LOG STATUS FROOF PRINT JOB User Name Date,Time Paper Pages Sets Administrator 14,02:04 LT 1 9 PRINT PROOF PRIVATE INVALID RETURN DELETE PAUSE MOVE EDIT RELEASE 1/1

Printing starts.
• The printing status can be confirmed on the print job list.

When you want to change the number of sets

When you want to change the number of sets, press the [EDIT] button and key in the desired number. Then press the [RELEASE] button to start printing.

PRINT FAX SCAN LOG STATUS FileName : Untitled - Notepad Owner : Administrator Pages : 1 Sets : 9 RETURN RELEASE

Creating An Overlay File

You can print a document as an overlay file. The created overlay file can then be merged into another document during printing.

P.260 "Printing with an Overlay File"

Notes

If the print job has several pages in the document, only the first page of the document will be saved as an overlay file.
Both the overlay file and the documents on which you superimpose the overlay image must be created at the same size, color mode, and orientation.
When creating an overlay file using the PS3 printer driver from an application that can create the PS command directly, the overlay file will not be created properly. In that case, disable the "Use PostScript Passthrough" option in the PostScript Settings dialog box.

P.233 "PostScript Settings"

Printing a document as an overlay file

1 Select "Print to Overlay File" in the "Print Job" drop down box.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - Printing a document as an overlay file - 1

2 Click [...].

• The Overlay Image Name dialog box appears.

3 Enter a overlay image name and then click [OK].

Overlay Image Name Overlay Image Name: overlay01 OK Cancel

• You can enter up to 63 characters.

4 Set any other print options you require and click [OK].

• The Overlay Image Name dialog box appears.

5 Click [OK] or [Print] to send the print job.

• The document is saved as an overly file.

Tip

You can use created overly file to print a document.

P.260 "Printing with an Overlay File"

Storing to e-Filing

The Store to e-Filing feature allows you to send print jobs to e-Filing on this equipment. The job stored to e-Filing can then be printed from the Touch Panel Display at a later time. It can be also composed with other documents using the e-Filing web utility.

You can store a print job to either the public box or a user box. The public box is shared by all users who can see the jobs stored in this box. A user box is for personal use and is protected by password.

Note

When you store a document in e-Filing using the printer driver, the printing image (not the original document in your computer) will be stored in e-Filing.

Tips

You can manage the files within a box from the Touch Panel Display. Please refer to the Operator's Manual for Basic Function to manage files in a box.
You can also manage the files within a box using the e-Filing web utility. Please refer to the e-Filing Guide.

Saving a print job to a public box

1 Select "Store to e-Filing" in the "Print Job" drop down box.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - Saving a print job to a public box - 1

2 Click [...].

• The Overlay Image Name dialog box appears.

3 Select "Public Box" to save a print job to a public box.

Password Store to: Public Box Password: Print OK Cancel

4 If you print a job as well as saving to the public box, check the "Print" box.

5 Click [OK].

6 Set any other print options you require and click [OK].

7 Click [OK] or [Print] to send the print job.

• The print job is saved to a public box.

Saving a print job to a user box

1 Select "Store to e-Filing" in the "Print Job" drop down box.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - Saving a print job to a user box - 1

2 Click [...].

• The Overlay Image Name dialog box appears.

3 Select a user box to save a print job and enter the 5-digit password for the user box in the "Password" field if required.

Password Store to: 001:UserQ1 Password: ****** Print OK Cancel

4 If you print a job as well as saving to a box, check the "Print" box.

5 Click [OK].

6 Set any other print options you require and click [OK].

7 Click [OK] or [Print] to send the print job.

• The print job is saved to a specified user box.

Printing with Various Layout and Finishing Options

Printer drivers allows you to create a print job with layout options to make your document more essential. Also you can enable finishing options that determine how the jobs are output, such as stapling and hole punching, sorting, and creating a booklet.

Sort Printing

You can select how multiple copies of a document to be output, such as separately for each copy, grouping each page, and alternating the paper direction for each copies.

Output each copy separately

1 Display the Basic tab and enter the number of copies to be printed at the "Number of Copies" field.

Number of Copies: 10 (1 - 999)

2 Display the Finishing tab and select "Sort Copies" icon at "Copy Handling".

Copy Handling: 1.2.3 1.1.1 1.2.3

3 Set any other print options you require and click [OK].
4 Click [OK] or [Print] to send the print job.

• The print job is output separately for each copy.

Output with grouping of each page within a set

For example, assume that you have a three page job (A, B, C) and you want three copies of each page in this order (AAA, BBB, CCC).

1 Display the Basic tab and enter the number of copies to be printed at the "Number of Copies" field.

Number of Copies: 10 (1 - 999)

2 Display the Finishing tab and select "Group Copies" icon at "Copy Handling".

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - Output with grouping of each page within a set - 2

3 Set any other print options you require and click [OK].
4 Click [OK] or [Print] to send the print job.

- The print job is output separately for each page.

Note

Rotated Sort Copies can be enabled only when printing on Letter, A4, B5, or 16K.

1 Display the Basic tab and enter the number of copies to be printed at the "Number of Copies" field.

Number of Copies: 10 (1 - 999)

2 Display the Finishing tab and select "Rotated Sort" icon at "Copy Handling".

Copy Handling: 1.2.3 1.1.1 1.2.3

3 Set any other print options you require and click [OK].
4 Click [OK] or [Print] to send the print job.

- The print job is output in different direction for each copy.

Enlarge/Reduce Printing

You can automatically enlarge or reduce a document image to fit a specified paper size, or manually set the zoom ratio to enlarge or reduce the image.

Printing enlarged or reduced image to fit specified paper size

1 Display the Basic tab and select the document size on the "Original Paper Size" drop down box. Then select the paper size that you want to print at the "Print Paper Size" drop down box.

Original Paper Size: Ledger (11 x 17") Print Paper Size: Letter (8 1/2 x 11") Manual Scale: 63 % (25 - 400)

- The document image is automatically enlarged or reduced depending on the original paper size and print paper size.

2 Set any other print options you require and click [OK].
3 Click [OK] or [Print] to send the print job.

- Enlarged or reduced image is printed to fit specified paper size.

Printing an enlarged or reduced image by specifying the zoom ratio manually

1 Display the Basic tab and check the "Manual Scale" box. Then enter the percentage of zoom ratio.

Original Paper Size: Ledger (11 x 17") Print Paper Size: Same as Original Size Manual Scale: 63 % (25 - 400)

• The zoom ratio can be set from 25% to 400% in units of 1%.

2 Set any other print options you require and click [OK].

3 Click [OK] or [Print] to send the print job.

- Enlarged or reduced image is printed by specified zoom ratio.

Printing Color Document in Gray scale

This equipment can print in color as well as black and white.

The printer driver automatically detects whether the document uses only color or only black and white, and it prints the document accordingly.

Additionally, you can select black and white mode manually to print a color document in gray scale to reduce the print cost and consumption of color toners.

Printing a color document in gray scale

1 Display the Basic tab and select "Black and White" at the "Color" drop down box.

Color: Auto Auto Color Black and White Twin Color OK Cancel Help

2 Set any other print options you require and click [OK].

3 Click [OK] or [Print] to send the print job.

• The print job is printed in gray scale.

Printing Color Document in Twin Color

This equipment can print in twin color mode.

When the document is printed in twin color mode, the black parts of the document are printed in black and colored parts of the document are printed in a specified color.

Printing a color document in twin color mode

1 Display the Basic tab and select "Twin Color" at the "Color" drop down box.

Color: Black and White Auto Color Black and White Twin Color OK Cancel Help

2 Click [Details...].

• The Twin Color dialog box appears.

3 Select a color that the color parts of the document to be printed at the "Color" drop down box and click [OK].

Twin Color Select the color you want to convert the non-blank part of the document. Color Red OK Cancel

4 Set any other print options you require and click [OK].

5 Click [OK] or [Print] to send the print job.

• The print job is printed in twin color mode.

Stapling and Hole Punching

You can staple and punch the paper.

Notes

• Stapling is not available if a finisher is not installed.
- Hole Punching is not available if a hole punch unit is not installed.

Stapling the paper

1 Display the Finishing tab and check the "Staple" check box. Then select how to staple.

Staple Hole Punch:

Upper Left — Select this to staple the printed document in the upper left.

Upper Right — Select this to staple the printed document in the upper right.

Center Top — Select this to staple the printed document double along the top edge.

Middle Left — Select this to staple the printed document double along the left side.

Center Double — Select this to fold and staple the printed document double in the center.

Notes

The selectable options vary depending on the paper size.
"Center Double" can be selected only when the Saddle Stitch Finisher is installed and configured on the Configuration tab.

2 Set any other print options you require and click [OK].

3 Click [OK] or [Print] to send the print job.

• The output is stapled for each copy.

Punching holes

1 Display the Finishing tab and check the "Hole Punch" check box. Then select how to hole punching.

Staple Hole Punch:

Center Top — Select this to create holes along the top edge.

Middle Left — Select this to create holes along the left side.

2 Set any other print options you require and click [OK].

3 Click [OK] or [Print] to send the print job.

• The output is hole punched.

Printing on Both Sides of a Sheet

You can print on both sides of the paper.

Printing both sides of paper

1 Display the Finishing tab, check the "2-Sided Printing" check box and select the direction to be printed.

2-Sided Printing: Details...

Book — Select this to print on both sides of the paper in a vertical direction, so the pages can be bound and turned over right and left.

Tablet — Select this to print on both sides of the paper in a vertical reversal motion, so the pages can be bound and turned over up and down.

Tip

You can also set booklet printing at the "2-Sided Printing" option by selecting the "Booklet" icon. For the instructions on how to perform booklet printing, see the following section.

P.254 "Printing Booklets"

2 Set any other print options you require and click [OK].
3 Click [OK] or [Print] to send the print job.

- The print job is printed on both sides of paper in the specified direction.

Printing or Inserting Sheets from Different Paper Sources

You can print paper for covers, back covers, or for insert between pages by feeding from different paper sources. This is useful when you want to print or insert a color cover and color sheets in front of every chapter in a document.

Printing or inserting a front cover and back cover

1 Display the Paper Handling tab.

2 To print or insert a front cover, check the "Use Front Cover" box and select the drawer where the cover paper is loaded at the "Source" drop down box. Then select whether inserting a blank cover or printed front cover at the "Print Style" drop down box.

Use Front Cover: Source: Automatic Print Style: Do not print on page

Do not print on page — Select this to insert a blank front cover.

Print on 1 side of the page — Select this to print the first page of the document on a front side of a cover.

Print both sides of page — Select this to print the first two pages of the document on both sides of a cover.

Notes

When "Auto" is selected in the "Source" drop down box, the paper is automatically selected according to the printed document size.
“Print both sides of page” is available only when 2-Sided printing is enabled at the Finishing tab.

3 To print or insert a back cover, check the "Use Back Cover" box and set the "Source" and "Print Style" options that you require.

Use Back Cover: Source: Automatic Print Style: Do not print on page

- How to set the Source and Print Style options are the same as "Use Front Cover" option.

4 To print or insert sheets between the pages, check the "Insert Pages" box and click [Edit...].

Insert Pages: Pages: Edit...

• The Insert Pages dialog box appears.

Notes

Up to 50 pages can be inserted.
When Insert Pages printing is performed using the PS3 printer driver from an application that can create the PS command directly, the overlay image will not be printed. In that case, disable the "Use PostScript Passthrough" option in the PostScript Settings dialog box.

P.233 "PostScript Settings"

5 Enter the page numbers the sheet will be inserted in each "Page" field and select the "Print Style", "Paper Source", and "Paper Type" options as you require. Then click [OK].

Insert Pages Page 4 Blank 6 1 Side 7 1 Side 8 1 Side Blank Blank Blank Blank Paper Style Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Paper Type Plain Plain Plain Plain Plain Plain Plain Plain OK Cancel

6 Set any other print options you require and click [OK].

7 Click [OK] or [Print] to send the print job.

• A front cover and back cover are printed or inserted for output.

Interleaving Pages

This feature is useful when you want to insert paper of a different type, or from another source, between every page of your print job. For example, you could use this option to insert blank, colored sheets between overhead transparencies.

Inserting sheets between every page of a print job

1 Display the Paper Handling tab. 2 To insert sheets between every page, check the "Interleave Pages" box and select the drawer where the desired paper is loaded at the "Source" drop down box.

Interleave Pages: Source: Automatic Duplicate

Note

When "Auto" is selected in the "Source" drop down box, the paper is automatically selected according to the printed document size.

3 To print the previous page on interleaved sheets, check on "Duplicate" box.

- This equipment prints every previous page on interleaved sheets which are inserted after the page so that you can duplicate a document.

4 Set any other print options you require and click [OK].

5 Click [OK] or [Print] to send the print job.

• Sheets are interleaved between every page.

Printing Booklets

Printing in normal booklet mode produces a document that, when folded, becomes a properly paginated booklet or magazine-style publication. You can even create bound booklets that are folded and stapled in the center.

For example, if you create a document on letter-size paper (8½ x 11 inches) and then print in booklet mode, the yield is a 5½-x-8½-inch booklet. Each page has been scaled to fit on half a sheet and reordered so that the booklet is properly paginated when folded.

To retain your original document size when printing booklets, select the booklet size same as your original document size. Then, your 8½-inch document is printed on ledger size paper (11 x 17 inches) and reordered so that, when folded, the yield is an 8½-x-11-inch booklet. You can select from the following page-size options when printing a tiled booklet:

• Letter Booklet on Ledger
• A4 Booklet on A3
• B5 Booklet on B4

Note

When Booklet printing is performed using the PS3 printer driver from an application that can create the PS command directly, the overlay image will not be printed. In that case, disable the "Use PostScript Passthrough" option in the PostScript Settings dialog box.

P.233 "PostScript Settings"

Creating a booklet

1 Display the Finishing tab.
2 Check the "2-Sided Printing" box and select the "Booklet" icon.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - Creating a booklet - 1

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - Creating a booklet - 2

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - Creating a booklet - 3

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - Creating a booklet - 4

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - Creating a booklet - 5

3 Click [Details...].

• The Booklet Details dialog box appears.

4 Select the a booklet size at the "Output Document Layout" drop down box.

Booklet Details Output Document Layout: Letter - Hall on Letter Letter - Half on Letter LT on LD 1/2 LG on LG 1/2 Statement on Statement 1/2 Comp on Comp 1/2 13LG on 13LG 1/2 8.5SQ on 8.5SQ A5 on A4 A4 on A3 B5 on B4 B6 on B5 1/2 Folio on Folio A6 on A5 32K on 16K 16K on 8K ○ inches ○ mm □ Staple Down the Center Restore Defaults OK Cancel

Letter-Half on Letter — Select this to print a 1/2 Letter size booklet. Every 2 pages are printed on Letter paper to fit on half a sheet.

LT on LD — Select this to print a Letter size booklet. Every 2 pages are printed on Ledger paper to fit on half a sheet (Letter).

1/2 LG on LG — Select this to print a 1/2 Legal size booklet. Every 2 pages are printed on Legal paper to fit on half a sheet.

1/2 Statement on Statement — Select this to print a 1/2 Statement size booklet. Every 2 pages are printed on Statement paper to fit on half a sheet.

1/2 Comp on Comp — Select this to print a 1/2 Computer size booklet. Every 2 pages are printed on Computer paper to fit on half a sheet.

1/2 13LG on 13LG — Select this to print a 1/2 13inchLG size booklet. Every 2 pages are printed on 13inchLG paper to fit on half a sheet.

1/2 8.5SQ on 8.5SQ — Select this to print a 1/2 8.5inchSQ size booklet. Every 2 pages are printed on 8.5inchSQ paper to fit on half a sheet.

A5 on A4 — Select this to print a A5 size booklet. Every 2 pages are printed on A4 paper to fit on half a sheet (A5).

A4 on A3 — Select this to print a A4 size booklet. Every 2 pages are printed on A3 paper to fit on half a sheet (A4).

B5 on B4 — Select this to print a B5 size booklet. Every 2 pages are printed on B4 paper to fit on half a sheet (B5).

B6 on B5 — Select this to print a B6 size booklet. Every 2 pages are printed on B5 paper to fit on half a sheet (B6).

1/2 Folio on Folio — Select this to print a 1/2 Folio size booklet. Every 2 pages are printed on Folio paper to fit on half a sheet.

A6 on A5 — Select this to print a A6 size booklet. Every 2 pages are printed on A5 paper to fit on half a sheet (A6).

32K on 16K — Select this to print a 32K size booklet. Every 2 pages are printed on 16K paper to fit on half a sheet.

16K on 8K — Select this to print a 16K size booklet. Every 2 pages are printed on 8K paper to fit on half a sheet.

5 Select the page order for booklet in the "In page of the order" option.

In page of the order 1.2.3... From Left to Right .3.2.1 From Right to Left

From Left to Right — Select this to print the pages from left to right.

From Right to Left — Select this to print the pages from right to left.

6 If you want to add a margin space between facing pages, enter a width in the "Center" field, and if you want to add a margin on the outside edge, enter a width in the "Outer" field.

Margin Center: 0.00 mm (0.00 - 12.70) Outer: 0.00 mm (0.00 - 25.40) Units: inches mm

You can change the unit of the margin at the "Units" drop down box.
The center margin can be set from 0.000 inch to 0.500 inches in units of 0.01 inch when the unit is inch, and from 0.000 mm to 12.700 mm in units of 0.10 mm when the unit is mm.

The printed images will be reduced according to the margin setting.

7 If you want to double staple the center, check the "Staple Down the Center" box.

✓ Staple Down the Center Restore Defaults OK Cancel

Note

"Staple Down the Center" is available only when the Saddle Stitch Finisher is installed and configured on the Configuration tab.

8 Set any other print options you require and click [OK].

9 Click [OK] or [Print] to send the print job.

• The print job is printed as a booklet.

Note

If a Saddle Stitch Finisher is not installed, the output will not be folded. But you can create a booklet by folding along the center by yourself.

Printing Several Reduced Pages per Sheet

The N-up feature allows you to condense and print several pages of a document on one sheet of paper. This feature is very useful for browsing a large number of pages for appearance or page order.

For example, to check the navigation path of a number of web pages or review the narrative of a slide presentation, using N-up is not only convenient but conserves paper as well.

Tip

If you are using the Image Overlay feature in combination with N-up printing, the overlay prints once per sheet, rather than once per page.

Printing multiple pages per sheet

1 Display the Finishing tab.
2 Select how many pages you want to print on a single sheet at the "Number of pages per sheet" drop down box.

√ Number of pages per sheet:

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - Printing multiple pages per sheet - 1

2 pages — Select this to print images from 2 pages arranged on one sheet.
4 pages — Select this to print images from 4 pages arranged on one sheet.
6 pages — Select this to print images from 6 pages arranged on one sheet.
8 pages — Select this to print images from 8 pages arranged on one sheet.
9 pages — Select this to print images from 9 pages arranged on one sheet.
16 pages — Select this to print images from 16 pages arranged on one sheet.

3 Select how the pages are arranged on one sheet in the "Direction of print" option.

Direction of print:

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - Printing multiple pages per sheet - 2

Draw Borders Around Pages

Left to Right — Select this to arrange pages horizontally from the left and printed top to bottom on one sheet.

Right to Left — Select this to arranged pages horizontally from the right and printed top to bottom on one sheet.

Left to Right by column — Select this to arrange pages vertically from the top and printed left to right on one sheet.

Right to Left by column — Select this to arrange pages vertically from the top and printed right to left on one sheet.

4 If you want to draw a line around each page, check the "Draw Borders Around Pages" box.

5 Set any other print options you require and click [OK].

6 Click [OK] or [Print] to send the print job.

• Multiple pages are printed per sheet.

Using Watermarks

Watermarks overprint your document with useful information, such as “Confidential,” “Draft,” or “Original.” You can choose from several predefined watermarks or you can create and save your own custom watermarks.

Watermarks are text only. To add graphics or other document elements, use image overlays instead.

Printing a watermark

1 Display the Effect tab and select the watermark to be printed at the "Watermark" drop down box.

Watermark None None TOP SECRET CONFIDENTIAL DRAFT ORIGINAL COPY None Delete

Note

You can create a new watermark if the watermark that you prefer is not listed in the drop down box.

2 If you want to print the watermark on only the first page, check on the "Print on First Page Only" box.

Watermark CONFIDENTIAL Add.. Edit.. Delete ✓ Print on First Page Only Overlay Image:

3 Set any other print options you require and click [OK].

4 Click [OK] or [Print] to send the print job.

• The print job is printed with the watermark.

Creating or editing a watermark

1 Click [Add] to create new watermark, or select a watermark that you want to edit and click [Edit] to edit a watermark.

Watermark None Add... Edit... Delete Print on First Page Only

• The Watermark dialog box appears.

Watermark Caption: SAMPLE Font Name: Size: Arial Regular Font Size: 72 300 Color Gray Browse... Position X 0.000 inches Y Position 0.000 inches Units ○ inches ○ mm Center Watermark Restores Defaults Angles 0 ° -90 0 90 Printing Form ○ Solid ○ Draw as Outline ● Transparency 50 % 0 50 100 OK Cancel

2 Enter the watermark text in the "Caption" field.

- You can enter up to 63 characters for the "Caption" field. However, if too many characters are entered, the watermark may not be printed correctly.

3 Select a font for the watermark at the "Font Name" drop down box.

4 Select a font style for the watermark at the "Style" drop down box.

5 Enter the font size in the "Font Size" field.

• You can enter any integer between 6 to 300pt in units of 1pt.

6 Select a color for the watermark at the "Color" drop down box.

- If your preferred color is not listed in the drop down box, click [Browse...] to display the color palette and add your color.

Notes

The "Color" drop down box is not available for the PCL6 printer driver.
When "Black and White" is selected at the "Color" drop down box on the Basic tab, the "Color" drop down box is not available.

7 To rotate the watermark, enter the degrees in the "Angle" field.

You can enter from -90 degrees to 90 degrees in units of 1 degree in the "Angle" field.
• You can also set the angle using the scroll bar.

8 Select how the watermark text is printed from "Solid", "Draw as Outline", and "Transparency".

Solid — Select this to print solid type of watermark.

Draw as Outline — Select this to print an outline type of watermark.

Transparency — Select this for a transparent watermark. Set the transparent ratio from

0 to 100% in units of 1%. You can also set the transparent ratio using the scroll bar.

9 Click [OK] to save the watermark settings.

• The watermark is added or edited.

Deleting a watermark

Note

You can delete the default watermarks. However, they cannot be restored by clicking the [Restore Defaults] button.

1 Select a watermark that you want to delete at the "Watermark" drop down box.

Watermark SAMPLE Add... Edit... Delete Print on First Page Only

2 Click [Delete].

Printing with an Overlay File

Using image overlays ensures that widely-used images are readily available and consistently reproduced. Image overlays are independent documents that are merged into other documents during printing and thereby increase the time required to print a job. To superimpose text on your document, it may be faster to use watermarks.

To print with an overlay file, you should create an overlay file first.

P.243 "Creating An Overlay File"

Notes

If you use Image Overlays in combination with the N-up feature, the image overlay is printed once per sheet, not once per page.
Both the overlay file and the documents on which you superimpose the overlay image must be created at the same size, color mode, and orientation.
When printing with Overlay Image using the PS3 printer driver from an application that can create the PS command directly, the overlay image will not be printed. In that case, disable the "Use PostScript Passthrough" option in the PostScript Settings dialog box.

P.233 "PostScript Settings"

Printing an overlay image on a print job

1 Display the Effect tab and select the overlay image name to be used in the "Overlay Image" drop down box.

Overlay Image: None None overlay01 Delete

2 Set any other print options you require and click [OK].

3 Click [OK] or [Print] to send the print job.

- The print job is printed with the overlay image.

Printing on a Tab Paper

This equipment supports tab printing, which can print in the tab extension of the tab paper.

Notes

• This equipment can print only on the Letter sized or A4 sized tab paper.
- If mis-printing occurs while multiple tab pages are printed continuously, toner may adhere to the reverse side of a paper. To avoid this, it is recommended to print a tab paper as a separated job for each page so that this equipment performs cleaning before printing the next tab paper.
- When printing tab paper, the tab paper may be caught in the exit in the inner tray because the roller failed to deliver the tab extension to the exit. In that case, remove the tab paper before printing the next job.

Printing a document on tab paper

1 Create a Letter sized or A4 sized document and place the text or object that should appear on the tab extension as described below.

More than 0.2" or 5mm Document Printed Image Tab Text Must exactly fit the tab extension Width of Tab Extension = Image Shift Margin Tab Text

When you create a document for tab printing, place the text or object that should appear on the tab extension on the right side of the document. You must place the text in the height exactly to fit to the tab extension. Also the right margin, a margin between the text and right edge of the document, must have more than 0.2 inch or 5 mm space because the equipment cannot print in the space.

2 Place tab paper on the Bypass Tray.

- When placing the tab paper on the Bypass Tray, place the tab paper so that the tab side becomes outside.

Place the tab paper so that the tab side becomes outside.

3 When printing a document, display the Basic tab of the printer driver properties, select document size in the "Original Paper Size" drop down box, and select either "Letter Tab" or "A4 Tab" (according to the document size) in the "Print Paper Size" drop down box.

• The Primary Tab Dialog dialog box appears.

4 In the "Tab Manufacturer" drop down box, select the product name of the tab paper that you use, or select "Custom" when you use other manufactured tab paper.

Primary Tab Dialog Select a Tab manufacturer for your tab print job. Tab Manufacture: Blanks USA copy Tab(Blank) LT + 1/2" Tab Tab Extension Image Shift Width Tab Extension (1.00 - 0.75/ inch) Image Shift Width: (0.0 - 1.181 inch) Units: 0.500 0.500 inches OK Cancel

5 When you select "Custom" in the "Tab Manufacturer" option, enter the width of tab extension in the "Tab Extension" field.

6 Enter the width to shift the printed image in the "Image Shift Width" field.

- If you created a document as described in Step 1, enter the width of the tab extension here.

Note

This equipment cannot print in the 0.2 inch or 5 mm margin area on the right side on the paper. Therefore, be sure to enter the image shift margin so that an image will be printed within the printable area.

7 Click [OK].

8 Set any other print options you require and click [OK].

9 Click [OK] or [Print] to send the print job.

• The print job is printed on the tab paper.

Printing from Macintosh

This describes the instructions on how to print from client computer.

Printing from Application on Mac OS X 10.2.4 to Mac OS X 10.4.x....266

Considerations and Limitations 266

How to Print from Mac OS X 10.2.4 to Mac OS X 10.4.x....266

Page Setup Dialog on Mac OS X 10.2.4 to Mac OS X 10.4.x....267

Print Dialog on Mac OS X 10.3.x to Mac OS X 10.4.x 272

Print Dialog on Mac OS X 10.2.x 287

Printing from Application on Mac OS 8.6 to 9.x....303

How to Print from Mac OS 8.6 or 9.x 303

Page Setup Dialog on Mac OS 8.6/9.x 304

Print Dialog on Mac OS 8.6/9.x....306

Printing from Application on Mac OS X 10.2.4 to Mac OS X 10.4.x

Once you have installed the PPD file as described in "Installing the Printer on Mac OS X 10.2.4 to Mac OS X 10.4.x" on page 125, you can print directly from most Mac OS applications.

Note

When the User Management Setting is enabled on the equipment, the print jobs that are sent from Macintosh computers are processed as invalid jobs according to the Department Code Enforcement setting.

Considerations and Limitations

- If you print a PDF file with "Preview" application on Mac OS 10.2.x, the page order will be incorrect. Please use Adobe Acrobat Reader.

How to Print from Mac OS X 10.2.4 to Mac OS X 10.4.x

All printers are managed within the Printer Setup Utility and there is no need to switch the printer.

Once you add a printer to the Printer List, all printers can be selected directly from Print Setup dialog box.

Setting Options and Printing from Macintosh Computers

In Mac OS applications, print options are set from both the Page Setup dialog box and the Print dialog box.

Printing from Macintosh applications

1 Open a file and select [Page Setup] from the [File] menu of the application.
2 Select the name of the equipment at the "Format for" drop down box and specify the Page Setup settings for your print job.

Settings: Page Attributes Format for: MFP_04998820 Paper Size: US Letter 8.50 in x 11.00 in Orientation: Scale: 100 % Cancel OK

- Setting the Page Setup varies depending on how you want to print a document. P.267 "Page Setup Dialog on Mac OS X 10.2.4 to Mac OS X 10.4.x"

3 Click [OK] to save the Page Setup settings.
4 Select [Print] from the [File] menu of the application.

5 In the dialog box that appears, make sure the name of the equipment is selected at the "Printer" menu and specify the Print settings for your print job.

Printer: MFP_04998820 Presets: Standard Copies & Pages Copies: 1 Collated Pages: All From: 1 to: 1 ? PDF Preview Cancel Print

- Setting the Print Setup varies depending on how you want to print a document. P.287 "Print Dialog on Mac OS X 10.2.x"

6 Click [Print] to print a document.

Page Setup Dialog on Mac OS X 10.2.4 to Mac OS X 10.4.x

The Page Setup dialog boxes can be displayed by selecting the [Page Setup] command from the [File] menu of the application.

In the Page Setup dialog boxes, you can specify the Page Attribute settings and manage the Custom Page Size settings.

Note

The Page Setup dialog boxes vary across applications.

Page Attributes
Settings: Page Attributes 1 —— Format for: MFP_04998820 2 —— Paper Size: US Letter 8.50 in x 11.00 in 3 —— Orientation: 4 —— Scale: 100 % Cancel OK

1) Format for

This select the printer to be used for printing.

2) Paper Size

This selects the size of a document to be printed.

Available original paper sizes are listed below:

US Letter
A4
Tabloid (Ledger)
A5
• US Legal
A3
Statement
JB4
Computer
JB5
13"LG
A3-Wide
8.5"SQ
Folio
12 x 18"
A6
• 8K
• 16K

Tip

The default paper size is "Letter" for the United States, and "A4" for the other countries.

3) Orientation

This sets the paper printing direction.

Portrait — The document is printed in the portrait direction.
Landscape (90 degree) — The document is printed in the landscape direction from left.
Landscape (270 degree) — The document is printed in the landscape direction from right.

4) Scale

This changes the size of the printed image on the page. Enter the zoom ratio to enlarge or reduce an image. You can set any integer from 25 to 400(%) for the zoom ratio.

Custom Page Sizes

The PPD file for this equipment supports the Custom Page Sizes.

The procedure to create the Custom Page Size varies between the Mac OS X 10.4.x and Mac OS X 10.2.8 to 10.3.x.

Creating Custom Page Size on Mac OS X 10.4.x

1 Select "Manage Custom Sizes..." in the "Paper Size" drop down box.

A3 A4 Settings A5 JB4 Format for JB5 Ledger US Legal Paper Size √ US Letter Statement (5 1/2 x 8 1/2") Folio Orientation Computer (10 1/8 x 14") 13" LG (8 1/2 x 13") Scale 8.5" SQ (8 1/2 x 8 1/2") (12 x 18") 8K (270 x 390mm) 16K (195 x 270mm) Manage Custom Sizes...

• The Custom Page Sizes dialog box appears.

2 Click the [+] button.

Custom Page Sizes Page Size: - No Selectic Width Height Printer Margins: User defined No Selectic Top No Selectic Left No Selectic Right Bottom + - Duplicate Cancel OK

• A new custom page size name is added in the list.

Tip

If you want to create a new custom page size by duplicating an existing custom page size, select the custom page size name in the list and click [Duplicate].

3 Double-click the added custom page size name in the list and rename the custom page size name.

Custom Page Sizes Custom Size 1 Page Size: 0.00 in 0.00 in Width Height Printer Margins: User defined 0.00 in Top 0.00 in Left 0.00 in Right Bottom + - Duplicate Cancel OK

4 Enter the width and height in the "Page Size" fields, and select the printer name of this equipment in the "Printer Margins" drop down box.

Custom Page Sizes Custom Size 1 Page Size: 7.50 in 10.00 in Width Height Printer Margins: MFP_04998820 0.17 in Top 0.17 in Left 0.17 in Right Bottom + - Duplicate Cancel OK

Tips

Please use the margin settings that are automatically entered by selecting the printer name in the "Printer Margins" drop down box.
You can delete the created custom page size by clicking the [-] button.

5 Click [OK].

- The Custom Page Size is saved and it can be selected in the "Paper Size" drop down menu in the Page Attributes menu.

Creating Custom Page Size on Mac OS X 10.2.8 to 10.3.x

1 Select "Custom Paper Size" in the "Settings" drop down box.

Settings: ✓ Page Attributes Custom Paper Size Format for: Summary Save As Default Paper Size: US Letter 8.50 in x 11.00 in Orientation: Scale: 100 % Cancel OK

• The Custom Paper Size menu is displayed.

2 Click [New].

Settings: Custom Paper Size New Duplicate Delete Save Paper Size Height: cm Width: cm Printer Margins Top: cm Left: cm Right: cm Bottom: cm Cancel OK

• A new custom page size name is added in the list.

Tip

If you want to create a new custom page size by duplicating an existing custom page size, select the custom page size name in the list and click [Duplicate].

3 Rename the custom page size name.

Settings: Custom Paper Size Custom Size 1 New Duplicate Delete Save Paper Size Height: 11.69 in Width: 8.26 in Printer Margins Top: 0.25 in Left: 0.25 in Right: 0.25 in Bottom: 0.57 in Cancel OK

4 Enter the width and height in the "Page Size" fields, and enter the printer margins in the "Printer Margins" fields.

Settings: Custom Paper Size Custom Size 1 New Duplicate Delete Save Paper Size Height: 7.5 in Width: 11 in Printer Margins Top: 0.17 in Left: 0.17 in Right: 0.17 in Bottom: 0.17 in Cancel OK

Tips

In the "Printer Margins" field, please enter "0.17" inch.
You can delete the created custom page size by clicking [Delete].

5 Click [Save] and click [OK].

- The Custom Page Size is saved and it can be selected in the "Paper Size" drop down menu in the Page Attributes menu.

Print Dialog on Mac OS X 10.3.x to Mac OS X 10.4.x

The Print dialog boxes can be displayed by selecting the [Print] command from the [File] menu of the application.

Tip

The Print dialog boxes are different between Mac OS 10.2.x and Mac OS X 10.3.x to Mac OS 10.4.x. Please see the following section for the descriptions of the Print dialog boxes for Mac OX 10.2.x.

P.287 "Print Dialog on Mac OS X 10.2.x"

Note

The Print dialog boxes vary across applications.

Copies & Pages

In the Copies & Pages menu, you can set general print options such as number of copies, and sort printing.

Printer: MFP_04998820 Presets: Standard Copies & Pages Copies: 1 Collated Pages: All From: 1 to: 1 ? PDF Preview Cancel Print

1) Copies

This sets the number of printed copies. You can set any integer from 1 to 999.

2) Collated

Check this for sort-printing (1, 2, 3... 1, 2, 3...)

3) Pages

This sets the range of pages to be printed.

- All — Select this to print all pages.

- From/To — Select this to specify the pages to be printed. Enter the page range in the From and To field.

Layout

In the Layout menu, you can set N-up printing (multiple pages per sheet).

Printer: MFP_04998820 Presets: Standard Layout Pages per Sheet: 1 Layout Direction: Border: None Two-Sided: Off Long-edged binding Short-edged binding ? PDF Preview Cancel Print

1) Pages per Sheet

This sets the number of multiple pages printed on one sheet. The pages are reduced to fit the selected paper size automatically and are printed.

1_ — Select this if do not wish to enable N-up printing.
2 — Select this to print images from 2 pages arranged on one sheet.
4 — Select this to print images from 4 pages arranged on one sheet.
6 — Select this to print images from 6 pages arranged on one sheet.
9 — Select this to print images from 9 pages arranged on one sheet.
16 — Select this to print images from 16 pages arranged on one sheet.

2) Layout Direction

This sets how pages are arranged on one sheet. This is available only when N-up printing (printing multiple pages on one sheet) is set.

Across Left to Right Before Down — Pages arranged horizontally from left to right and then top to bottom on one sheet.
Across Right to Left Before Down — Pages arranged horizontally from right to left and then top to bottom on one sheet.
Down Before Across Left to Right — Pages arranged vertically from top to down and then left to right on one sheet.
Down Before Across Right to Left — Pages arranged vertically from top to down and then right to left on one sheet.

3) Border

Select if a border line is to be drawn on each page. This is available only when the N-up printing (printing multiple pages on one sheet) is set.

None — Select this if no border line is to be drawn.
Single hairline — Select this to draw single hairline for the border.
Single thin line — Select this to draw single thin line for the border.
Double hairline — Select this to draw double hairline for the border.
Double thin line — Select this to draw double thin line for the border.

4) Two Sided Printing

This sets whether or not you want to print on both sides of the paper.

- Off — Select this when you do not want to print on both sides of the paper.

- Long Edge Binding — Select this to bind along the long edge side of the paper. The direction to be printed on the back side of the paper differs depending on the orientation.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 4) Two Sided Printing - 1

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 4) Two Sided Printing - 2

- Short Edge Binding — Select this to bind along the short edge side of the paper. The direction to be printed on the back side of the paper differs depending on the orientation.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 4) Two Sided Printing - 3

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 4) Two Sided Printing - 4

Output Options

In the Output Options menu, you can save a print job as a file.

Note

This menu is displayed only for Mac OS X 10.3.x.

Printer: MFP_04998820 Presets: Standard Output Options Save as File Format PDF 2 Preview Save As PDF... Fax... Cancel Print

1) Save as File

Check this to save a print job as a file. When this is checked, select the file type at the "Format" drop down box.

2) Format

This sets the format of a file to be saved.

- PDF — Select this to save a print job as a PDF file.

- PostScript — Select this to save a print job as a PS file.

Scheduler

In the Scheduler menu, you can set when a print job will be sent to the equipment.

Printer: MFP_04998820 Presets: Standard Scheduler 1 —— Print Document: Now At 9:00 AM On Hold 2 —— Priority: Medium ? PDF Preview Cancel Print

1) Print Document

This sets when a print job will be sent to the equipment.

- Now — Select this to send a print job now.

- At — Select this to specify the time to send a print job. When you select this, specify the time to be send. The print job will be held in the queue on Mac OS until the specified time has been reached or you resume the print job to be sent from the queue on Mac OS.

- On Hold — Select this to hold a print job in the queue on Mac OS. When you select this, the print job will be held in the queue on Mac OS until you resume the print job to be sent from the queue on Mac OS.

2) Priority

Select the priority of a print job.

Paper Handling

In the Paper Handling menu, you can set Reverse page order printing and Odd or Even numbered page printing.

The screens in the Paper Handling menu vary between Mac OS X 10.3.x and Mac OS 10.4.x.

Mac OS X 10.3.x
Printer: MFP_04998820 Presets: Standard Paper Handling 1 Reverse page order Print: All pages Odd numbered pages Even numbered pages 2 Preview Save As PDF... Fax... Cancel Print

1) Reverse page order

Check this when you want to print a document beginning with the last page.

2) Print

Select whether all pages will be printed or only odd or even pages will be printed.

Mac OS X 10.4.x
Printer: MFP_04998820 Presets: Standard Paper Handling 1 Page Order: Automatic Normal Reverse 2 Print: All Pages Odd numbered pages Even numbered pages 3 Destination Paper Size: Use documents paper size: US Letter Scale to fit paper size: US Letter Scale down only ? PDF Preview Cancel Print

1) Page Order

Select the page order for printing.

2) Print

Select whether all pages will be printed or only odd or even pages will be printed.

3) Destination Paper Size

Select the output paper size.

Use documents paper size — Select this to print on the same sized paper as the document size.
Scale to fit paper size — Select this to perform enlarge/reduce printing. When this is selected, select the output paper size in the drop down box. If you do not want to enlarge the document images when larger paper size is selected, check the "Scale down only" box.

ColorSync

This equipment does not support the ColorSync feature. You cannot make any changes in the ColorSync menu.

Printer: MFP_04998820 Presets: Standard ColorSync Color Conversion: Standard Quartz Filter: None ? PDF ▼ Preview Cancel Print

Cover Page

In the Cover Page menu, you can set whether a print job is sent with a banner page. The banner page includes information about owner of the job, job name, application name, date and time, and printer name.

Printer: MFP_04998820 Presets: Standard Cover Page 1 Print Cover Page: None Before document After document 2 Cover Page Type: Standard 3 Billing Info: ? PDF ▼ Preview Cancel Print

1) Print Cover Page

This sets how a banner page is inserted.

None — Select this not to print a banner page.
Before Document — Select this to print a banner page before the document.
After Document — Select this to print a banner page after the document.

2) Cover Page Type

Select the type of a banner page.

3) Billing Info

Enter the billing information to have it appear on the banner page. You can enter up to 24 characters.

Error Handling

In the Error Handling menu, you can set how to report a PostScript error.

Printer: MFP_04998820 Presets: Standard Error Handling 1 PostScript Errors No special reporting Print detailed report 2 Tray Switching Use printer's default Switch to another cassette with the same paper size Display alert ? PDF Preview Cancel Print

1) PostScript Errors

This sets whether or not you want to print a PostScript error report.

No special reporting — Select this if you do not want to print PostScript error information.
Print detailed report — Select this to print PostScript error information.

2) Tray Switching

This is not supported by this equipment.

Paper Feed

In the Paper Feed menu, you can set the paper source.

Printer: MFP_04998820 Presets: Standard Paper Feed 1 All pages from: Auto Select 2 First page from: Auto (Default) 3 Remaining from: Auto (Default) ? PDF Preview Cancel Print

1) All pages from

Select this option button when you want to use the same paper source for all pages. When this is selected, select the paper source or paper type to be used at the drop down menu.

2) First page from

Select this option button when you want to specify different paper sources for the first page and remaining pages. When this selected, select the paper source or paper type to be used for the first page at the drop down menu.

3) Remaining from

Select the paper source or paper type to be used for remaining pages in the drop down menu. This can be selected only when you select the "First page from" option button.

Color Settings

In the Color Settings 1 and Color Settings 2 menu, you can adjust the color settings for printing.

Printer: MFP_04998820 Presets: Standard Color Settings 1 1 Color Type : Auto 2 Halftone : Auto 3 Distinguish Thin Lines : 4 Toner Save : 5 Image Type : General 6 Black Over Print : 7 Pure Black and Gray: Black and Gray - Auto ? PDF Preview Cancel Print

Printer: MFP_04998820 Presets: Standard Color Settings 2 8 Color Balance Cyan : 0 Magenta : 0 Yellow : 0 Black : 0 9 Image Attribute Sharpness : 0 Brightness : 0 Contrast : 0 Saturation : 0 ? PDF Preview Cancel Print

1) Color Type

This sets whether a print job is printed in color mode or monochrome mode.

- Color — Select this to print a document in color mode.

- Mono — Select this to print a document in monochrome mode.

- Black and Red — Select this to print a document in twin color mode with red. When this is selected, the black parts of the document are printed in black and color parts of the document are printed in red.

- Black and Green — Select this to print a document in twin color mode with green. When this is selected, the black parts of the document are printed in black and color parts of the document are printed in green.

- Black and Blue — Select this to print a document in twin color mode with blue. When this is selected, the black parts of the document are printed in black and color parts of the document are printed in blue.

- Black and Cyan — Select this to print a document in twin color mode with cyan. When this is selected, the black parts of the document are printed in black and color parts of the document are printed in cyan.

- Black and Magenta — Select this to print a document in twin color mode with magenta. When this is selected, the black parts of the document are printed in black and color parts of the document are printed in magenta.

- Black and Yellow — Select this to print a document in twin color mode with yellow. When this is selected, the black parts of the document are printed in black and color parts of the document are printed in yellow.

- Black and White — Select this to print a document in twin color mode with white. When this is selected, the black parts of the document are printed in black and color parts of the document are not printed.

2) Halftone

This sets how halftones are printed.

- Auto — Select this to print using proper halftone depending on the contents in the document automatically.

- Detail — Select this to print halftone in detail.

- Smooth — Select this to print halftone smoothly.

3) Distinguish Thin Lines

Check this to print thin lines clearly.

4) Image Type

This sets how colors are printed by selecting the job type. The printer driver automatically applies proper image quality for selected job type.

- General — Select this to apply proper image quality for printing a general color document.

- Photograph — Select this to apply proper image quality for printing photos.

- Presentation — Select this to apply proper image quality for printing a vivid document.

- Line Art — Select this to apply proper image quality for printing a document contains a lot of characters or line arts.

Note

Other than "General" cannot be selected when "Mono" is selected at the "Color Type" drop down box.

5) Black Over Print

6) Pure Black and Gray

Select whether printing the black and gray scale contents in a document using the black toner.

Off — Select this to print the document in color mode.
Black - Auto — Select this to print black contents using the black toner according to the document.
Black - Text — Select this to print the black texts using the black toner.
Black - Text and Graphic — Select this to print the black texts and graphics using the black toner.
Black - Text, Graphic and Image — Select this to print the black texts, graphics and images using the black toner.
Black and Gray - Auto — Select this to print black and gray scale contents using the black toner according to the document.
Black and Gray - Text — Select this to print the black and gray scale texts using the black toner.
Black and Gray - Text and Graphic — Select this to print the black and gray scale texts and graphics using the black toner.
Black and Gray - Text, Graphic and Image — Select this to print the black and gray scale texts, graphics, and images using the black toner.

7) Color Balance

Adjust the density of each color for printing. You can set from -4 to 4 in units of 1.

8) Image Attribute

This sets the sharpness, brightness, contrast, and saturation for printing.

Sharpness
Adjust the sharpness for printing. You can set from -4 (smoothest) to 4 (sharpest) in units of 1 by moving the scroll bar.

- Brightness

Adjust the brightness for printing. You can set from -4 (darkest) to 4 (lightest) in units of 1 by moving the scroll bar.

- Contrast

Adjust the contrast for printing. You can set from -4 (lowest) to 4 (highest) in units of 1 by moving the scroll bar.

- Saturation

Adjust the saturation for printing. You can set from -4 (low clear) to 4 (high clear) in units of 1 by moving the scroll bar.

Print Mode

In the Print Mode menu, you can set the way this equipment handles the print job. This menu allows you to enable various job types such as Private Print and Proof Print.

Printer: MFP_04998820 Presets: Standard Print Mode 1 Normal 00000 2 Department Code - Disabled 00000 3 Do not Print Blank Pages - Disabled ? PDF Preview Cancel Print

1) Print Mode

This sets the type of print job.

- Normal — Select this to print a normal job.

- Proof — Select this to print the first copy of a multicopy job and then wait for approval before printing the remaining copies. The print job, sent as a proof job, is saved in the proof job queue on this equipment, and the remaining copies are not printed until you activate printing from the Touch Panel Display. This option allows you to check a job's output before printing the remaining copies and thereby reduce paper waste.

- Private — Select this to print a private job. When this is selected, specify the 5-digit password in the field next to the drop down box. The print job is saved in the private job queue on this equipment, and not printed until you activate printing from the Touch Panel Display of this equipment. This option is useful when you want to print a confidential document secured using a password. The user has to enter the password to print the private job when activating printing from the Touch Panel Display.

2) Department Code

Select whether a department code is required for printing. When this is enabled, specify the 5-digit department code in the field next to the drop down box.

Enabling the department code depends on whether this equipment is managed with department codes or not. Please ask your administrator for your department code.

3) Do not Print Blank Pages

Select whether you require printing blank pages.

Notes

- When more than 2 is selected at the "Page per Sheet" option in the Layout menu, the blank pages will be printed.

- The pages that the header or footer exists will be printed even if the content are blank.

Printer Features

In the Printer Features menu, you can set special printing features.

— Finishing

In the Finishing menu, you can set destination, hole punching and stapling.

Printer: MFP_04391148 Presets: Standard Printer Features Feature Sets: Finishing 1 Destination: Tray 2 2 Hole Punch: Off 3 Stapling: Off ? Preview Save As PDF... Fax... Cancel Print

1) Destination

This selects the destination tray.

Printer's Default — Select this to route the output to the default tray (that is set as the default tray for raw job in the Printer setting page of TopAccess Administrator's page).
Inner Tray — Select this to route the output to the inner tray.
Tray 1 — Select this to route the output to the upper tray of the Finisher.
Tray 2 — Select this to route the output to the lower tray of the Finisher.

Note

"Tray 1" and "Tray 2" can be selected when the Hanging Finisher, Finisher, or Saddle Stitch Finisher are installed.

2) Hole Punch

This sets whether or not a print job is hole punched.

Off — Select this to print without hole punches.
Long Edge Punch without rotation — Select this to create holes on the left side for the portrait document, or on the top for the landscape document.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 2) Hole Punch - 1

flowchart

graph LR
    A["1 - 2 - 3 -"] --> B["1 - 2 - 3 -"]
    B --> C["1 - 2 - 3 -"]

- Short Edge Punch without rotation — Select this to create holes on the top for the portrait document, or on the right for the landscape document.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 2) Hole Punch - 2

flowchart

graph LR
    A["Document 1"] --> B["Section 1"]
    B --> C["Section 2"]
    C --> D["Section 3"]
    D --> E["Final Output"]

- Long Edge Punch with 180 degree rotation — Select this to create holes on the right side for the portrait document, or on the bottom for the landscape document.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 2) Hole Punch - 3

flowchart

graph LR
    A["1: Document 3"] --> B["1: Document 1"]
    B --> C["2: Document 2"]
    C --> D["3: Document 3"]
    D --> E["1: Output"]

- Short Edge Punch with 180 degree rotation — Select this to create holes on the bottom for the portrait document, or on the left for the landscape document.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 2) Hole Punch - 4

flowchart

graph LR
    A["Document 1"] --> B["Data Transmission"]
    B --> C["Server Rack 1"]
    C --> D["Data Transmission"]
    D --> E["Server Rack 2"]

Note

This option cannot be selected if a hole punch unit is not installed.

3) Stapling

This sets whether a print job is stapled.

Off — Select this to print without stapling.
Upper Left (Portrait)/Upper Right (Landscape) — Select this to staple in the upper left for the portrait document, or in the upper right for the landscape document.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 3) Stapling - 1

flowchart

graph LR
    A["Document 1"] --> B["Section 1"]
    B --> C["Section 2"]
    C --> D["Section 3"]

- Middle Left (Portrait)/Middle Top (Landscape) — Select this to staple double in the left for the portrait document, or in the top for the landscape document.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 3) Stapling - 2

flowchart

graph LR
    A["1: Document"] --> B["2: Document"]
    B --> C["3: Document"]
    C --> D["4: Document"]
    D --> E["5: Document"]
    E --> F["6: Document"]
    F --> G["7: Document"]
    G --> H["8: Document"]

- Lower Left (Portrait)/Upper Left (Landscape) — Select this to staple in the lower left for the portrait document, or in the upper left for the landscape document.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 3) Stapling - 3

flowchart

graph LR
    A["Document 1"] --> B["Section 1"]
    B --> C["Section 2"]
    C --> D["Section 3"]
    D --> E["Final Output"]

- Upper Right (Portrait)/Lower Right (Landscape) — Select this to staple in the upper right for the portrait document, or in the lower right for the landscape document.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 3) Stapling - 4

flowchart

graph LR
    A["1: Document"] --> B["2: Document"]
    B --> C["3: Document"]
    C --> D["4: Text"]
    D --> E["5: Text"]
    E --> F["6: Text"]
    F --> G["7: Text"]

- Middle Right (Portrait)/Middle Bottom (Landscape) — Select this to staple double in the right for the portrait document, or in the bottom for the landscape document.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 3) Stapling - 5

flowchart

graph LR
    A["Document 1"] --> B["Section 1"]
    B --> C["Section 2"]
    C --> D["Section 3"]
    D --> E["Final Output"]

- Lower Right (Portrait)/Lower Left (Landscape) — Select this to staple in the lower right for the portrait document, or in the lower left for the landscape document.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 3) Stapling - 6

flowchart

graph LR
    A["Document 1"] --> B["Section 1"]
    B --> C["Section 2"]
    C --> D["Section 3"]
    D --> E["Final Output"]

- Middle Top (Portrait)/Middle Right (Landscape) — Select this to staple double in the top for the portrait document, or in the right for the landscape document.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 3) Stapling - 7

flowchart

graph LR
    A["Document 1"] --> B["Section 1"]
    B --> C["Section 2"]
    C --> D["Section 3"]
    D --> E["Final Output"]

- Middle Bottom (Portrait)/Middle Left (Landscape) — Select this to staple double in the bottom for the portrait document, or in the left for the landscape document.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 3) Stapling - 8

flowchart

graph LR
    A["Document 1"] --> B["Section 1"]
    B --> C["Section 2"]
    C --> D["Section 3"]
    D --> E["Final Output"]

- Saddle Stitch (Portrait)/Saddle Stitch (Landscape) — Select this to staple double in the center for a booklet to be printed. Select this only when booklet printing is performed.

Diagram illustrating the transformation of a document into an open book, showing the process from original text to digital format.

Notes

• This option cannot be selected if a finisher is not installed.
- "Saddle Stitch (Portrait)/Saddle Stitch (Landscape)" can be selected only when the Saddle Stitch Finisher is installed.
- Stapling cannot be enable when "Tray 1" is selected at the "Destination" option.

— Booklet

In the Booklet menu, you can set booklet printing.

Printer: MFP_04391148 Presets: Standard Printer Features Feature Sets: Booklet 1 Booklet Paper Size: None (Off) 2 Left to Right Page Layout 3 Booklet Center Margin: 0 points 4 Booklet Outer Margin: 0 points ? Preview Save As PDF... Fax... Cancel Print

1) Booklet Paper Size

Select a paper size for the booklet. Each two pages are printed on both side of a sheet which is then folded. The booklet size will be the half size of the paper size that you specify.

2) Left to Right Page Layout

Check this to create a booklet can be read from left to right.

3) Booklet Center Margin

Select the width of space added to the center.

4) Booklet Outer Margin

Select the width of space added short edge side of a sheet.

Summary

In the Summary menu, you can confirm the current settings for printing.

Printer: MFP_04998820 Presets: Standard Summary Copies & Pages Layout Scheduler Paper Handling ColorSync Cover Page Error Handling Paper Feed Color Settings 2 Color Settings 1 Print Mode Printer Features Expand All Collapse All ? PDF ▼ Preview Cancel Print

Print Dialog on Mac OS X 10.2.x

The Print dialog boxes can be displayed by selecting the [Print] command from the [File] menu of the application.

Tip

The Print dialog box are different between Mac OS 10.2.x and Mac OS X 10.3.x to Mac OS 10.4.x. Please see the following section for the descriptions of the Print dialog box for Mac OX 10.3.x to 10.4.x.

P.272 "Print Dialog on Mac OS X 10.3.x to Mac OS X 10.4.x"

Note

The Print dialog boxes vary across applications.

Copies & Pages

In the Copies & Pages menu, you can set the general print options such as number of copies, sort printing.

Printer: MFP_04998820 Presets: Standard Copies & Pages Copies: 1 Collated Pages: All From: 1 to: 1 Preview Save As PDF... Cancel Print

1) Copies

This sets the number of printed copies. You can set any integer from 1 to 999.

2) Collated

Check this for sort-printing (1, 2, 3... 1, 2, 3...)

3) Pages

This sets the pages to be printed.

- All — Select this to print all pages.

- From/To — Select this to specify the pages to be printed. Enter the page range in the From and To field.

Layout

In the Layout menu, you can set N-up printing (multiple pages per sheets). The items in the Layout menu vary depending on the Mac OS version.

Printer: MFP_04998&20 Presets: Standard Layout Pages per Sheet: 1 Layout Direction: Border: None Preview Save As PDF... Cancel Print

1) Pages per Sheet

This sets the number of multiple pages printed on one sheet. The pages are reduced to fit the selected paper size automatically and are printed.

1_ — Select this if do not wish to enable N-up printing.
2 — Select this to print images from 2 pages arranged on one sheet.
4 — Select this to print images from 4 pages arranged on one sheet.
6 — Select this to print images from 6 pages arranged on one sheet.
9 — Select this to print images from 9 pages arranged on one sheet.
16 — Select this to print images from 16 pages arranged on one sheet.

2) Layout Direction

This sets how pages are arranged on one sheet. This is available only when the N-up printing (printing a page on multiple sheets) is set.

Across Left to Right Before Down — Pages arranged horizontally from left to right and then top to bottom on one sheet.
Across Right to Left Before Down — Pages arranged horizontally from right to left and then top to bottom on one sheet.
Down Before Across Left to Right — Pages arranged vertically from top to down and then left to right on one sheet.
Down Before Across Right to Left — Pages arranged vertically from top to down and then right to left on one sheet.

3) Border

Select if a border line is to be drawn on each page. This is available only when the N-up printing (printing a page on multiple sheets) is set.

None — Select this if no border line is to be drawn.
Single hairline — Select this to draw single hairline for the border.
Single thin line — Select this to draw single thin line for the border.
Double hairline — Select this to draw double hairline for the border.
Double thin line — Select this to draw double thin line for the border.

Duplex

In the Duplex menu, you can set 2-Sided printing (printing on both sides of a sheet).

Printer: MFP_04998820 Presets: Standard Duplex Print on Both Sides Binding: Preview Save As PDF... Cancel Print

1) Print on Both Sides

Check this to print on both sides of the paper. When this is checked, select the binding direction at the "Binding" option.

2) Binding

This sets the type of binding for 2-sided printed pages.

Off — Select this when you do not want to print on both sides of the paper.
Long Edge Binding — Select this to bind along the long edge side of paper. The direction to be printed on the back side of the paper differs depending on the orientation.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 2) Binding - 1

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 2) Binding - 2

- Short Edge Binding — Select this to bind along the short edge side of paper. The direction to be printed on the back side of the paper differs depending on the orientation.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 2) Binding - 3

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 2) Binding - 4

Output Options

In the Output Options menu, you can save a print job as a file.

Printer: MFP_04998820 Presets: Standard Output Options Save as File Format PDF Preview Save As PDF... Cancel Print

1) Save as File

Check this to save a print job as a file. When this is checked, select the file type at the "Format" drop down box.

2) Format

This sets the format of a file to be saved.

- PDF — Select this to save a print job as a PDF file.

- PostScript — Select this to save a print job as a PS file.

Error Handling

In the Error Handling menu, you can set how to report a PostScript error.

Printer: MFP_04998820 Presets: Standard Error Handling 1 — PostScript Errors ● No special reporting ○ Print detailed report 2 — Tray Switching ○ Use printer's default ○ Switch to another cassette with the same paper size ● Display alert ? Preview Save As PDF ... Cancel Print

1) PostScript Errors

This sets whether or not you want to print a PostScript error report.

- No special reporting — Select this if you do not want to print PostScript error information.

- Print detailed report — Select this to print PostScript error information.

2) Tray Switching

This is not supported by this equipment.

Paper Feed

In the Paper Feed menu, you can set the paper source.

Printer: MFP_04998820 Presets: Standard Paper Feed 1 All pages from: Auto Select 2 First page from: Auto (Default) 3 Remaining from: Auto (Default) ? Preview Save As PDF... Cancel Print

1) All pages from

Select the option button when you want to use same paper source for all pages. When this is selected, select the paper source or paper type to be used at the drop down menu.

2) First page from

Select the option button when you want to specify different paper source for a first page and remaining pages. When this selected, select the paper source or paper type to be used for a first page at the drop down menu.

3) Remaining from

Select the paper source or paper type to be used for remaining pages in the drop down menu. This can be selected only when you select the option button of the "First page from" option.

Printer Features

In the Printer Features menu, you can set special printing features.

P.292 "Color Settings 1"
P.293 "Color Settings 2"
P.294 "Color Settings 3"
P.295 "Color Settings 4"
P.296 "Finishing"
P.299 "Printing Modes"
P.300 "Printing Modes DC"
P.301 "Private Document Password"

— Color Settings 1

In the Color Settings 1, you can set special features for printing.

Printer: MFP_04998820 Presets: Standard Printer Features Feature Sets: Color Settings 1 1 Color Type: Auto 2 Halftone: Auto 3 Distinguish Thin Lines Preview Save As PDF... Cancel Print

1) Color Type

This sets whether a print job is printed in color mode or monochrome mode.

- Color — Select this to print a document in color mode.

- Mono — Select this to print a document in monochrome mode.

2) Halftone

This sets how halftones are printed.

- Auto — Select this to print using proper halftone depending on the contents in the document automatically.

- Detail — Select this to print halftone in detail.

- Smooth — Select this to print halftone smoothly.

3) Distinguish Thin Lines

Check this to print thin lines clearly.

— Color Settings 2

In the Color Settings 2, you can set image quality for printing.

Printer: MFP_04998820 Presets: Standard Printer Features Feature Sets: Color Settings 2 1 Image Type: General 2 Black Over Print 3 Pure Black and Gray: Black and Gray - Auto ? Preview Save As PDF Cancel Print

1) Image Type

This sets how colors are printed by selecting the job type. The printer driver automatically applies proper image quality for selected job type.

General — Select this to apply proper image quality for printing a general color document.
Photograph — Select this to apply proper image quality for printing photos.
Presentation — Select this to apply proper image quality for printing a vivid document.
Line Art — Select this to apply proper image quality for printing a document contains a lot of characters or line arts.

Note

Other than "General" cannot be selected when "Mono" is selected at the "Color Type" drop down box.

2) Black Over Print

3) Pure Black and Gray

Select whether printing the black and gray scale contents in a document using the black toner.

Off — Select this to print the document in color mode.
Black - Auto — Select this to print black contents using the black toner according to the document.
Black - Text — Select this to print the black texts using the black toner.
Black - Text and Graphic — Select this to print the black texts and graphics using the black toner.
Black - Text, Graphic and Image — Select this to print the black texts, graphics and images using the black toner.
Black and Gray - Auto — Select this to print black and gray scale contents using the black toner according to the document.
Black and Gray - Text — Select this to print the black and gray scale texts using the black toner.
Black and Gray - Text and Graphic — Select this to print the black and gray scale texts and graphics using the black toner.
Black and Gray - Text, Graphic and Image — Select this to print the black and gray scale texts, graphics, and images using the black toner.

— Color Settings 3

In the Color Settings 3, you can set color balance for printing.

Printer: MFP_04998820 Presets: Standard Printer Features Feature Sets: Color Settings 3 1 Color Balance - Cyan: 0 2 Color Balance - Magenta: 0 3 Color Balance - Yellow: 0 4 Color Balance - Black: 0 Preview Save As PDF... Cancel Print

1) Color Balance - Cyan

Adjust the density of cyan for printing. You can set from -4 to 4 in units of 1.

Adjust the density of magenta for printing. You can set from -4 to 4 in units of 1.

3) Color Balance - Yellow

Adjust the density of yellow for printing. You can set from -4 to 4 in units of 1.

4) Color Balance - Black

Adjust the density of black for printing. You can set from -4 to 4 in units of 1.

— Color Settings 4

In the Color Settings 4, you can set image attributes for printing.

Printer: MFP_04998820 Presets: Standard Printer Features Feature Sets: Color Settings 4 1 — Contrast: 0 2 — Sharpness: 0 3 — Brightness: 0 4 — Saturation: 0 ? Preview Save As PDF... Cancel Print

1) Contrast

Adjust the contrast for printing. You can set from -4 (lowest) to 4 (highest) in units of 1 by moving the scroll bar.

2) Sharpness

Adjust the sharpness for printing. You can set from -4 (smoothest) to 4 (sharpest) in units of 1 by moving the scroll bar.

3) Brightness

Adjust the brightness for printing. You can set from -4 (darkest) to 4 (lightest) in units of 1 by moving the scroll bar.

4) Saturation

Adjust the saturation for printing. You can set from -4 (low clear) to 4 (high clear) in units of 1 by moving the scroll bar.

— Finishing

In the Finishing menu, you can set destination, hole punching and stapling.

Printer: MFP_04998820 Presets: Standard Printer Features Feature Sets: Finishing 1—Destination: Tray 2 2—Hole Punch: Off 3—Stapling: Off ? Preview Save As PDF... Cancel Print

1) Destination

This selects the destination tray.

Printer's Default — Select this to route the output to the default tray (that is set as the default tray for raw job in the Printer setting page of TopAccess Administrator's page).
Inner Tray — Select this to route the output to the inner tray.
Tray 1 — Select this to route the output to the upper tray of the Finisher.
Tray 2 — Select this to route the output to the lower tray of the Finisher.

Note

"Tray 1" and "Tray 2" are only available when the Finisher, or Saddle Stitch Finisher are installed.

2) Hole Punch

This sets whether or not a print job is hole punched.

Off — Select this to print without hole punches.
Long Edge Punch without rotation — Select this to create holes on the left side for the portrait document, or on the top for the landscape document.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 2) Hole Punch - 1

flowchart

graph LR
    A["1: Document 3"] --> B["2: Document 2"]
    B --> C["3: Document 1"]
    C --> D["4: Document 2"]
    D --> E["5: Document 3"]
    E --> F["6: Document 1"]

- Short Edge Punch without rotation — Select this to create holes on the top for the portrait document, or on the right for the landscape document.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 2) Hole Punch - 2

flowchart

graph LR
    A["Document 1"] --> B["Section 1"]
    B --> C["Section 2"]
    C --> D["Section 3"]
    D --> E["Output Section 1"]

- Long Edge Punch with 180 degree rotation — Select this to create holes on the right side for the portrait document, or on the bottom for the landscape document.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 2) Hole Punch - 3

flowchart

graph LR
    A["1 - 2 - 3 -"] --> B["1 - 2 - 3 -"]
    B --> C["1 - 2 - 3 -"]

- Short Edge Punch with 180 degree rotation — Select this to create holes on the bottom for the portrait document, or on the left for the landscape document.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 2) Hole Punch - 4

flowchart

graph LR
    A["Document 1"] --> B["Data Transmission"]
    B --> C["Server Rack 1"]
    C --> D["Data Transmission"]
    D --> E["Server Rack 2"]

Note

This option cannot be selected if a hole punch unit is not installed.

3) Stapling

This sets whether a print job is stapled.

Off — Select this to print without stapling.
Upper Left (Portrait)/Upper Right (Landscape) — Select this to staple in the upper left for the portrait document, or in the upper right for the landscape document.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 3) Stapling - 1

flowchart

graph LR
    A["Document 1"] --> B["Section 1"]
    B --> C["Section 2"]
    C --> D["Section 3"]

- Middle Left (Portrait)/Middle Top (Landscape) — Select this to staple double in the left for the portrait document, or in the top for the landscape document.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 3) Stapling - 2

flowchart

graph LR
    A["1-3: Document"] --> B["1-1: Text"]
    B --> C["2-1: Text"]
    C --> D["3-1: Text"]
    D --> E["Final Output"]

- Lower Left (Portrait)/Upper Left (Landscape) — Select this to staple in the lower left for the portrait document, or in the upper left for the landscape document.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 3) Stapling - 3

flowchart

graph LR
    A["1: Document"] --> B["2: Document"]
    B --> C["3: Document"]
    C --> D["4: Document"]
    D --> E["5: Document"]
    E --> F["6: Document"]
    F --> G["7: Document"]

- Upper Right (Portrait)/Lower Right (Landscape) — Select this to staple in the upper right for the portrait document, or in the lower right for the landscape document.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 3) Stapling - 4

flowchart

graph LR
    A["Document 1"] --> B["Section 1"]
    B --> C["Section 2"]
    C --> D["Section 3"]
    D --> E["Final Output"]

- Middle Right (Portrait)/Middle Bottom (Landscape) — Select this to staple double in the right for the portrait document, or in the bottom for the landscape document.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 3) Stapling - 5

flowchart

graph LR
    A["Document 1"] --> B["Section 1"]
    B --> C["Section 2"]
    C --> D["Section 3"]
    D --> E["Final Output"]

- Lower Right (Portrait)/Lower Left (Landscape) — Select this to staple in the lower right for the portrait document, or in the lower left for the landscape document.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 3) Stapling - 6

flowchart

graph LR
    A["1: Document"] --> B["2: Document"]
    B --> C["3: Document"]
    C --> D["4: Document"]
    D --> E["5: Final Output"]

- Middle Top (Portrait)/Middle Right (Landscape) — Select this to staple double in the top for the portrait document, or in the right for the landscape document.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 3) Stapling - 7

flowchart

graph LR
    A["1: Document 3"] --> B["2: Document 2"]
    B --> C["3: Document 1"]
    C --> D["4: Document 2"]
    D --> E["5: Document 3"]
    E --> F["6: Document 1"]

- Middle Bottom (Portrait)/Middle Left (Landscape) — Select this to staple double in the bottom for the portrait document, or in the left for the landscape document.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 3) Stapling - 8

flowchart

graph LR
    A["Document 1"] --> B["Section 1"]
    B --> C["Section 2"]
    C --> D["Section 3"]
    D --> E["Final Output"]

- Saddle Stitch (Portrait)/Saddle Stitch (Landscape) — Select this to staple double in the center for a booklet to be printed. Select this only when booklet printing is performed.

Diagram illustrating the transformation of a document into an open book, showing page layout and text alignment.

Notes

• This option cannot be selected if a finisher is not installed.
- "Saddle Stitch (Portrait)/Saddle Stitch (Landscape)" can be selected only when the Saddle Stitch Finisher is installed.
- Stapling cannot be enabled when "Tray 1" is selected at the "Destination" option.

— Printing Modes

In the Printing Modes menu, you can set the way this equipment handles the print job. This menu allows you to enable various job types such as Private Print and Proof Print.

Printer: MFP_04998820 Presets: Standard Printer Features Feature Sets: Printing Modes 1 —— Print Mode: Normal 2 —— Department Code 3 —— Toner Save 4 —— Do not Print Blank Pages ? Preview Save As PDF... Cancel Print

1) Print Mode

This sets the type of print job.

- Normal — Select this to print a normal job.

- Private - Password — Select this to print a private job. When this is selected, specify the 5-digit password in the Private Document Password menu. The print job is saved in the private job queue on this equipment, and not printed until you activate printing from the Touch Panel Display of this equipment. This option is useful when you want to print a confidential document secured using a password. The user has to enter the password to print the private job when activating printing from the Touch Panel Display.

2) Department Code

Check this if a department code is required for printing. When this is enabled, specify the 5-digit department code in the DC menu.

Enabling the department code depends on whether this equipment is managed with department codes or not. Please ask your administrator for your department code.

3) Toner Save

Select this to print in the toner save mode.

Note

When the toner save mode is enabled, printing may become light.

4) Do not Print Blank Pages

Select whether you require printing blank pages.

Notes

When more than 2 is selected at the "Page per Sheet" option in the Layout menu, the blank pages will be printed.
The pages that the header or footer exists will be printed even if the content are blank.

— Printing Modes DC

In the Printing Modes DC menu, you can specify your department code, if this equipment is enabled the department codes. Before specifying the department code, you must check the Department Code option in the Printing Modes menu. Then specify the department code in this menu.

Printer: MFP_04998820 Presets: Standard Printer Features Feature Sets: Printing Modes DC 1 —Department Code (DC) - Digit 1: 0 2 —Department Code (DC) - Digit 2: 0 3 —Department Code (DC) - Digit 3: 0 4 —Department Code (DC) - Digit 4: 0 5 —Department Code (DC) - Digit 5: 0 ? Preview Save As PDF... Cancel Print

Tip

How the equipment performs printing for an invalid department code print job, which no department code or invalid department code is specified, varies depending on the Department Code Enforcement setting that can be set from TopAccess Administrator mode. When the Department Code Enforcement is set to "ON", the invalid department code print job will be stored in the invalid department code print job list without printing. When the Department Code Enforcement is set to "Print", the invalid department code print job will be printed. When the Department Code Enforcement is set to "Delete", the invalid department code print job will be deleted without printing.

1) Department Code (DC) - Digit 1
Select the first digit of the department code.
2) Department Code (DC) - Digit 2
Select the second digit of the department code.
3) Department Code (DC) - Digit 3
Select the third digit of the department code.
4) Department Code (DC) - Digit 4
Select the forth digit of the department code.
5) Department Code (DC) - Digit 1
Select the fifth digit of the department code.

— Private Document Password

In the Private Document Password menu, you can specify the Document ID number for the private job. It is recommended to specify the Private Document Password when you select to print a private job. If you do not specify the Private Document Password, the private job uses default Private Document Password "00000".

Printer: MFP_04998820 Presets: Standard Printer Features Feature Sets: Private Document Password 1 - Password - Digit 1: 0 2 - Password - Digit 2: 0 3 - Password - Digit 3: 0 4 - Password - Digit 4: 0 5 - Password - Digit 5: 0 ? Preview Save As PDF... Cancel Print

1) Password - Digit 1
Select the first digit of the Document ID.
2) Password - Digit 2
Select the second digit of the Document ID.
3) Password - Digit 3
Select the third digit of the Document ID.
4) Password - Digit 4
Select the forth digit of the Document ID.
5) Password - Digit 5
Select the fifth digit of the Document ID.

— Booklet

In the Booklet menu, you can set booklet printing.

Print Printer: MFP_00C67861 Presets: Standard Printer Features Feature Sets: Booklet 1 Booklet Paper Size: None (Off) 2 Left to Right Page Layout 3 Booklet Center Margin: 0 points 4 Booklet Outer Margin: 0 points ? Preview Save As PDF... Cancel Print

1) Booklet Paper Size

Select a paper size for the booklet. Each two pages are printed on both side of a sheet which is then folded. The booklet size will be the half size of the paper size that you specify.

2) Left to Right Page Layout

Check this to create a booklet can be read from left to right.

3) Booklet Center Margin

Select the width of space added to the center.

4) Booklet Outer Margin

Select the width of space added short edge side of a sheet.

Printing from Application on Mac OS 8.6 to 9.x

Once you have installed the PPD file as described in the section "Installing the Printer on Mac OS 8.6/9.x" on page 150, you can print directly from most Mac OS applications.

Note

When the User Management Setting is enabled on the equipment, the print jobs that are sent from Macintosh computers are processed as invalid jobs according to the Department Code Enforcement setting.

How to Print from Mac OS 8.6 or 9.x

Using the LaserWriter 8 printer driver and the correct PostScript Printer Description file (PPD), you can control the system's various printing features by specifying job settings from print dialog boxes.

Setting Options and Printing from Macintosh Computer

In Mac OS applications, print options are set from both the Page Setup dialog box and the Print dialog box.

Printing from Macintosh applications

1 Open a file and select [Page Setup] from the [File] menu of the application.
2 Select the printer name at the "Format for" drop down box and specify the Page Setup settings for your print job.

LaserWriter 8 Page Setup Page Attributes Format for: MFP 04998820 Paper: A4 (210 x 297mm) Orientation: Scale: 100 ° Cancel OK

- Setting the Page Setup varies depending on how you want to print a document. P.304 "Page Setup Dialog on Mac OS 8.6/9.x"

3 Click [OK] to save the Page Setup settings.
4 Select [Print] from the [File] menu of the application.

5 In the dialog box that appears, make sure the printer name is selected at the "Printer" menu and specify the Print settings for your print job.

Printer: MFP_04998820 Destination: Printer General Copies: 1 Coliated Pages: All From: To: Paper Source: All pages from: Auto (Default) First page from: Auto (Default) Remaining from: Auto (Default) Save Settings Cancel Print

- Setting the Print Setup varies depending on how you want to print a document. P.306 "Print Dialog on Mac OS 8.6/9.x"

6 Click [Print] to print a document.

Page Setup Dialog on Mac OS 8.6/9.x

The Page Setup dialog boxes can be displayed by selecting the [Page Setup] command from the [File] menu of the application.

In the Page Setup dialog boxes, you can specify the Page Attribute settings and Custom Page Size settings.

Notes

• The Page Setup dialog boxes vary across applications.
- The PostScript Options window contains the setting items that are generally provided by the LaserWriter 8 printer driver. For details of the PostScript Options, please refer to the Balloon Help on the Mac OS.

Page Attributes

In the Page Attributes menu, you can specify the paper size, orientation, and scale.

LaserWriter 8 Page Setup Page Attributes Z2-8.7 Format for: MFP_04998820 Paper: A4 (210 x 297mm) Orientation: Scale: 100 % Cancel OK

1) Format for

This selects the printer to be used for printing.

2) Paper

This selects the size of a document to be printed.

Available original paper sizes are listed below:

Letter
A4
Ledger
A5
Legal
A3
Statement
B4
Computer
B5
13"LG
A3-Wide
8.5"SQ
Folio
12 x 18"
A6
• 8K
16K

Tip

The default paper size is "Letter" for the United States, and "A4" for the other countries.

3) Orientation

This sets the paper printing direction.

Portrait — The document is printed in the portrait direction.
Landscape — The document is printed in the landscape direction.

4) Scale

This changes the size of the printed image on the page. Enter the zoom ratio to enlarge or reduce an image. You can set any integer from 25 to 400(%) for the zoom ratio.

Custom Page Sizes

The PPD file for this equipment supports the Custom Page Size.

Creating Custom Page Size on Mac OS 8.6/9.x

1 Select "Custom Page Sizes" in the drop down box.

LaserWriter & Page Setup Page Attributes PostScript™ Options Custom Page Sizes Format for: MFP_04998820 Paper: A4 (210 x 297mm) Orientation: Scale: 100 ° Cancel OK

• The Custom Page Sizes menu is displayed.

2 Click [New].

LaserWriter 8 Page Setup Custom Page Sizes 22-9-7 New Edit Delete Cancel OK

Tips

If you want to edit an existing custom page size, select the custom page size name in the list and click [Edit].
You can delete the created custom page size by clicking [Delete].

3 Enter the width and height in the "Page Size" fields, enter the printer margins in the "Margins" fields, and enter the custom page size name in the "Custom Page Size Name" field.

Paper Size Width: 7.5 Height: 10 Width offset: 0 Height offset: 0 Margins Top: 0.17 Left: 0.17 Right: 0.17 Bottom: 0.13 Custom Page Size Name: Custom Page Size 1 Units: inches Cancel OK

Tip

In the "Margins" field, please enter "0.17" inch.

4 Click [OK].

5 Click [OK].

LaserWriter 8 Page Setup Custom Page Sizes 22-9.7 Custom Page Size 1 New Edit Delete Cancel OK

- The Custom Page Size is saved and it can be selected in the "Paper Size" drop down menu in the Page Attributes menu.

Print Dialog on Mac OS 8.6/9.x

The Print dialog boxes can be displayed by selecting the [Print] command from the [File] menu of the application.

In the Print dialog boxes, you can display the General window, Background Printing window, Color Matching window, Cover Page window, Font Settings window, Job Logging window, Layout window, Save as File window, Finishing Options window, Printing Modes window, Watermark Options windows, and Color Settings windows.

Notes

• The Print dialog boxes vary across applications.
- The Save as File window contains the setting items that are generally provided by the LaserWriter 8 printer driver. For details of the Save as File window, please refer to the Balloon Help on the Mac OS.

General

In the General menu, you can set the general print options such as number of copies, sort printing.

Printer: MFP_04998820 Destination: Printer General Copies: 1 Collated Pages: All From: To: Paper Source: All pages from: Auto (Default) first page from: Auto (Default) Remaining from: Auto (Default) Save Settings Cancel Print

1) Copies

This sets the number of printed copies. You can set any integer from 1 to 999.

2) Collated

Check this for sort-printing (1, 2, 3... 1, 2, 3...)

3) Pages

This sets the pages to be printed.

- All — Select this to print all pages.

- From/To — Select this to specify the pages to be printed. Enter the page range in the From and To field.

4) Paper Source

This selects the source for feeding paper. Please select a paper source that correlates with the printing size.

All pages from — Select this to use the same paper source for all pages. Select the paper source or paper type at the pop-up menu on the right.
First page from — Select this to use the different paper source for the first page from the remaining pages. Select the paper source or paper type for the first page at the pop-up menu on the right.
Remaining from — Select the paper source or paper type for the remaining pages at the pop-up menu on the right when you select the First page from option.

Background Printing

In the Background Printing menu, you can set how the print job is spooled.

Printer: MFP_04998820 Background Printing 1 Print in: ○ Foreground (no spool file) ● Background 2 Print Time: ○ Urgent ● Normal ○ Print at: 8:06 PM 1/28/2006 ○ Put Document on Hold Save Settings Cancel Print Destination: Printer Z2-8.7

1) Print in

This sets how the print job is spooled.

Foreground (no spool file) — Select this to disable any operation on the computer until printing is completed.
Background — Select this to enable any operation on the computer during printing.

2) Print Time

This sets the schedule for printing.

Urgent — Select this to print a job immediately.
Normal — Select this to print a job normally.
Print at — Select this to specify the time that the print job is sent to this equipment. Specify the time and date when this is selected.
Put Document on Hold — Select this to hold the print job in the desktop print queue. To send the print job held in the desktop print queue, double-click the printer icon on the desktop and activate the print job.

Color Matching

This sets the color matching for printing.

Printer: MFP_04998820 Color Matching Destination: Printer 1 Print Color: Color/Grayscale 2 Intent: Auto selection 3 Printer Profile: Use ColorSync Output Profile Generic CMYK Profile Printer's Default Save Settings Cancel Print

1) Print Color

Select "Color/Grayscale" to print to this equipment. Other selections are not supported by this equipment.

2) Intent

Do not specify this because "ColorSync Color Matching" and "PostScript Color Matching" at the "Print Color" drop down box are not supported.

3) Printer Profile

Do not specify this because "ColorSync Color Matching" and "PostScript Color Matching" at the "Print Color" drop down box are not supported.

Cover Page

Printer: MFP_04998820 Z2-8.7 Destination: Printer Cover Page 1 Print Cover Page: None Before Document After Document 2 Cover Page Paper Source: Auto (Default) Save Settings Cancel Print

1) Print Cover Page

This sets how a banner page is inserted.

None — Select this not to print a banner page.
Before Document — Select this to print a banner page before the document. When this is selected, select the paper source at the Cover Page Paper Source option.
After Document — Select this to print a banner page after the document. When this is selected, select the paper source at the Cover Page Paper Source option.

2) Cover Page Paper Source

Select the paper source when you set to print a banner page.

Font Settings

In the Font Settings menu, you can set how the fonts are printed.

Printer: MFP_04998820 Destination: Printer Font Settings Font Documentation Annotate Font Keys Font Downloading Changes from the Default Settings may affect printing performance or appearance. Preferred Format: Type 1 TrueType Always download needed fonts Never generate Type 42 format Use Defaults Save Settings Cancel Print

1) Annotate Font Keys

Check this to annotate font keys for printing.

2) Preferred Format

This sets the whether Type 1 fonts or TrueType fonts are used for printing.

- Type 1 — Select this to print fonts using Type 1 fonts.

- TrueType — Select this to print fonts using TrueType fonts.

3) Always Download needed fonts

Check this to always download fonts for printing.

4) Never generate Type 42 format

Check this not to generate the Type 42 format.

Job Logging

In the Job Logging menu, you can set the error handling and generate job logs.

Printer: MFP_04998820 Job Logging If there is a PostScript™ error: No special reporting Summarize on screen Print detailed report Job Documentation Generate Job Copy Generate Job Log Z2-8.7 Destination: Printer Job Documentation Folder Change... Save Settings Cancel Print

1) If there is PostScript error

This sets whether reporting the error or not.

No special reporting — Select this not to report an error.
Summarize on screen — Select this to report on the screen when a PostScript error occurs.
Print detailed report — Select this to print a detailed report when a PostScript error occurs.

2) Job Documentation

This sets whether job logs or job copies are generated or not.

Generate Job Copy — Check this to generate a job copy. If enabled, a job copy is generated in the folder which is specified at the "Job Documentation Folder".
Generate Job Log — Check this to generate a job log. If enabled, a job log is generated in the folder which is specified at the "Job Documentation Folder".

3) Job Documentation Folder

The folder where job copies and job logs are stored is displayed. To change the folder, click [Change] and select a different folder.

Layout

In the Layout menu, you can set N-up printing and 2-Sided printing.

Printer: MFP_04998820 Destination: Printer Layout Pages per sheet: 1 Layout direction: 1 2 2 1 Border: none 1 Print on Both Sides Binding: Save Settings Cancel Print

1) Pages per sheet

This sets the printing of multiple pages on one sheet. The pages are reduced to fit the selected paper size automatically.

1—Select this if do not wish to enable N-up printing.
2 — Select this to print images from 2 pages arranged on one sheet.
4 — Select this to print images from 4 pages arranged horizontally and printed top to bottom on one sheet.
6 — Select this to print images from 6 pages arranged horizontally and printed top to bottom on one sheet.
9 — Select this to print images from 9 pages arranged horizontally and printed top to bottom on one sheet.
16 — Select this to print images from 16 pages arranged horizontally and printed top to bottom on one sheet.
4 (Down Before Across) — Select this to print images from 4 pages arranged vertically from the top and printed horizontally on one sheet.
6 (Down Before Across) — Select this to print images from 6 pages arranged vertically from the top and printed horizontally on one sheet.
9 (Down Before Across) — Select this to print images from 9 pages arranged vertically from the top and printed horizontally on one sheet.
16 (Down Before Across) — Select this to print images from 16 pages arranged vertically from the top and printed horizontally on one sheet.

2) Layout direction

This sets pages to be printed from left to right or right to left. It is available only when the N-up printing (printing a page on multiple sheets) is set.

3) Border

Select whether a border line is to be drawn on each page. It is available only when the N-up printing (printing a page on multiple sheets) is set.

None — Select this if no border line to be drawn.
Single hairline — Select this to draw a single hairline for the border.
Single thin line — Select this to draw a single thin line for the border.
Double hairline — Select this to draw a double hairline for the border.
Double thin line — Select this to draw a double thin line for the border.

4) Print on Both Sides

Check this to print on both sides of the paper. When checked, select the binding direction at the "Binding" option.

5) Binding

This sets the type of binding for 2-sided-printed pages.

- Long Edge Binding — Select this to bind along the long edge side of paper. The direction to be printed on the back side of the paper differs depending on the orientation.

Portrait 1 2 Landscape 1 2

- Short Edge Binding — Select this to bind along the short edge side of paper. The direction to be printed on the back side of the paper differs depending on the orientation.

Portrait 1 2 Landscape 1 2

Finishing Options

In the Finishing Options menu, you can set the destination, hole punching and stapling features.

Printer: MFP_04998820 Destination: Printer Finishing Options Destination: Tray 2 Hole Punch: Off Stapling: Off 1 2 3 Save Settings Cancel Print Z2-8.7

1) Destination

This selects the output destination tray.

Inner Tray — Select this when no finisher is installed.
Tray 1 — Select this to route the output to the upper tray of the Finisher.
Tray 2 — Select this to route the output to the lower tray of the Finisher.

Note

"Tray 1" and "Tray 2" can be selected when the Hanging Finisher, Finisher, or Saddle Stitch Finisher are installed.

2) Hole Punch

This sets whether or not a print job is hole punched.

Off — Select this to print without hole punches.
Long Edge Punch without rotation — Select this to create holes on the left side for the portrait document, or on the top for the landscape document.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 2) Hole Punch - 1

flowchart

graph LR
    A["1: Document"] --> B["2: Section 1"]
    B --> C["3: Section 2"]
    C --> D["4: Section 3"]
    D --> E["5: Section 4"]
    E --> F["6: Section 5"]

- Short Edge Punch without rotation — Select this to create holes on the top for the portrait document, or on the right for the landscape document.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 2) Hole Punch - 2

flowchart

graph LR
    A["1-3: Document"] --> B["1-2: Document"]
    B --> C["1-2: Document"]
    C --> D["1-3: Document"]
    D --> E["1-4: Document"]

- Long Edge Punch with 180 degree rotation — Select this to create holes on the right side for the portrait document, or on the bottom for the landscape document.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 2) Hole Punch - 3

flowchart

graph LR
    A["Document 1"] --> B["Section 1"]
    B --> C["Section 2"]
    C --> D["Section 3"]
    D --> E["Final Output"]

- Short Edge Punch with 180 degree rotation — Select this to create holes on the bottom for the portrait document, or on the left for the landscape document.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 2) Hole Punch - 4

flowchart

graph LR
    A["Document 1"] --> B["File Transmission"]
    B --> C["Server Rack 1"]
    C --> D["Server Rack 2"]

Note

This option cannot be selected if a hole punch unit is not installed.

3) Stapling

This sets whether a print job is stapled.

- Off — Select this to print without stapling.

- Upper Left (Portrait)/Upper Right (Landscape) — Select this to staple in the upper left for the portrait document, or in the upper right for the landscape document.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 3) Stapling - 1

flowchart

graph LR
    A["1: Document"] --> B["2: Document"]
    B --> C["3: Document"]
    C --> D["4: Document"]
    D --> E["5: Document"]
    E --> F["6: Document"]

- Middle Left (Portrait)/Middle Top (Landscape) — Select this to staple double in the left for the portrait document, or in the top for the landscape document.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 3) Stapling - 2

flowchart

graph LR
    A["1-3"] --> B["2-1"]
    B --> C["3-1"]
    C --> D["4-2"]
    D --> E["5-3"]
    E --> F["6-1"]

- Lower Left (Portrait)/Upper Left (Landscape) — Select this to staple in the lower left for the portrait document, or in the upper left for the landscape document.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 3) Stapling - 3

flowchart

graph LR
    A["1 Document"] --> B["2 Section"]
    B --> C["3 Section"]
    C --> D["4 Section"]
    D --> E["5 Section"]

- Upper Right (Portrait)/Lower Right (Landscape) — Select this to staple in the upper right for the portrait document, or in the lower right for the landscape document.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 3) Stapling - 4

flowchart

graph LR
    A["Document 1"] --> B["Section 1"]
    B --> C["Section 2"]
    C --> D["Section 3"]
    D --> E["Final Output"]

- Middle Right (Portrait)/Middle Bottom (Landscape) — Select this to staple double in the right for the portrait document, or in the bottom for the landscape document.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 3) Stapling - 5

flowchart

graph LR
    A["Document 1"] --> B["Section 1"]
    B --> C["Section 2"]
    C --> D["Section 3"]
    D --> E["Final Output"]

- Lower Right (Portrait)/Lower Left (Landscape) — Select this to staple in the lower right for the portrait document, or in the lower left for the landscape document.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 3) Stapling - 6

flowchart

graph LR
    A["Document 1"] --> B["Section 1"]
    B --> C["Section 2"]
    C --> D["Section 3"]
    D --> E["Final Output"]

- Middle Top (Portrait)/Middle Right (Landscape) — Select this to staple double in the top for the portrait document, or in the right for the landscape document.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 3) Stapling - 7

flowchart

graph LR
    A["1: Document"] --> B["2: Document"]
    B --> C["3: Document"]
    C --> D["4: Document"]
    D --> E["5: Final Output"]

- Middle Bottom (Portrait)/Middle Left (Landscape) — Select this to staple double in the bottom for the portrait document, or in the left for the landscape document.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 3) Stapling - 8

flowchart

graph LR
    A["1: Document"] --> B["2: Document"]
    B --> C["3: Document"]
    C --> D["4: Document"]
    D --> E["5: Document"]
    E --> F["6: Document"]

Note

This option cannot be selected if a finisher is not installed.

Printing Modes

In the Printing Mode menu, you can set the way this equipment handles the print job. This menu allows you to enable various system features such as Private Print and Proof Print.

Printer: MFP_04998820 Z2-8.7 Destination: Printer Printing Modes 1 Print Mode: Normal 0 2 Department Code: Disabled 1 3 Toner Save: Off 4 Do not Print Blank Pages: Off Save Settings Cancel Print

1) Print Job

This sets the type of print job.

- Normal — Select this to print a job normally.

- Proof — Select this to print the first copy of a multi-copy job then await your approval before printing the remaining copies. The print job sent as a proof job is saved in the proof job list on this equipment, and the remaining copies are not printed until you activate printing from the Touch Panel Display of this equipment. This option allows you to check the output before printing additional copies and thereby reduce paper waste.

- Private - Password — Select this to print a private job. When this is selected, enter 5-digit Password in the field. The print job is saved in the private job queue on this equipment, and not printed until you activate printing from the Touch Panel Display of this equipment. This option is useful when you want to print a confidential document secured using a password. The user has to enter the password to print the private job when activating printing from the Touch Panel Display. It is recommended to specify the password when you select to print a private job. If you do not specify the password, the private job uses default password "00000".

2) Department Code

Enter a user's department code when this equipment is managed with department codes. Please ask your administrator for your department code.

Tip

How the equipment performs printing for an invalid department code print job, which no department code or invalid department code is specified, varies depending on the Department Code Enforcement setting that can be set from TopAccess Administrator mode. When the Department Code Enforcement is set to "ON", the invalid department code print job will be stored in the invalid department code print job list without printing. When the Department Code Enforcement is set to "Print", the invalid department code print job will be printed. When the Department Code Enforcement is set to "Delete", the invalid department code print job will be deleted without printing.

3) Toner Save

Select this to print in the toner save mode.

Note

When the toner save mode is enabled, printing may become light.

4) Do not Print Blank Pages

Select whether you require printing blank pages.

Watermark Options

In the Watermark Options (A) and Watermark Options (B) menu, you can enable watermark printing.

Printer: MFP_04998820 Watermark Options (A) Watermarking : Off Watermark Text: DRAFT Watermark Text Size : 72 points Watermark Text Angle: 0 degrees Watermark Gray Level: 20% black Destination: Printer DRAFT 0 72 0 20 Save Settings Cancel Print Z2-8.7

Printer: MFP_04998820 Watermark Options (B) Watermark Font: Helvetica-Bold Watermark Position : Center 50 Watermark Outline : Filled 1 Save Settings Cancel Print Destination: Printer Z2-8.7

1) Watermarking

This sets the printing of a watermark.

2) Watermark Text

Select the watermark text to be printed. If there is not a preferred watermark in the list, enter the watermark text in the field displayed.

3) Watermark Text Size

Select the font size of watermark text. If there is not a preferred font size in the list, enter the font size by points. You can enter from 4 points to 400 points in units of 1 point.

4) Watermark Text Angle

Select the degree of angle for rotating the watermark text. If there is not a preferred angle in the list, enter the degrees from -90 to 90 degrees in units of 1 degree.

5) Watermark Gray Level

Select the gray level of the watermark text color. If there is not preferred gray level in the list, enter the percentage from 1% to 100% in units of 1%.

6) Watermark Font

Select the font family for the watermark text.

7) Watermark Position

Select the position of the watermark text. If there is not preferred position in the list, enter the X position and Y position manually.

8) Watermark Outline

Select the outline points or "Filled" to print a watermark as a solid text. If there is not a preferred point listed, enter from 0.1 points to 20 points in units of 0.1 points.

Color Settings

In the Color Settings 1, Color Settings 2, Color Settings 3, and Color Settings 4 menu, you can adjust the color settings for printing.

Printer: MFP_04998820 Color Settings 1 Color Type: Color Halftone: Auto Distinguish Thin Lines: On Z2-8.7 Destination: Printer 1 2 3 Save Settings Cancel Print

Printer: MFP_04998820 Color Settings 2 Image Type: General Black Over Print: On Pure Black and Gray: Black and Gray - Auto Save Settings Cancel Print Destination: Printer Z2-8.7

Printer: MFP_04998820 Color Settings 3 7 -Color Balance - Cyan: 0 8 -Color Balance - Magenta: 0 9 -Color Balance - Yellow: 0 10 -Color Balance - Black: 0 Destination: Printer Save Settings Cancel Print 22-8.7

Printer: MFP_04998820 Color Settings 4 Contrast: 0 Sharpness: 0 Brightness: 0 Saturation: 0 Destination: Printer 11 12 13 14 Save Settings Cancel Print Z2-8.7

1) Color Type

This sets whether a print job is printed in color mode or monochrome mode.

- Color — Select this to print a document in color mode.

- Mono — Select this to print a document in monochrome mode.

2) Halftone

This sets how halftones are printed.

- Auto — Select this to print using proper halftone depending on the contents in the document automatically.

- Detail — Select this to print halftone in detail.

- Smooth — Select this to print halftone smoothly.

3) Distinguish Thin Lines

Check this to print thin lines clearly.

4) Image Type

This sets how colors are printed by selecting the job type. The printer driver automatically applies proper image quality for selected job type.

General — Select this to apply proper image quality for printing a general color document.
Photograph — Select this to apply proper image quality for printing photos.
Presentation — Select this to apply proper image quality for printing a vivid document.
Line Art — Select this to apply proper image quality for printing a document contains a lot of characters or line arts.

Note

Other than "General" cannot be selected when "Mono" is selected at the "Color Type" drop down box.

5) Black Over Print

Select this when printing background content that has black text overlayed on it. If this is not enabled, the background of the black content will not print. When you print a document that has any of its content on background with black text overlayed, enable this option.

6) Pure Black and Gray

Select whether printing the black and gray scale contents in a document using the black toner.

Off — Select this to print the document in color mode.
Black - Auto — Select this to print black contents using the black toner according to the document.
Black - Text — Select this to print the black texts using the black toner.
Black - Text and Graphic — Select this to print the black texts and graphics using the black toner.
Black - Text, Graphic and Image — Select this to print the black texts, graphics and images using the black toner.
Black and Gray - Auto — Select this to print black and gray scale contents using the black toner according to the document.
Black and Gray - Text — Select this to print the black and gray scale texts using the black toner.
Black and Gray - Text and Graphic — Select this to print the black and gray scale texts and graphics using the black toner.
Black and Gray - Text, Graphic and Image — Select this to print the black and gray scale texts, graphics, and images using the black toner.

7) Color Balance Cyan

Adjust the density of cyan for printing. You can set from -4 to 4 in units of 1.

Adjust the density of magenta for printing. You can set from -4 to 4 in units of 1.

9) Color Balance Yellow

Adjust the density of yellow for printing. You can set from -4 to 4 in units of 1.

10) Color Balance Black

Adjust the density of black for printing. You can set from -4 to 4 in units of 1.

11) Contrast

Adjust the contrast for printing. You can set from -4 (lowest) to 4 (highest) in units of 1 by moving the scroll bar.

12) Sharpness

Adjust the sharpness for printing. You can set from -4 (smoothest) to 4 (sharpest) in units of 1 by moving the scroll bar.

13) Brightness

Adjust the brightness for printing. You can set from -4 (darkest) to 4 (lightest) in units of 1 by moving the scroll bar.

14) Saturation

Adjust the saturation for printing. You can set from -4 (low clear) to 4 (high clear) in units of 1 by moving the scroll bar.

Printing from UNIX

This describes the instructions on how to print from UNIX workstation.

Printing from an Application....324

Considerations and Limitations 324

Printing Using LP Command....324

Generic "lp" and "lptap" Options....324

General Options 325

PCL5e Specific Options 338

This section describes how to print from a UNIX workstation.

Notes

- When the User Management Setting is enabled on the equipment, the print jobs that are sent from UNIX workstations are processed as invalid jobs according to the Department Code Enforcement setting.

- Before attempting to print from a UNIX workstation, make sure all the UNIX Filters are installed in your workstation.

P.159 "Installing Client Software for UNIX"

Considerations and Limitations

This equipment acts only as a filter and not as a complete driver. The size and order of the printed pages cannot be modified.
The UNIX filters do not support the following engine-supplied features:

- Enlarge/Reduce printing

- Rotate Sort

- N-up printing

- Watermarks

- Cover Sheets

- Sheet Insertion

- Scheduled Print

- Print to Overlay File

- Store to e-Filing

- Use Overlay Image

Linux uses the Iptap command to send a file to this equipment.

Since Ip is not supported in all versions of Linux, the Iptap command should be used instead.
- AIX supports printing using the qdaemon. This can be invoked by the user with the commands lp, lpr or qprt. In order to use the filter, either lp or qprt should be used.

Printing Using LP Command

Use the lp command (lptap in Linux) to send a file to this equipment for printing. This command specifies various printer-specific options using the -o option parameter on the command line.

The lp command also sets other print options using various other parameters. Use the man est-color.1 command to display the online document that describes the various options and parameters that can be set to configure printed output.

All the options are sent to this equipment at the start of a print job so, if the print file contains its own commands, they may override the lp options.

Generic "Ip" and "Iptap" Options

Copies

The number of copies of a print job is specified using the "-n value" parameter with the "lp" command. The default value is determined by the "lp" command and it is always 1. The copies are always collated.

Title

The title that is printed on the banner page can be specified using the "-t title" parameter with the "lp" command. The default value is determined by the "lp" command and it is often the name of the print file. If multiple files are printed using the same "lp" command the default title is set to the name of the first file by the "lp" command.

General Options

The following options apply to all print files.

Note

Option commands are case sensitive and must be entered exactly as shown.

Print Language

The "net_estcolor" program needs to know what printer language is used in each of the files that it is printing so that it can issue the correct commands to select various options. The following options are valid for the print languages.

Option Value	Alternate Value	Description
auto Each file to be	printed is examined	to see if it starts with the “%!” sequence. If it does, then it is assumed that it is a PostScript file, otherwise it assumes that it is a plain text or a PCL6 file.
pcl The print file is	always treated as a	plain text or a PCL6 file.
postscript ps The file is always treated		as a PostScript file.
raw The file is treated as a fully formatted file that already contains all the necessary commands. The file is sent to the printer without any modifications. In this mode no other options are valid and a banner page is not printed.

All PCL5e jobs automatically send the "&k2G" command to convert the line-feed character into a carriage-return - line-feed sequence. If the PCL5e job contains some of its own escape sequences it may override this setting.

The default print language is "auto".

Example: The command to specify that a file is PostScript is "lp -o ps filename".

Stapling

The staple position can be specified using the following option.

Option Value	Alternate Value	Description
staple=0 Stapling is turned off.
staple=1 Staple in the top left corner of a portrait page and the upper right corner of a landscape page.
staple=2 Put two staples on the left side of a portrait page or the top side of a landscape page printed on long-edge-feed paper. This command has no affect when the paper is fed from the short-edge side.
staple=3 Staple in the bottom left corner of a portrait page and the upper left corner of a landscape page.
staple=4 Staple in the top right corner of a portrait page and the bottom right corner of a landscape page.
staple=5 Put 2 staples on the right side of a portrait page or the bottom side of a landscape page printed on long-edge-feed paper. This command has no affect when the paper is fed from the short-edge side.
staple=6 Staple in the bottom right corner of a portrait page and the lower left corner of a landscape page.
staple=7 Put 2 staples on the top side of a portrait page or the right side of a landscape page printed on short-edge-feed large format (A3/Ledger) paper. This command has no affect when the paper is fed from the long-edge side or small paper size.
staple=8 Put 2 staples on the bottom side of a portrait page or the left side of a landscape page printed on short-edge-feed large format (A3/Ledger) paper. This command has no affect when the paper is fed from the long-edge side or small paper size.
staple=9 Put 2 staples in the middle of a landscape page and fold the paper in half vertically along the staple line (saddle stitching). This command works in conjunction with booklet printing. This command has no affect when the paper is fed from the long-edge side.

If this option is not specified, the printer's default value will be used.
Example: The command to staple in the upper left corner of a long edge feed portrait page is "lp -o staple=1 filename".
The value for the stapling position depends on the paper size, the paper feed direction, and the print direction. This function is not available for all paper sizes and the users should refer to the copier manual for a list of compatible paper sizes. In particular, A5, A6 and statement paper sizes will not work with this function.

Note

Stapling cannot be applied when "Tray 1" is specified for the Destination option.

Output Bin

The output bin can be specified using the following options.

Option Value	Alternate Value	Description
inner Select the inner tray.
bin1 Select the upper output tray of the finisher.
bin2 Select the lower output tray of the finisher.

If the finisher option is not installed on the equipment, the default output tray will be used (inner). If the finisher option is installed on the equipment, the default output tray will be used (bin2). Example: The command to specify output bin 1 is "lp -o bin1 filename".

Hole Punching

When the hole punch option is installed it can be activated using the following option.

Option Value	Alternate Value	Description
punch=0 nopunch	Hole punching is turned off.
punch=1 Hole punch long edge without rotation.
punch=2 Hole punch short edge without rotation.
punch=3 Hole punch long edge with 180 degree rotation.
punch=4 Hole punch short edge with 180 degree rotation.

If this option is not specified, the default value of "nopunch" will be used.

This function is not available for all paper sizes and the users should refer to the copier manual for a list of compatible paper sizes. In particular, A5, A6 and statement paper sizes will not work with this function.

Example: The command to hole punch the long edge feed portrait page is "lp -o punch=1 filename".

Media Type

The paper source can also be selected using the media type using the following option.

Option Value	Alternate Value	Description
mtype=Plain The paper source that contains Plain paper is requested.
mtype=Transparency		The paper source that contains transparency slides is requested.
mtype=Thick1 The paper source that contains Thick1 paper is requested.
mtype=Thick2 The paper source that contains Thich2 paper is requested.
mtype=Thick3 The paper source that contains Thich3 paper is requested.

In PostScript Deferred Media Selection is always turned on so the paper size has priority over the media type and the paper source.

In PCL5e the paper size always has priority over the media type and the paper source. If this option is not specified, the default value will be used.

Example: The command to specify Thick1 media type is "lp -o mtype=Thick1 filename".

Paper Source

The paper source can be selected using the following options.

Option Value	Alternate Value	Description
auto-source Select	auto paper tray selection.
manual Select Bypass Tray.
drawer1 upper	cas1	Select the 1st drawer.
drawer2 lower	cas2	Select the 2nd drawer.
drawer3 pedupper	cas3	Select the 3rd drawer.
drawer4 pedlower	cas4	Select the 4th drawer.
LCF lcf Select the LCF. LCF is not available for some countries or regions.

In PostScript Deferred Media Selection is always turned on so the paper size has priority over the paper source. In PCL5e the paper size always has priority over the paper source.

If this option is not specified the command will not be sent so the printer's default value will be used.

Example: The command to specify the LCF paper source is "lp - o lcf filename".

Duplexing

The current duplex mode can be specified using the following options.

Option Value	Alternate Value	Description
simplex Turn duplexing off.
duplex Iduplex	duplex_longduplex=longhduplex	Turn duplexing on with long edge binding.
sduplex duplex_shortduplex=shortvduplex		Turn duplexing on with short edge binding.

If this option is not specified, the default value "simplex" will be used.

It is not necessary to specify duplexing for Booklet Mode (sduplex). Setting duplexing separately can override the booklet mode setting for duplexing.

Example: The command to specify long edge duplexing is "lp -o duplex filename".

Paper Size

The current paper size can be specified using the following options.

Option Value	Alternate Value	Description
letter lt	LT	Select letter size paper.
A4 a4 Select A4 size paper.
legal lg	LG	Select legal size paper.
statement st	ST	Select statement size paper.
ledger ld	LD	Select ledger size paper.
ledgerwode ldwide	LDWIDE	Select ledger wide size paper.
folio folio-japan Select folio size paper.
A3 a3 Select A3 size paper.
A3WIDE a3side Select A3-Wdie size paper.
A5 a5 Select A5 size paper.
A6 a6 Select A6 size paper.
B4 b4	b4-jisB4-JIS	Select JIS B4 size paper.
B5 b5	b5-jisB5-JIS	Select JIS B5 size paper.
computer co	CO	Select computer size paper.
legal13	lg13LG13	Select LG13inch size paper.
sq85	letter-square	Select SQ8.5inch size paper.
postcard		Select postcard size paper.
8K 8k	Select 8K size paper.
16K	16k	Select 16K size paper.

If this option is not specified, the printer's default value will be used.
Example: The command to specify the A4 paper size is "lp -o a4 filename".

Printing Modes

The printing mode can be selected using the following options.

Option Value	Alternate Value	Description
normal Process as a normal print job.
proof Process as a proof print job.
private= din Process as a private print job. The din is up to 63-digit (between 1 to 63) password.

If this option is not specified, the printer's default value will be used.

A private printing job requires the user to enter a maximum number of 63 character long string. Character lengths longer than 63 will be clipped to 63.

The following characters are invalid, but no type checking is carried out.

$$ " \& ^ {\prime} (); < > ^ {\wedge} | \sim $$

Department Code

The department access code can be set using the following option.

Option Value	Alternate Value	Description
dept=code Set the	department access	code. The code is a 5-digit numeric value.

Tip

How the equipment performs printing for an invalid department code print job, which no department code or invalid department code is specified, varies depending on the Department Code Enforcement setting that can be set from TopAccess Administrator mode. When the Department Code Enforcement is set to "ON", the invalid department code print job will be stored in the invalid department code print job list without printing. When the Department Code Enforcement is set to "Print", the invalid department code print job will be printed. When the Department Code Enforcement is set to "Delete", the invalid department code print job will be deleted without printing.

Smoothing

The smoothing mode can be set using the following option.

Option Value	Alternate Value	Description
smoothing=on ON	Set the smoothing mode.
smoothing=off OFF	Cancel the smoothing mode.

Example: The command to set the smoothing mode is "lp -o smoothing=on filename".

Distinguish Thin Lines

The thin line limit mode can be set using the following option.

Option Value	Alternate Value	Description
thinlinelimit=on ON	Set the thin line limit mode.
thinlinelimit=off OFF	Cancel the thin line limit mode.

Example: The command to set the thin line limit mode is "lp -o thinlinelimit=on filename".

Do not Print Blank Pages

The Blank page mode can be selected using the following option.

Option Value	Alternate Value	Description
blankpage=0 Set the blank page mode		(disable Do not Print Blank Pages).
blankpage=1 Cancel the blank page mode		(enable Do not Print Blank Pages).

Toner Save

The toner save mode can be set using the following option.

Option Value	Alternate Value	Description
tonersave=on ON	Set the toner save mode.
tonersave=off OFF	Cancel the toner save mode.

Example: The command to set the toner save mode is "lp -o tonersave=on filename".

Booklet Modes

The booklet mode can be selected using the following options.

Note

The booklet mode applies only for the PostScript data. When the PCL data is printed, the booklet mode option will be invalid.

Option Value	Alternate Value	Description
booklet=letter lt	LT	Select letter size paper for booklet printing mode.
booklet=A4 a4 Select A4 size paper for booklet printing mode.
booklet=legal lg	LG	Select legal size paper for booklet printing mode.
booklet=statement	stST	Select statement size paper for booklet printing mode.
booklet=ledger Id	LD	Select ledger size paper for booklet printing mode.
booklet=folio folio-j	Japan Select folio size paper for booklet printing mode.
booklet=A3 a3 Select A3 size paper for booklet printing mode.
booklet=A5 a5 Select A5 size paper for booklet printing mode.
booklet=B4 b4	B4-JISb4-jis	Select JIS B4 size paper for booklet printing mode.
booklet=B5 b5	B5-JISb5-jis	Select JIS B5 size paper for booklet printing mode.
booklet=computer	coCO	Select computer size paper for booklet printing mode.
booklet=legal13 lg13LG13		Select legal-13 size paper for booklet printing mode.
booklet=SQ85 sq85 letter-square		Select 8.5 inch square size paper for booklet printing mode.
booklet=8K 8k Select 8K size paper for booklet printing mode.
booklet=16K 16k Select 16K size paper for booklet printing mode.

In a job, if this value is LT, and in PDL too the data is for LT paper size, this will result in a scaled booklet on Letter paper. In a job, if this value is A3, and in PDL the data is for A4 paper size, this will result in a tiled booklet on A3 paper.

When the Booklet Mode options is selected, the paper size is automatically set to the same size as for Booklet Mode. This function is only available for A3, A4, B4, Letter and Ledger paper sizes.

If booklet mode is selected, then duplexing is also selected automatically (sduplex). Setting duplexing separately can override the booklet mode setting for duplexing.

Example: The command to select the letter size paper for booklet printing mode is "lp -o booklet=letter filename".

Page Layout

The booklet mode page layout can be selected using the following options.

Option Value	Alternate Value	Description
left2right=off OFF	Select right to left page layout for booklet printing mode.This value decides the layout of the pages in the booklet.If this value is OFF then the layout of pages is Right to Left as shown in the figure below.
left2right=on ON	Select left to right page layout for booklet printing mode.This is the default setting.If the value is ON then the layout of the pages is from Left to Right as shown in the figure below.

If left2right=off then long edge binding is selected, otherwise if left2right=on then short edge binding is used.

Example: The command to select left to right page layout for booklet printing mode is "lp -o left2right=on filename".

Center Margin

The booklet mode center margin can be selected using the following options.

Option Value	Alternate Value	Description
centermargin=value		Select the center margin value for booklet printing mode.This value specifies in pixels the Center Margin or the “Gutter”. This is in addition to the center margin already specified by the application. The valid range for value is 0 - 300. Default is 0.

Example: The command to select the center margin value for booklet printing mode is "lp -o centremargin=value filename".

Outer Margin

The booklet mode outer margin can be selected using the following options.

Option Value	Alternate Value	Description
outermargin=value		Select the outer margin value for booklet printing mode. This value specifies in pixels the Outer Margin or the “Creep” per page, which should take place while printing a booklet. The valid range for value is 0 - 600. Default is 0.

Example: The command to select the outer margin value for booklet printing mode is "lp -o outermargin=value filename".

Collate

The collate option can be selected using the following options.

Option Value	Alternate Value	Description
collate=off OFF Cancel the collate printing mode.
collate=on ON Set the collate printing mode.

Example: The command to select collate off is "lp -o collate=off filename".

Orientation

The following orientation options are available.

Option Value	Alternate Value	Description
portrait Print the document in portrait orientation.
landscape Print the document in landscape orientation.

If this option is not specified the command will not be sent so the printer's default value will be used.

Example: The command to specify landscape orientation is "lp -o landscape filename".

Font Pitch

If the pitch is specified the net_estcolor program will always select the Courier font; otherwise the default font is used. The following options are used to select the font pitch.

Option Value	Alternate Value	Description
c pitch=16.67 Set the character pitch to		16.67 characters per inch.
10 pitch=10 Set the character pitch to		10 characters per inch.
12 pitch=12 Set the character pitch to		12 characters per inch.
pitch=value Set the character pitch to value characters per inch.

In all the cases shown above the Courier font will also be selected. When the pitch is changed the font size will automatically be scaled to the appropriate size.

If this option is not specified, the default pitch and font will be used.

Example: The command to specify 8 characters per inch is "lp -o pitch=8 filename".

Page Length

The number of lines to print on a page can be specified with the following option.

Option Value	Alternate Value	Description
pl=value Set the lines per page to value.

As this equipment is a page printer we cannot change the physical length of a piece of paper so the actual effect of this command is to change the value for lines per inch so that the requested number of lines is printed on the page. The actual page length may differ from this value if the top margin or the text length option is used.

If this option is not specified the PJL command will not be sent so the printer's default value will be used. The minimum page length allowable is 5. If value is less than 5 page length is set to 5. The command to specify 66 lines per page is "lp -o pl=66 filename".

Color Mode

The color mode print mode can be selected using the following options.

Option Value	Alternate Value	Description
colormode= COLOR	color Set the color	mode printing for the print mode.
colormode= GRAYSCALE	grayscale Set the	grayscale mode printing for the print mode.
colormode= AUTO	auto Set the auto color mode printing for the print mode.
colormode= 2KR	2kr Set the twin color mode (Black and Red) printing for the print mode.
colormode= 2KG	2kg Set the twin color mode (Black and Green) printing for the print mode.
colormode= 2KB	2kb Set the twin color mode (Black and Blue) printing for the print mode.
colormode= 2KC	2kc Set the twin color mode (Black and Cyan) printing for the print mode.
colormode= 2KM	2km Set the twin color mode (Black and Magenta) printing for the print mode.
colormode= 2KY	2ky Set the twin color mode (Black and Yellow) printing for the print mode.
colormode= 2KW	2kw Set the twin color mode (Black and White) printing for the print mode.

Example: The command to set the color mode for the print job is

"lp -o colormode=COLOR filename"

Pure Black and Pure Gray

The pure black and pure gray mode can be selected using the following options.

Option Value	Alternate Value	Description
pureblackgray=0	Disable the pure black	and pure gray mode.
pureblackgray=1	Enable the pure black	and pure gray mode.

Example: The command to set the pure black and pure gray mode for the print job is "lp -o pureblackgray=1 filename"

Image Quality Type

The Image Quality Type can be selected using the following options.

Option Value	Alternate Value	Description
iqnormal Set the proper image quality for printing a general color document.
iqphoto Set the proper image quality for printing photos.
iqpresen Set the proper image quality for printing a vivid document.
iqlineart Set the proper image quality for printing a document contains a lot of characters or line arts.

Example: The command to set the normal quality type for the print job is "lp -o iqnormal filename"

Halftone

The halftone can be selected using the following options.

Option Value	Alternate Value	Description
halftone=AUTO Set the proper halftone depending on the contents in the document automatically.
halftone=DETAIL Set the halftone in detail.
halftone=SMOOTH		Set the halftone smoothly.

Example: The command to set the auto halftone for the print job is "lp -o halftone=AUTO filename"

Black Over Print

The black over print mode can be selected using the following options.

Option Value	Alternate Value	Description
blackoverprint=0 D	Disable the black over	print mode.
blackoverprint=1	Enable the black over	print mode.

Example: The command to set the black over print mode for the print job is "lp -o blackoverprint=1 filename"

Color Balance

The Color Balance can be selected using the following options.

Option Value	Alternate Value	Description
CBC=value Specify	the color density of	cyan toner. You can specify the following values:-4. -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4
CBM=value Specify	the color density of	magenta toner. You can specify the following values:-4. -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4
CBY=value Specify	the color density of	yellow toner. You can specify the following values:-4. -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4
CBK=value Specify	the color density of	black toner. You can specify the following values:-4. -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4

Example: The command to set "1" to the color balance for black toner for the print job is "lp -o CBK=1 filename"

Image Attributes

The Image Attributes can be selected using the following options.

Option Value	Alternate Value	Description
brightness=value	Specify the brightness. You can specify the following values:-4. -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4
contrast=value	Specify the contrast. You can specify the following values:-4. -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4
saturation=value	Specify the saturation. You can specify the following values:-4. -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4
sharpness=value	Specify the sharpness. You can specify the following values:-4. -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4

Example: The command to set "1" to the brightness for the print job is "lp -o brightness=1 filename"

PCL5e Specific Options

Some of the options only apply to plain text or PCL5e files.

Text Wrapping

The following options control text wrapping when it reaches the right margin.

Option Value	Alternate Value	Description
wrap Enable automatic text wrapping.
nowrap Disable automatic text wrapping.

If this option is not specified the command will not be sent so the printer's default value will be used.

Example: The command to specify wrapping is "lp -o wrap filename".

Left Margin

The left margin position can be specified with the following option.

Option Value	Alternate Value	Description
lm=value Set the left margin to value columns.

If the left margin is set to the right of the right margin it will be ignored.

If this option is not specified the command will not be sent so the printer's default value will be used.

Example: The command to set the left margin to five columns is "lp -o lm=5 filename".

Right Margin

The right margin position can be specified with the following option.

Option Value	Alternate Value	Description
rm=value Set the right margin to value		columns.

If the right margin is set to the left of the left margin or if it is set to a position wider than the logical page it will be ignored. The right margin is specified in columns from the left margin. A negative value will be ignored.

If this option is not specified the command will not be sent so the printer's default value will be used.

Example: The command to set the right margin to fifty columns is

"lp -o rm=50 filename".

Top Margin

The top margin position can be specified with the following option.

Option Value	Alternate Value	Description
tm=value Set the top margin to value lines.

If the top margin is set too high or too low part of the text may not appear due to the printer's unprintable region. The top margin will be ignored if it is set to a value greater than the printer's logical page length. Setting this value may affect the number of lines specified using the page length option.

If this option is not specified the command will not be sent so the printer's default value will be used.

Example: The command to set the top margin to ten lines is "lp -o tm=10 filename".

Text Length

The text length can be specified using the following options.

Option Value	Alternate Value	Description
tl=value Set the length to value lines.

If the text length is set too high, the part of the text may not appear due to the printer's unprintable area. The text length will be ignored if it is set to a value greater than the printer's logical page length minus the top margin. The text length is specified in rows from the top margin. Setting this value may affect the number of lines specified using the page length option.

If this option is not specified the command will not be sent so the printer's default value will be used.

Example: The command to set the text length to 40 lines is "lp -o tl=40 filename".

A banner page is automatically generated for each file in each job. The banner page contains the following items. The banner page is always sent as a PCL5e job.

• The name of the user that submitted the print job.
• The job ID number and from which workstation it was submitted.
- The title of the job. This title can be specified using the "-t" option. The same title is used for every file within a job. The default title is controlled by the "lp" command.
• The name of the printer or its IP address.
- The date and time when the job was printed according to the print server.

Only one copy of the banner page is printed for each file, even if a number of copies of the job are requested. The banner page is sent to the equipment as a separate sub-job so that it is never stapled to the document.

The banner page is printed with the following settings.

Copies = 1.
Stapling off.
• Orientation = portrait.
Duplex off.
Paper size as requested by the “-o” parameter or the printer’s default value.
The paper source and the media type for the banner page can be set to different values than the job's paper source and media type.
• Auto paper source selection or the requested banner page source or media type.
Output bin as requested by the “-o” parameter or the printer default value.
6 lines per inch
Auto-wrap on.
• Automatic carriage-return when a line-feed is sent.

Notes

- The banner page is designed to fit the paper bigger than Statement / A5. The banner page uses the default paper size if paper is set to:

- Statement

- A5

- A6

- B5

- Postcard

- The default is that the banner page is printed before the job so that it is in the correct stacking order.

- When the language is set to "raw" the banner is always disabled.

- The paper source and the media type for the banner page can be set to different values than the job's paper source and media type. If a banner paper source is not specified then the auto source command is sent. If a banner media type is not specified then no banner media type command is sent, so the printer's default value will be used.

- If the file being printed specifies the paper destination or the paper size internally the banner page may print to the wrong output or on an incorrect paper size.

The banner page can be printed using the following options.

Option Value	Alternate Value	Description
banner=last Print the banner page after the job so that it will be physically on top of the job in the output tray.
banner=first banner Print the banner page before the job so that it will be physically under the job in the output tray.
nobanner nb Do not print a banner. The ability to specify the “nobanner” option can be disabled by the system administrator to force all jobs to print with a banner.

The default value for this option is that the banner page prints first.

The banner paper source can be specified using the following option.

Option Value	Alternate Value	Description
bauto-source Select the auto paper tray selection.
bdrawer1 bumper	bcas1	Select the 1st drawer.
bdrawer2 blower	bcas2	Select the 2nd drawer.
bdrawer3 bpedupper	bcas3	Select the 3rd drawer.
bdrawer4 bpedlower	bcas4	Select the 4th drawer.
blcf BLCF Select the LCF. LCF is not available for some countries or regions.

If the banner paper source is not specified the PCL5e auto paper source command "&I7H" will be sent. The banner page source cannot be set to manual feed. The paper size always has priority over the paper source.

Example: The command to specify that the banner page paper source is the LCF is "lp -o blcf filename".

The banner page paper source can also be selected using the media type using the following option.

Option Value	Alternate Value	Description
bmtype=Plain1 The paper source that contains Plain1 paper is requested.
bmtype=Transparency		The paper source that contains transparency slides is requested.
bmtype=Thick1 The paper source that contains Thick1 paper is requested.
bmtype=Thick2 The paper source that contains Thich2 paper is requested.
bmtype=Thick3 The paper source that contains Thich3 paper is requested.

The paper size always has priority over the media type and the paper source. If this option is not specified the command will not be sent so the printer's default value will be used to print the banner page.

The command to specify that the banner page should print on a colored media type is "lp -o bmtype=Plain1 filename".

Other Printing Methods

This equipment also supports following printing methods:

FTP Printing....344

Email Printing....346

FTP printing is available when the FTP print service is enabled on this equipment.

You can print a document by sending the print file to this equipment using the FTP. This equipment can accept following files for printing:

PCL file
PS file
Text file

Note

When the User Management Setting is enabled on the equipment, the print jobs that are sent by FTP printing are processed as invalid jobs according to the Department Code Enforcement setting.

Tips

In Windows, you can create the PCL file and PS file using the printer driver. To create the PCL file or PS file, change the printer port of the printer driver to "FILE:" port and print a document using the printer driver. For more information about printing to a file, refer to the Windows documentation.
In Macintosh, you can create the PS file using the printer driver. To create the PS file, select "File" at the "Destination" drop down box in the Print dialog box to print. For more information about printing to a file, refer to the Macintosh documentation.

Printing a file using the FTP command

The procedure below describes the example of printing using the FTP command with the MS-DOS Prompt.

1 Launch the MS-DOS Prompt.
2 Change the current directory to where the print file is located.
3 Type following command and press the [Enter] key:

ftp

- In the section, enter the IP address of this equipment.

4 If it prompts you to enter the user name, enter the FTP Print User Name and press the [Enter] key.

Note

It prompts you to enter the user name if the FTP Print User Name is assigned by an administrator. Ask your administrator for the FTP Print User Name.

5 If it prompts you to enter the password, enter the FTP Print Password and press the [Enter] key.

Notes

It prompts you to enter the password if the FTP Print User Name is assigned by an administrator. Ask your administrator for the FTP Print Password.
If the FTP Print User Name has been assigned but the FTP Print Password blank, do not enter when it prompts you to enter the password and press the [Enter] key.

6 Type the following command and press the [Enter] key:

put

For example of the print file name is "sample.ps":

put sample.ps

7 The file is sent to this equipment and spooled in the queue.

Email printing is available when enabled on this equipment.

You can print a document by sending the print file, as an email attachment, to this equipment using the mail client software. This equipment can accept only TIFF-S, TIFF-F and TIFF-J files for printing:

Notes

When the User Management Setting is enabled on the equipment, the print jobs that are sent by Email printing are processed as invalid jobs according to the Department Code Enforcement setting.
The Email print job is printed according to the RX Print settings, Discard Printing and RX Reduction Printing, that can be set from the [RX PRINT] button in the [FAX] menu on the Control Panel.
When Discard Printing is ON, the part of the print image that exceeds the paper printing area is discarded if the print image is up to 10mm larger than the printing area. If the print image is 10mm or more larger than the printing area, the print image is printed on the largest paper. When Discard Printing is OFF, the print image is printed on the largest paper if its length exceeds the paper printing area.
When RX Reduction Printing is ON, it will be vertically reduced to fit on the paper if the print image is longer than the paper. When the print image cannot fit in the paper even if the print image is reduced, the print image is printed on the largest paper.
When RX Reduction Printing is OFF, the print image is printed on the largest paper if its length exceeds the paper printing area.

Printing a file using the email client

The procedure below gives as example of printing using the Microsoft Outlook Express.

Note

When you send an email message to this equipment to print a file, send the message in plain text format. If you send an email message in the HTML format, this equipment prints the HTML source code of the message.

1 Open your email application and create new mail message.
2 Enter the email address of the equipment in the To: line.
3 Enter text in the Subject line or leave the Subject line blank.
4 Enter text in the body field.
5 Attach the file you want to print.
6 Send the email.

Note

The header and body of the email will be printed only when the “Print Header” and “Print Message Body” for the Email print service is enabled on this equipment.

Monitoring Print Jobs

This section describes how to monitor print jobs using TopAccessDocMon.

Monitoring Print Jobs with TopAccessDocMon ....348

Features and Functions 348

How to Use TopAccessDocMon....348

Monitoring the Printer....354

Monitoring Print Jobs with TopAccessDocMon

TopAccessDocMon is a job monitoring tool that can remotely display and manage print jobs on the queues of the equipment and other compatible TOSHIBA printer controllers from the client computer.

TopAccessDocMon supports device and job monitoring the following TOSHIBA controllers:

• e-STUDIO3510c Series
• e-STUDIO451c Series
• e-STUDIO850 Series
• e-STUDIO452 Series
• e-STUDIO282 Series
• e-STUDIO4511 Series
• e-STUDIO450 Series
• e-STUDIO280 Series
- GL-1020
- GL-1010
- SC-2

Tip

TopAccessDocMon also can monitor the device status of the devices that support MIB-II, Host Resource MIB, and Printer MIB.

Notes

To monitor the print jobs using TopAccessDocMon, the equipment and your computer must be connected in the TCP/IP or IPX/SPX network.
To monitor the print jobs using TopAccessDocMon, the SNMP Network Service must be enabled using TopAccess. Information about setting up the SNMP Network Service from the TopAccess is provided in the TopAccess Guide.
TopAccessDocMon is only available for Windows. To monitor and manage print jobs via a network environments, use TopAccess. Information about monitoring print jobs from the TopAccess is provided in the TopAccess Guide.

Features and Functions

The document monitor, TopAccessDocMon, follows the progress of each job from your computer desktop until it is printed on this equipment.

TopAccessDocMon consists of the document monitor and a printer status component.

The document monitor provides event notification (alerts).
This means that if an event interrupts printing, such as a paper out condition, the monitor displays an alert.
You can control which events cause TopAccessDocMon to display an alert.
“Printer status” provides device-summary information and access to the print queues (Print queue, Private Print queue, Proof Print queue, Scheduled Print queue, Fax queue, e-Filing queue, and Invalid queue).

How to Use TopAccessDocMon

To monitor the print job using TopAccessDocMon, you must first activate it. Also you can configured the settings how TopAccessDocMon works.

P.348 "Running TopAccessDocMon"

P.350 "Configuring TopAccessDocMon"

P.348 "Running TopAccessDocMon" P.350 "Configuring TopAccessDocMon"

Running TopAccessDocMon

To access the TopAccessDocMon window, you must first activate it.

P.349 "Starting TopAccessDocMon"

Once you activate TopAccessDocMon, you can access the general functions from the Document Monitor menu.

P.349 "Document Monitor Taskbar Menu"

— Starting TopAccessDocMon

First, load TopAccessDocMon so its icon appears on the Windows operating system taskbar. You only need to do this once.

Starting TopAccessDocMon

1 Click the [Start] menu.
2 Select [TOSHIBA e-STUDIO Client] in the [All Programs] menu, and click [TopAccessDocMon].

Administrator Internet Internet Explorer E-mail Outlook Express My Documents My Recent Documents My Pictures Notepad MSN Explorer Windows Media Plays Windows Movie Make Tour Windows XP Files and Settings Tree Wizard All Programs Log Off Editconnect TopAccessDocItem TOSHIBA e-BRIDGE Viewer TOSHIBA e-STUDIO AddressBookItaver TOSHIBA e-STUDIO File Downloader Start

• The TopAccessDocMon icon appears in the taskbar.

After TopAccessDocMon is activated, you can access its functions from the Document Monitor menu (displayed by right-clicking on the TopAccessDocMon icon in the taskbar).

Disable Configure Exit T TopAccessDocMon T TopAccess 8:52 PM

The following menus appears in the Document Monitor taskbar menu:

- Disable/Enable — This allows you to enable or disable document monitoring. To turn on document monitoring, click [Enable] from the Document Monitor menu. The option changes to Disable and displays the TopAccessDocMon icon on the taskbar. Click [Disable] to terminate document monitoring.

- Configure — This allows you to configure how TopAccessDocMon monitors the devices. When this is selected, the configuration dialog box appears.

P.350 "Configuring TopAccessDocMon"

- Exit — This allows you to exit TopAccessDocMon.

- TopAccessDocMon — This allows you to display the TopAccessDocMon window for the default printer.

P.361 "TopAccessDocMon Window"

- TopAccess — This allows you to access TopAccess on the default printer. This is available only when the default printer is set to either the e-STUDIO3510c Series, e-STUDIO451c Series, e-STUDIO850 Series, e-STUDIO452 Series, e-STUDIO282 Series, e-STUDIO4511 Series, e-STUDIO450 Series, e-STUDIO280 Series, GL-1020, or GL-1010.

Configuring TopAccessDocMon

The configuration dialog box allows you to set startup options, select notification events and methods, display or modify refresh rates, and manually update device discovery settings. In the configuration dialog box, the following tabs are displayed:

- Startup — This controls whether TopAccessDocMon is launched when starting Windows. P.350 "Configuring the Start Up Options"

- Notification — This controls which printing events cause a popup message or beep alert. P.351 "Configuring the Notification"

- Refresh Rates — This controls how often the Document Monitor searches for event notifications, printer status, and print queue contents in order to refresh the information displayed. Refresh rates are also known as polling rates.

P.352 "Configuring the Refresh Rates"

- Installed — This shows the network address associated with each installed printer driver. P.354 "Finding the Printer Address"

Accessing configuration

To display the configuration dialog box, right-click the TopAccessDocMon icon in the task bar and select [Configure] from the Document Monitor menu. You can also access the configuration dialog box by double-clicking on the TopAccessDocMon icon in the task bar. To close the dialog box without changing settings, click [Cancel].

— Configuring the Start Up Options

In the Startup tab, you can set TopAccessDocMon to launch when starting Windows.

TopAccessDocMon v3.1.66.0 Startup | Notification | Refresh Rates | Installed | 1 □ Run the document monitor when starting windows OK Cancel Help

1) Run the document monitor when starting Windows

Check this to run TopAccessDocMon when starting Windows. When this is checked, the TopAccessDocMon icon will automatically appear in the task bar every time you start Windows.

— Configuring the Notification

In the Notification tab, you can enable or disable the events notified by TopAccessDocMon.

Note

If you disable SNMP communication in the printer driver, the notification of the TopAccessDoc-Mon also will be disabled.

TopAccessDocMan v3.1.66.0 Startup Notification Refresh Rates Installed Events ✓Document has been printed successfully Method ✓Popup Dialog □Audio (Beep) OK Cancel Help

1) Events

This sets the events which are notified. To enable or disable the notification of each event, click the arrow button in the right. The events list is displayed, and you can check on/off events that enable or disable notification.

- Document has been printed successfully — Check this to notify you when the printer is finished printing the document.

- Private print document is being held — Check this to notify you when a private print job that you have sent is ready for you to walk over to the printer and release.

- Proof set has been printed — Check this to notify you when the printer has printed the first copy of your multi-copy job, which is ready for your review before releasing and printing the remaining copies.

- Fax has been transmitted successfully — Check this to notify you when the printer has sent a fax when you have sent using the N/W-Fax driver. This is only available when the Fax option is installed to the devices.

- Document has been cancelled by the printer — Check this to notify you when the printer has cancelled the job. This can happen when a paper size is not available and the timeout has expired. This event occurs only when catastrophic circumstances force the printer to cancel the job, such as a missing byte or memory failure. Expired private print or proof print jobs are never cancelled by the printer.

- Document cannot be printed due to error — Check this to notify you when the printer is unable to print the job.

- Printer has a paper jam — Check this to notify you when there is a paper jam in the printer.

- Fax transmission failure — Check this to notify you when the printer has failed in sending a fax using the N/W-Fax driver. This message apply for e-STUDIO3510c Series, e-STUDIO451c Series, e-STUDIO850 Series, e-STUDIO452 Series, e-STUDIO282 Series, e-STUDIO4511 Series, e-STUDIO450 Series, and e-STUDIO280 Series only.

- Document is held as Invalid — Check this to notify you when a print job is held as an invalid job because of exceeding the limitation for number of copies. This message apply for e-STUDIO3510c Series, e-STUDIO451c Series, e-STUDIO850 Series, e-STUDIO452 Series, e-STUDIO282 Series, e-STUDIO4511 Series, e-STUDIO450 Series, and e-STUDIO280 Series only.

- Printer is offline — Check this to notify you when the printer is off line. This is only available for GL-1010, GL-1020, and SC-2.

- Drawer is out of paper — Check this to notify you when one of the printer drawers is out of paper. This drawer may not be the drawer the printer is using for your job.

Printer door is open — Check this to notify you when the cover on the printer is open.
Printer requires attention — Check this to notify you when the printer requires immediate attention.
Toner is Empty — Check this to notify you when a toner is empty.
Used Toner Container is full — Check this to notify you when the used toner container is full.
Toner is low — Check this to notify you when the toner become near empty.

2) Method

This sets how TopAccessDocMon notifies you when events occur.

Popup Dialog — Check this for a popup dialog box.
Audio (Beep) — Check this for a beep sound.

— Configuring the Refresh Rates

The Refresh Rates tab lets you change the refresh rates for document notification, printer status, and print queue.

TopAccessDocMon v3.1.66.0 Startup | Notification | Refresh Rates | Installed | Item Refresh Rates Document Notification 30 seconds Printer Status 1 minute Print Queue 10 seconds 2 Restore Defaults Change Rate... OK Cancel Help

1) Item/Refresh Rates

This list displays the refresh rate settings for each item. You can change the refresh rate by selecting the item in this list and clicking [Change Rate...].

Click this to restore the default refresh rate for each item.

3) [Change Rate...]

Select an item in the list and click it to change the refresh rate. The Document Notification, Printer Status, and Print Queue dialog box appears.

P.352 "Changing the refresh rate"

Changing the refresh rate

The Document Notification, Printer Status, and Print Queue dialog box appears when clicking [Change Rate...] in the Refresh Rate tab of the configuration dialog box.

When the dialog box appears, select the desired refresh rate using the slide bar. The available range of the refresh rate varies for each item.

Document Notification

You can set the refresh rate from 0 second to 1 minute in units of 10 seconds. The default refresh rate for the document notification is 30 seconds.

Document Notification Select the Desired Refresh Rate [No Refresh] 1 minute 30 seconds OK Cancel Help

Printer Status

You can set the refresh rate from 0 second to 5 minute in units of 30 seconds. The default refresh rate for the document notification is 1 minute.

Printer Status Select the Desired Refresh Rate (No Refresh) 5 minutes 1 minute OK Cancel Help

Print Queue

You can set the refresh rate from 0 second to 1 minute in units of 10 seconds. The default refresh rate for the document notification is 10 seconds.

Print Queue Select the Desired Refresh Rate (No Refresh) 1 minute 10 seconds OK Cancel Help

— Finding the Printer Address

The Installed tab displays the network IP address of each device on your computer that has a printer driver installed.

TopAccessDocMon v3.1.66.0 Startup | Notification | Refresh Rates | Installed | TOSHIBA printers installed on your computer. Printer Name Post IP/IPX Address TOSHIBA e-STUDIO 5.exe.IP_10.10.70.120 10.10.70.120 TOSHIBA e-STUDIO 3510...IP_10.10.70.120 10.10.70.120 TOSHIBA e-STUDIO 3510...IP_10.10.70.120 10.10.70.120 Update OK Cancel Help

1) Printer Name

This displays the printer driver name.

2) Port

This displays the port on your computer to which the printer driver is connected.

3) IP/IPX Address

This displays the IP address or IPX address of the printer the printer driver maps.

4) [Update]

Click this to update the printer address information.

Monitoring the Printer

This section describes how to monitor the printer using the TopAccessDocMon window.

P.354 "How to Access the TopAccessDocMon Window"
P.361 "TopAccessDocMon Window"
P.372 "Event Notification"

How to Access the TopAccessDocMon Window

To display the TopAccessDocMon window that displays the print job information and printer status, access either from the Document Monitor menu or Printers menu.

You can access the TopAccessDocMon window from the Document Monitor menu and control it from the TopAccessDocMon icon in the task bar.

1 Right-click the TopAccessDocMon icon in the task bar.

Disable Configure Exit T TopAccessDocMon T TopAccess 8:52 PM

• The TopAccessDocMon window appears.

Notes

- TopAccessDocMon displays the TopAccessDocMon window for the printer set as a default printer in the Printers folder. If the default printer is set to other than the TOSHIBA printer driver, it displays the error message and the TopAccessDocMon window cannot be displayed.

- If the connection to the printer is properly set in the selected printer driver, a message dialog box appears. In this case, click [Yes] to search for a printer and maintain the connection.

P.356 "Searching for a Printer"

You can access the TopAccessDocMon window from the File menu of the Printers folder. When you access TopAccessDocMon from the Printers File menu, the TopAccessDocMon window for the selected printer.

1 Open the Printers folder and select the printer driver.
2 Click the [File] menu and select [TopAccessDocMon].

- The TopAccessDocMon window for the selected printer appears.

Note

If the connection to the printer is properly set in the selected printer driver, a message dialog box appears. In this case, click [Yes] to search for a printer and maintain the connection.

P.356 "Searching for a Printer"

— Searching for a Printer

When you activate TopAccessDocMon, if the printer driver you select is not connected correctly to the printer, a message dialog box appears.

In this case, you can use the printer discovery functions to search the printer automatically in the network, or enter the printer address manually.

P.356 "Finding a printer by searching automatically"
P.358 "Finding a printer by entering printer address manually"

Finding a printer by searching automatically

1 Click [OK] in the message dialog box to find a printer.

TopAccessDocMon The address of your printer could not be located. Would you like to search for it? OK Cancel

- The TopAccessDocMon Local Discovery dialog box appears.

2 Click [Start Discovery] to begin the process.

TopAccessDocMon Local Discovery None IPARTX Address Location Model Select "Start Discovery" to begin the discovery process: Start Discovery Advanced... Device Information Manual Selection OK Cancel Help

- TopAccessDocMon locates the compatible printers in your network.

Tips

• You can quit the process by clicking [Stop Discovery].

- It may not find the device that is located in the different segment. If a device cannot be found, find a device manually from the [Manual Selection] button.

P.358 "Finding a printer by entering printer address manually"

- If the process continues for a long time, it is because too many network clients are in the network. Also, you must change the discover settings if you want to search for a printer in the IPX/SPX network. In these cases, please configure the discovery settings using the [Advanced] button.

P.360 "Configuring Discovery Settings"

Note

When the equipment is connected to the IPX/SPX network of the NDS or NDPS environment, the equipment cannot be discovered on Windows 98/Me. In this case, please configure the connection manually.

P.358 "Finding a printer by entering printer address manually"

3 When the process is complete, the printers that have been found are listed in the list.

4 Select the printers that you want to monitor from the list and click [OK].

TopAccessDocMon Local Discovery Name IP/IPX Address Location Model MFP-04398820 10 10.70.120 TOSHIBA e-STU... Please select a printer. Consult with your administrator for more information. Start Discovery Advanced... Device Information http://10.10.70.120.8090 Manual Selection OK Cancel Help

- TopAccessDocMon connects to selected printer and displays the TopAccessDocMon window.

Note

If you select a different device from the default printer driver (when you run TopAccessDocMon by selecting [TopAccessDocMon] from the Document Monitor menu in the task bar) or the selected printer driver (when you run TopAccessDocMon by selecting a printer driver in the Printers folder and selecting [TopAccessDocMon] in the File menu), the message "This printer is different from default printer. Continue to open TopAccessDocMon, please click 'Yes'." is displayed. If this message is displayed, click [No] and select a correct device.

Finding a printer by entering printer address manually

1 Click [OK] in the message dialog box to find a printer.

TopAccessDocMon The address of your printer could not be located. Would you like to search for it? OK Cancel

• The TopAccessDocMon Local Discovery dialog box appears.

2 Click [Manual Selection].

TopAccessDocMon Local Discovery None IPAPX Address Location Model Select "Start Discovery" to begin the discovery process: Start Discovery Advanced... Device Information Manual Selection OK Cancel Help

• The Manual Selection dialog box appears.

3 Enter each item to specify the printer address and click [OK].

Manual Selection IP Address: 10 . 10 . 70 . 120 IP Address: Name: MFP-04598020 Location: OK Cancel

IP Address — Enter the IP address of the printer.

IPX Address — Enter the IPX address of the printer. This is available only when the IPX/SPX protocol and Novell Client are installed in your computer, and the computer is connected to the NetWare server.

Name — Enter the printer name.

Location — Enter the location of the printer.

Note

You must enter "Name" and either "IP Address" or "IPX Address".

4 Entered printer is added in the list. Select a printer that you want to monitor from the list and click [OK].

TopAccessDocMon Local Discovery Name IP/IPX Address Location Model MFP 04398820 10 10.70.120 Select "Start Discovery" to begin the discovery process Start Discovery Advanced... Device Information http://10.10.70.120:8080 Manual Selection OK Cancel Help

- TopAccessDocMon connects to selected printer and display the TopAccessDocMon window.

Note

Configuring Discovery Settings

You can configure the discovery settings.

Discovery Settings Devices ✓ Find a-STUDICOSLOC Series Network ✓ Enable IP/USEX Search ✓ Enable TCP/IP Search ● Search/local subnet ○ Specify a range From 10 10 70 0 To 10 10 70 255 OK Cancel Help

1) Devices

Click the arrow button to display the pull down list and check the model name that you want to search.

2) Network - Enable IPX/SPX Search

Check on this to search for printers connected to the IPX/SPX network. This is available only when the IPX/SPX protocol and Novell Client are installed in your computer, and the computer is connected to the NetWare server.

3) Network - Enable TCP/IP Search

Check on this to search for printers connected to the TCP/IP network. This is available only when the TCP/IP protocol is installed in your computer.

When this is enabled, select how TopAccessDocMon should search for printers in the TCP/IP network.

- Search local subnet — Select this to search for printers in local subnet.

- Specify a range — Select this to search for printers in a specific range of IP addresses. When this is selected, enter the IP addresses in "From" field and "To" field to specify the range.

TopAccessDocMon Window

In the TopAccessDocMon window, you can monitor print jobs and printer status.

This window consists of:

A menu bar containing the options Printer, Document, View, and Help. The Device Status tab includes only the Printer, View and Help menus.
There are nine (9) possible tabbed views: Device Status, Print Queue, Private Print, Proof Print, Scheduled Print, Fax, e-Filing, TopAccessComposer, and Invalid. The tabs displayed vary depending on the printer being monitored.
A status bar containing icons and text that allow you to quickly see the status of the printer.

The options are:

Printer > Close — Closes the current window.
Printer > Change Printer — The device names that have been added to the monitoring list are displayed. You can change the monitoring device by selecting the device name.
P.364 "Changing Monitoring Devices"

- Document > Cancel — This menu is displayed under all queue tab. This item allows you to delete the print job from the queue. You can only cancel print jobs that you submitted.

- Document > Release Proof — This menu is displayed under the Proof Print tab. This item displays the Release Proof dialog box where the number of copies to be printed can be changed and the job released for printing (added to the current jobs print queue). You can only release jobs that you submitted.

P.369 "Monitoring Queues"

Document > Print Now — This menu is displayed under the Scheduled Print tab. This item overrides the assigned print schedule order for a particular job and prints the selected job immediately.
P.369 "Monitoring Queues"
Document > Invalid Release — This menu is displayed under the Invalid tab. This item displays the Invalid Release dialog box where the department code is entered and the job is released for printing.
• View > Configure — Displays the Configuration window.
P.350 "Configuring TopAccessDocMon"
• View > Refresh — Renews the window display.
• View > Status Bar — Check or uncheck to display or hide the status bar.
Help > Contents and Index — Accesses the online help application.
Help > About TopAccessDocMon — Displays copyright, version, and other information about the Document Monitor.

Document Monitoring Tabs

The tabs on this window vary depending on the monitoring device:

e-STUDIO3510c Series, e-STUDIO451c Series, e-STUDIO850 Series, e-STUDIO452 Series, e-STUDIO282 Series, e-STUDIO4511 Series, e-STUDIO450 Series, or e-STUDIO280 Series

— Device Status, Print Queue, Private Print, Proof Print, Scheduled Print, Fax, e-Filing, and Invalid

GL-1020 — Device Status, Print Queue, Private Print, Proof Print, Scheduled Print, Fax, TopAccessComposer, and Invalid

GL-1010 — Device Status, Print Queue, Private Print, Proof Print, Scheduled Print, Fax, TopAccessComposer, and Invalid

SC-2 — Device Status, Print Queue, Private Print, and Proof Print.

Other devices (that supports MIB-II, Host Resource MIB, and Printer MIB) — Device Status

• Device Status tab — Displays the printer information.
- Print Queue tab — Displays a list of all current jobs. Using this tab you can display all the jobs in the print queue, pause and resume printing, and cancel a print job.
- Private Print tab — Lists the confidential print jobs. Using this tab you can display all your private print jobs and cancel jobs as needed.
- Proof Print tab — Displays details of proof print jobs. Proof print jobs are those for which a proof copy has already been printed but the balance remaining is being held in this queue. You can display all proof print jobs that have not been printed, release the rest of the document for printing, and cancel a print job — as needed.
- Scheduled Print tab — Displays details of jobs that are being held for printing at a specified date and time.
- Fax tab — Displays details of fax jobs that are being sent using the N/W-Fax driver.
• e-Filing tab — Displays details of documents that are being stored in Box about one minute.
- TopAccessComposer tab — Displays details of documents that are being stored in TopAccessComposer about one minute.
- Invalid tab — Lists jobs with invalid department codes and jobs exceed the limitation for number of copies.

Status Bar

The status bar extends along the lower border of the TopAccessDocMon window. The information it contains depends upon the tab you've chosen.

Tip

You can choose whether or not to display the status bar by checking/unchecking the Status Bar option using the View menu.

1) Status

Located on the left side of the bar, is a phrase that describes the status of the device or job:

Device Status tab — shows the condition of the printer.
Print Queue tab — shows the number of documents in the print queue.
Private Print tab — shows the number of private print jobs.
Proof Print tab — shows the number of proof print jobs.
Scheduled Print tab — shows the order of scheduled print jobs for the selected device.
Fax tab — shows the number of fax jobs.
e-Filing tab — shows the number of print jobs to be sent to Box.
TopAccessComposer tab — shows the number of print jobs to be sent to TopAccessComposer.
Invalid — shows the number of print jobs in the Invalid print queue.

2) IP/IPX Address

This item on the taskbar shows the IP address or IPX address for the device connected to the selected printer.

3) Connection Status

The icon shows the communication status of the printer.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 3) Connection Status - 1

Shows that TopAccessDocMon is communicating with the printer.

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - 3) Connection Status - 2

Shows that the communications link between TopAccessDocMon and the printer is broken and displays the message The printer is not responding.

TopAccessDocMon periodically tries to reestablish the link. How frequently this is done depends upon the refresh rate.

Warnings display in yellow and errors in red. Clicking the primary icon (the first one) takes you to the TopAccessDocMon window.

4) Printer Icon

Click the printer icon to update the information.

— Checking Device Status

In the Device Status tab, you can check the printer status.

The printer information includes:

1) Printer Image

This displays a visual representation of the printer, showing the device status icon when an error condition occurs.

P.388 "Device Status Indicators"

2) Name

This displays the name of the printer.

3) Model

This displays the printer model name.

4) Location

This displays the printer's physical location.

5) Status

This tells you if the machine is ready for printing.

6) Hole Punch

This displays the type of hole punch unit installed.

7) Physical Address

This displays the printer's machine address (a unique ID provided by the printer's network card, also referred to as the hardware address.)

8) Printer Information

This displays the drawer status icon along with the errors, warnings that have been recorded for the printer, and toner information. Shows drawer status and provides machine information such as toner low, door open, paper jam, etc. Also it provides the alert and counter information.

9) Description (list box below Printer Information)

This highlights the method of recovery for the alert selected above.

10) [Add Device]

Click this to add a new device to be monitored. The TopAccessDocMon Network Discovery dialog box appears.

P.364 "Adding Devices"

— Changing Monitoring Devices

You can change the device to display the details in the TopAccessDocMon window.

To change the device, click the [Printer] menu, [Change Printer], and select the device name of which the details are displayed in the TopAccessDocMon window.

Tip

You can add the device name in the Change Printer menu by clicking [Add Device] in the Device Status tab.

P.364 "Adding Devices"

— Adding Devices

You can add the devices to be monitored by TopAccessDocMon.

To add the new device, you can use the TopAccessDocMon Network Discovery function. You can add the printer by automatically searching the printer in your network, or entering the printer address manually.

Adding new device by searching the printer automatically

1 Click [Add Device] in the Device Status tab.

• The TopAccessDocMon Network Discovery dialog box appears.

2 Click [Start Discovery] to begin the process.

TopAccessDocNon Network Discovery Monitoring Device: Name IP/IP Address Location Model TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3... 10.10.70.120 TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3... 10.10.70.120 TOSHIBA e-STUDIO S... 10.10.70.120 Discovered Device: Name IP/IP Address Location Model Select Start Discovery/ to begin the discovery process. Start Discovery Advanced... Manual Selection OK Cancel Help

- TopAccessDocMon locates the compatible printers in your network.

Tips

• You can quit the process by clicking [Stop Discovery].
- It may not find the device that is located in the different segment. If a device cannot be found, find a device manually from the [Manual Selection] button.

P.367 "Adding new device by entering the printer address manually"

3 When the process is complete, the printers that have been found are listed in the "Discovered Device" list.

Tip

If the process continues for a long time, it is because too many network clients are on the network. Also, you must change the discover settings if you want to search for a printer in the IPX/SPX network. In this case, you can configure the discovery settings using the [Advanced] button.

P.368 "Configuring Network Discovery Settings"

4 Select the printers that you want to monitor from the "Discovered Device" list and click [Add].

- The selected printer is added to the "Monitoring Device" list.

Tip

You can remove the printers from the "Monitoring Device" list. To do this, select the printer that you want to remove and click [Remove]. However, you cannot remove the printers which are related to the installed printer drivers.

5 Click [OK].

Adding new device by entering the printer address manually

1 Click [Add Device] in the Device Status tab.

• The TopAccessDocMon Network Discovery dialog box appears.

2 Click [Manual Selection].

TopAccessDocNon Network Discovery Monitoring Device: Name IP/IP Address Location Model TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3... 10.10.70.120 TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3... 10.10.70.120 TOSHIBA e-STUDIO S... 10.10.70.120 Add Remove Discovered Device: Name IP/IP Address Location Model Select Start Discovery/ to begin the discovery process. Start Discovery Advanced... Manual Selection OK Cancel Help

• The Manual Selection dialog box appears.

3 Enter each item to specify the printer address.

Manual Selection IP Address: 10 10 70 119 IP Address: Name: MFP.0000236 Location: OK Cancel

IP Address — Enter the IP address of the printer.

Name — Enter the printer name.

Location — Enter the location of the printer.

Note

You must enter "Name" and either "IP Address" or "IPX Address".

4 Entered printer is added in the "Monitoring Device" list. Click [OK].

TopAccessDocNon Network Discovery Monitoring Device: Name IP/IPX Address Location-model TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3... 10.10.70 120 TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3... 10.10.70 120 TOSHIBA e-STUDIO S... 10.10.70 120 MFP-00000236 10.10.70 119 Add Remove Discovered Device Name IP/IPX Address Location-model Select 'Start Discovery' to begin the discovery process. Start Discovery Advanced... Manual Selection OK Cancel Help

Configuring Network Discovery Settings

You can configure the discovery settings for the Network Discovery in the Discovery Settings dialog box.

Discovery Settings Devices • Find TOSHIBA Device • Find All Devices on the Network Network □ Enable IPv5Rk Search ☑ Enable TCP/IP Search ○ Search/local subnet ○ Specify a range From 10 10 70 0 To 10 10 70 255 OK Cancel Help

1) Devices - Find TOSHIBA Devices

Check on this to search only for TOSHIBA devices in your network, such as the e-STUDIO3510c Series, e-STUDIO451c Series, e-STUDIO850 Series, e-STUDIO452 Series, e-STUDIO282 Series, e-STUDIO4511 Series, e-STUDIO450 Series, e-STUDIO280 Series, GL-1020, GL-1010 and SC-2.

2) Devices - Find All Devices on the Network

Check on this to search for all compatible devices can be detected.

3) Network - Enable IPX/SPX Search

4) Network - Enable TCP/IP Search

Check on this to search for printers connected to the TCP/IP network. This is available only when the TCP/IP protocol is installed in your computer.

When this is enabled, select how TopAccessDocMon should search for printers in the TCP/IP network.

- Search local subnet — Select this to search for printers in local subnet.

- Specify a range — Select this to search for printers in a specific range of IP addresses. When this is selected, enter the IP addresses in the "From" field and "To" field to specify the range.

— Monitoring Queues

Each of the TopAccessDocMon job status tabs display essentially the same information.

The Queue tabs on the TopAccessDocMon window are vary depending on the monitoring device:

e-STUDIO3510c Series, e-STUDIO451c Series, e-STUDIO850 Series, e-STUDIO452 Series, e-STUDIO282 Series, e-STUDIO4511 Series, e-STUDIO450 Series, and e-STUDIO280

Series — Print Queue, Private Print, Proof Print, Scheduled Print, Fax, e-Filing, and Invalid GL-1020 — Print Queue, Private Print, Proof Print, Scheduled Print, Fax, TopAccessComposer, and Invalid

GL-1010 — Print Queue, Private Print, Proof Print, Scheduled Print, Fax, TopAccessComposer, and Invalid

SC-2 — Device Status, Print Queue, Private Print, and Proof Print.

Job status information

Document Name — is the name of the document that is printing.
• Status — is the state or condition of the job.
Scheduled — for Scheduled Print jobs, this item displays the date and time the job is scheduled to print in localized form.
User Name — identifies who submitted the job.
• Pages — shows the pages in the job and number of pages printed.
Submitted — is the date and time that the print job was submitted.
Copies — this item contains the number of copies requested.

In each queue tab, you can delete a print job that you originally submitted.

In addition, in the Proof Print tab, you can print the remaining copies of proof print jobs. In the Scheduled Print tab, you can print the selected scheduled job immediately. In the Invalid tab, you can print the selected job by entering the department code.

Deleting print jobs

1 Display the queue tab and select a print job that you want to delete.

Note

You can delete the print job only that you originally submitted.

2 Click [Document] menu and select [Cancel].

TopAccessDockMon (TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510rSeriesPCI 6) Printer Document View Help Device Cancel Issue Private Print Proof Print Scheduled Print Fax e-Pling Invalid Document Name Status User Name Pages Submitted Copies Unnoted - Notepad Ready Administrator 1 10/15/2008 4:11:3... 1 Cancels the selected job 10.10.79.120

• The selected job is deleted.

Releasing proof print documents

1 Display the Proof Print tab and select a proof print job that you want to print of remaining copies.

Note

You can release the proof print job only that you originally submitted.

TopAccessDuckton (TOSHIRA e-STUDIO3510rSeriesPCI 6) Printer Document View Help Device Release Proof Private Print Proof Print Scheduled Print Fax e-Hing Invalid Document Cancel Unknown - Unknown ready Administrator 1 10/15/2005 4:17:2... 9 Releases the proof print job 10.10.70.120

• The Release Proof dialog box appears.

3 Enter the number of copies and click [OK].

• The remaining copies of the proof print job are printed.

Releasing scheduled print documents immediately

1 Display the Scheduled Print tab and select a scheduled print job that you want to print immediately.

Note

You can release the scheduled print job only that you originally submitted.

TopAccessDecklon (TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510rSeriesPCL 6) Printer Document View Help Device ! Print Now Private Print Proof Print Scheduled Print Fax e-Pling Invalid Document Cancel Scheduled User Name Pages Submitted Copies Endline not needed Ready 3/28/200... Adminab... 1 10/15/2006 4:31:23... 10 Prints the scheduled job now 10.10.70.120

• The selected scheduled print job is immediately printed.

Releasing invalid print documents

1 Display the Invalid Print tab and select a print job that you want to print.

Notes

• You can release the print job only that you originally submitted.
- The invalid jobs for exceeding the limitation for number of copies cannot be released.

2 Click [Document] menu and select [Invalid Release].

TopAccessDocMon (TOSHIBA e-STUDIO3510cSeriesPCI 6) Printer Document View Help Device Cancel Private Print Proof Print Scheduled Print Fax e-Filing Invalid Document User User Name Pages Submitted Copies Untitled - Notepad Color Print U... Administrator 1 10/15/2008 4:37:3... 4 Untitled - Notepad Invalid Dept. ... Administrator 1 10/15/2008 4:44:0... 10 Releases the invalid job 10.10.79.120

• The Invalid Release dialog box appears.

3 Enter the 5-digit department code and click [OK].

Department Code Enter the Department Code ***** OK Cancel

• The selected invalid print job is printed.

Event Notification

When an event occurs that has been assigned alert status (selected for notification), a popup notification dialog box appears. This popup message contains the following information about the event:

Note

If you did not select Popup Message as the notification method, you will not see a popup notification dialog box.

TOSHIEA e-STUDIO3510SeriesPCI 6 Date / Time: 10/15/2006 4:50:22 AM Document: Untitled - Notepad Message: Your document has been printed. Notification Number: 1 / 1 Close

Date/Time — displays the date and time of the document.
Document — displays the name of the document.
Message — displays the event notification message.
Notification Number — displays the sequential order of the current message in the notification queue. For example, 3/8 indicates that it is the third message in a queue of eight notifications.
Click this to display the first notification dialog box in the queue.
Click this to display the previous notification dialog box in the queue.
Click this to display the next notification dialog box in the queue.
Click this to display the last notification dialog box in the queue.
• [Close] — closes the window.

10 Troubleshooting

This section describes about troubleshooting for printing features.

When Printing cannot be Performed....376

Printer Driver Errors ....377

Printer Driver Installation Error Messages ....377

Printer Driver General Errors 378

TopAccessDocMon Errors ....381

TopAccessDocMon Error Conditions ....381

TopAccessDocMon Error Messages....382

Device Status Indicators....388

Note

This problem can arise as the result of a hardware malfunction, a network communication or configuration problem. Before troubleshooting the client error, ask your administrator to troubleshoot the hardware or network errors. Those troubleshooting are described in the Network Administration Guide.

The following checklist helps you identify the source of the error and directs to you where you can find more information about resolving it.

Client Error for Windows Platform

No Check... Yes No			For Instruction, Go To...
1 Have you ever printed successfully from this client workstation?	Next Step ↓	→	P.378 “Driver Mapped to Wrong Port”
2 Do you set up the printer driver other than a SMB connection?	Next Step ↓	→	P.379 “Cannot Print a Job Using SMB”
3 Open TopAccessDocMon and note the taskbar connection icon and status bar message. Is this equipment responding?	Next Step ↓	→	P.381 “The Device is Not Responding”
4 Try resubmitting the job. Does the printer status read “Document has printed successfully”?	End →		P.382 “Cannot Interpret TopAccessDocMon Messages/Warning/Errors”

Client Error for Macintosh Platform

No Check... Yes No			For Instruction, Go To...
1 Is this equipment you created selected in the Chooser?	End ⇒		P.150 “Installing the Printer on Mac OS 8.6/9.x”

Print Job Status Messages

The status and result of the print jobs is indicated as following in the Print Job page in the Job Status tab and Print Log page in the Logs tab.

Error Code	Cause Corrective Action
402F	PM size error 1200 dpi print jobs	cannot be printed without the optional expansion memory. Send a print job with a 600 dpi setting.
4031	HDD full error Delete unnecessary	private print jobs and invalid department print jobs.
A221 Job canceled (Job was canceled.)
A222	Power failure	Check if the power cable is connected properly and it is inserted securely. Check if the power voltage is unstable.

Printer Driver Installation Error Messages

Setup Needs to Copy Windows NT Files

Problem Description

The wrong port type was selected from the Printer Ports dialog.

Corrective Action

Click Cancel until the Add Printer Wizard terminates.
Double-click Add Printer from the Printers folder but, when prompted to select a port, choose Local Port.

Client Software CD Now Required

Problem Description

When adding a new printer driver, the end user did not choose the Have Disk option; instead, he selected the printer name from the Add Printer list.

Corrective Action

Cancel the Add Printer Wizard.
Double-click Add Printer from the Printers folder but, when prompted to locate the driver, click Have Disk.
Select Use Existing Driver to add another copy of an existing driver or browse to the subdirectory that contains the appropriate *.inf file.

File \*.DRV on Client CD Could Not Be Found

Problem Description

When adding a new printer driver, the user did not choose the Have Disk option but selected the printer name from the Add Printer list.

Corrective Action

Cancel the Add Printer Wizard.
Double-click Add Printer from the Printers folder, but when prompted to locate the driver, click Have Disk.
Browse to the subdirectory that contains the appropriate *.inf file.

Location Does Not Contain Information About Your Hardware

Problem Description

The path to the *.inf file selected during driver installation is too far away. In other words, there are too many characters in the directory path.

Corrective Action

Copy the directory containing the *.inf file to the local drive and resume installation.

This Port is Currently in Use

Problem Description

The driver was either open, printing a job, or is in use by another printer or application, when you attempted to delete it.

Corrective Action

Make sure all print jobs have completed before deleting a port. If there are still problems, exit all applications and try again. Check each driver to see if another driver is using the same port. If so, first change the driver's port setting and delete the port.

Problem with the Current Printer Setup

Problem Description

The driver was not set up properly, possibly because the installation procedure did not complete.

Corrective Action

Delete the driver and either reinstall it from the distribution CD-ROM or download it from this equipment.

Printer Driver General Errors

Driver Mapped to Wrong Port

Problem Description

If the printer driver on a client workstation points to the wrong network port, jobs do not appear in the current jobs queue or print out.

Corrective Action

Open the Printers folder from the Control Panel.
Right-click the printer driver icon.
Select Properties from the shortcut menu.
Depending on the operating system, select the following tab:
In Windows 98/Me — Select Details. Browse to select the printer or Novell queue.
In Windows NT 4.0/2000/XP/Server 2003 — Select Ports. Add a new port and map it to the printer.
Make sure that the path to the printer and the device name are correct.
\\print
Where is the same as the device name set from the Touch Panel Display.
Click the General Tab and click Print Test Page to confirm that the settings are correct.

Command Line Options Not Processed

Problem Description

All print options are sent to this equipment at the start of the print job. If the print file already contains print commands, they override the command line options you set. For example, if the print file specifies the Letter media, and you specify the A4 media option with the lp command, the document is output on letter size paper (provided, of course, that all copier-related restrictions have been met).

Corrective Action

Change the properties in the document you want to print and recreate the print file. Submit the print job using the LP command without setting additional parameters.

Cannot Remember Document Password

Problem Description

There is no way to obtain the password for a Private Print job after it has been sent. A private print job remains in the queue until the correct Document Password is entered.

Corrective Action

The end user must delete the job from the Touch Panel Display or through TopAccessDocMon and resubmit the Private Print job using a new password. Encourage the user to write down the password so they can enter it to retrieve their jobs from the Touch Panel Display.

Retrieval of Printer Configuration Failed

Problem Description

When accessing the printer properties, the system displayed “Retrieval of printer configuration failed”.

Corrective Action

If the printer driver cannot communicate with this equipment — Verify that the system is running. If not, turn it on. Connect to this equipment via TopAccess. If you cannot connect, reboot this equipment. If that fails, check the printer driver port assignment to make sure it is correct.

Cannot Print a Job Using SMB

Problem Description

When printing a document using a SMB connection, the job cannot be printed because an error such as “No more connections can be made to this remote computer” and “Your file could not be printed due to an error” are continuously displayed.

Corrective Action

If you cannot use a Windows print server in your network, use LPR printing for Windows NT 4.0/2000/XP/Server 2003.

Cannot Print a Job as Expected Using PS Printer Driver

Problem Description

When printing with the PS3 printer driver from the application that creates the PostScript code for printing such as Adobe Acrobat, the following print options may not work correctly.

Manual Scale
Print Paper Size
Paper Type
User Front Cover
User Back Cover
Interleave Pages
Insert Pages
Booklet
• Multiple Pages per Sheet
• All options in the Effect tab
• All options in the Image Quality tab

Corrective Action

Disable "Use PostScript Passthrough" in the PostScript Settings dialog box and print a document.

Cannot Change Settings on Fonts Tab and Configuration Tab

Problem Description

The Fonts tab and Configuration tab are grayed out and they cannot be modified.

Corrective Action

Users who do not have the privilege to change the printer driver setting cannot change the options in the Fonts tab and Configuration tab. Please log in with Administrator or Power User.

Cannot Print Properly by AppleTalk Printing

Problem Description

Texts will be printed as the stripe lines when printing the email message.
• Some texts are not printed.
A web page is not printed although the print job is sent to the equipment when printing from a browser.

Corrective Action

If the above errors occur by AppleTalk printing, please use LPR printing.

This section describes about the error conditions and messages of TopAccessDocMon.

P.381 "TopAccessDocMon Error Conditions"
P.382 "TopAccessDocMon Error Messages"
P.388 "Device Status Indicators"

TopAccessDocMon Error Conditions

Refer to the corrective action for the following error conditions.

P.381 "The Device is Not Responding"
P.381 "Cannot View Job in TopAccessDocMon Print Queue"
P.382 "Cannot Interpret TopAccessDocMon Messages/Warning/Errors"

The Device is Not Responding

Problem Description

The status bar reads, "The device is not responding" and the broken connection icon is displayed in the taskbar.

Technically, this icon means that the SNMP manager on the client machine cannot communicate with the SNMP agent on this equipment. Several error conditions can cause this status:

The network connection between the client and the device has been broken.
The device IP Address has changed and the client is still using the old address.
• The device is currently rebooting.
The SNMP agent on the device is not functioning properly or has stopped functioning.

Corrective Action

Make sure that the SNMP Network Service is enabled from the Network Setup page in the TopAccess Administrator mode.
Wait for a couple of minutes. Most of the time, the connection is reestablished automatically.
If the broken connection condition persists, exit and restart TopAccessDocMon.
If, upon restarting TopAccessDocMon, you receive a message that the address cannot be resolved, manually discover and select the device.

P.356 "Searching for a Printer"

Cannot View Job in TopAccessDocMon Print Queue

Problem Description

After submitting a job to print, there are several reasons why you may not see the job in the print queue:

• The wrong device selected.
- The job is queued on the Windows operating system print spooler.
• The job may be held in the Novell print queue.
• A copier error prevents printing.

Corrective Action

Check the device location to see if there really should be any jobs listed.
Check the Jobs Log in TopAccess to see if the status of the job is listed as Done, Deleted, or Unserviceable.
If the job is very small, it may have already been serviced and moved to the Jobs Log as a terminated job. If the job was unserviceable for some reason, it no longer appears in the under Current Jobs list.
Look at the Touch Panel Display for error messages. For instance, a prompt to load paper holds up subsequent jobs in the queue.
In a Peer to Peer environment, the job may be queued on the Microsoft Windows operating system print spooler and, consequently, not available in Current Jobs or the Jobs Log. If you do not see any error messages and the printer seems to be working fine, resubmit the job.
The job may be in the Novell print queue and thus, not visible for the moment. Use NWAdmin or PCONSOLE to see if there are any queue errors.

Cannot Interpret TopAccessDocMon Messages/Warning/Errors

Problem Description

The device status indicates the current state of the copier to which print jobs are being submitted.

Corrective Action

For an explanation of device status messages, refer to the following section.

P.382 "TopAccessDocMon Notification Messages"
P.383 "TopAccessDocMon Printer Status Messages"

TopAccessDocMon Error Messages

When the error message or printer status message is displayed, refer to the following section to find your corrective action.

P.382 "TopAccessDocMon Notification Messages"
P.383 "TopAccessDocMon Printer Status Messages"

TopAccessDocMon Notification Messages

The following table shows the notification messages displayed and helps you to find more information about resolving it.

Message Description
Your document has been printed.	User has sent a print job and it has finished printing successfully.
Your private print document is now being held.	User has sent a private print job and it is ready for the user to walk to copier and activate the job.
Your proof set has been printed.	User has sent a proof copy of a multi-copy job has printed, and it is ready for the user to review before releasing and printing the remaining copies.
Your fax has been transmitted successfully.	User has sent a fax job and it has finished faxing successfully.
Your document has been cancelled.	User had sent a print job and it has been changed to a cancelled state. This can happen when a paper size is not available and the timeout has expired. Ensure proper paper has been set to this equipment and resubmit the job.If this message is notified after sending a private, proof, or scheduled print job, the private or proof print job was cancelled before it was put into a held state. This may occur because of a missing byte or memory failure. In this case, ask your administrator to maintain the available hard disk space to store the jobs, or delete the unnecessary jobs stored and resubmit the job.
Your document cannot be printed due to error.	User has sent a print job and it was rendered unserviceable by this equipment. Make sure you use the correct printer driver.
Fax transmission failure	The the transmission of a fax job that was sent using N/W-Fax driver failed. Make sure you specify the correct destinations.
Document is held as invalid	The print job is held as an invalid job because of exceeding the limitation for number of copies. Make sure you specify the number of copies that does not exceed the limitation.
The printer has a paper jam. A	paper jam has occurred. Remove the jam and resubmit the job.
The printer is offline.	The printer is offline. This may be displayed by monitoring other TOSHIBA device, such as GL-1020, GL-1010, SC-2, so on. Turn the printer online and resubmit the job.
The printer is out of paper. One	of the drawers is out of paper. Add paper.
The printer door is open. One of the doors is opened. Close the door.
The printer requires attention.	An error has occurred. Go to the Touch Panel Display to see the type of error. For more details on resolving the error, refer to theOperator's Manual for Basic Functionorconsult your network administrator.
The yellow toner is Empty.The magenta toner is Empty.The cyan toner is Empty.The black toner is Empty.	One of the toner cartridges is empty. Replace it.Toner Empty message for yellow, magenta, cyan toners are displayed only for e-STUDIO3510c Series, e-STUDIO451c Series and e-STUDIO4511 Series.
The used toner container is full.	The toner bag is full. Replace the toner bag.
The yellow toner is low.The magenta toner is low.The cyan toner is low.The black toner is low.	One of the toner cartridges is low. Replace it.Toner Empty message for yellow, magenta, cyan toners are displayed only for e-STUDIO3510c Series, e-STUDIO451c Series and e-STUDIO4511 Series.

TopAccessDocMon Printer Status Messages

The following table shows the printer status messages displayed in the Device Status tab and helps you to find more information about resolving it.

Status Details Description
Paper Empty Paper	Paper Empty in Drawer 1 - Please Add Paper Add paper in the Drawer 1.
	Paper Empty in Drawer 2 - Please Add Paper Add paper in the Drawer 2.
	Paper Empty in Drawer 3 - Please Add Paper Add paper in the Drawer 3.
	Paper Empty in Drawer 4 - Please Add Paper Add paper in the Drawer 4.
	Paper Empty in Large Capacity Feeder - Please Add Paper.	Add paper in the Large Capacity Feeder.
	Paper Empty in Bypass Tray - Please Add Paper. Add paper in the Bypass Tray.
Status	Details	Description
Cover Open Pl	Platen Cover Open - Please Close Cover Close the Platen Cover.
	Front Cover Open - Please Close Cover. Close the Front Cover.
	Paper Feeding Cover Open - Please Close Cover. Close the Paper Feeding Cover.
	Transfer/Transport Unit Open - Please Close Cover.	Close the Transfer/Transport Unit.
	Lower Side Cover Open - Please Close Cover. Close the LCF Feeding Cover.
	Drawer Open - Please Close Cover. Close the Drawer Cover.
	Automatic Document Feeder Cover Open - Please Close Cover.	Close the Automatic Document Feeder cover.
	Relay Unit Cover Open - Please Close Cover. Close the Relay Unit Cover.
	Finisher Door Open - Please Close Door. Close the Finisher Door.
	Lower Tray Delivery Cover Open - Please Close Cover.	Close the Lower Tray Delivery Cover.
	Lower Tray Front Cover Open - Please Close Cover.	Close the Lower Tray Front Cover.
	Hole Punch Unit Front Cover Open - Please Close Cover.	Close the Punch Unit Front Cover.
	Hole Punch Unit Cover Open - Please Close Cover.	Close the Punch Unit Cover.
	Inserter Unit Cover Open - Please Close Cover Close the Inserter Unit Cover.
	Exit Cover Open - Please Close Cover Close the Exit Cover.
	Job Separator Cover Open - Please Close Cover. Close the Job Separator Cover.This error message is only displayed for e-STUDIO452 Series, e-STUDIO282 Series, e-STUDIO450 Series, and e-STUDIO280 Series.
	Offset Tray Cover Open - Please Close Cover. Close the Offset Tray Cover.This error message is only displayed for e-STUDIO452 Series, e-STUDIO282 Series, e-STUDIO450 Series, and e-STUDIO280 Series.
	Automatic Duplexing Unit Cover Open - Please Close Cover.	Close the Automatic Duplexing Unit Cover.
	Lower Tray Transport Cover Open- Please Close Cover	Close the Lower Tray Transport Cover.
	Bypass Cover Open - Please Close Cover Close the Bypass Cover. The error message is only displayed for e-STUDIO850 Series.
	Toner Cover Open - Please Close Cover	Close the Toner Cover. This error message is only displayed for e-STUDIO850 Series.
Status Details Description
Paper Jam Paper	Paper Jam in Automatic Document Feeder - Please Clear Paper Path	Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to remove jammed paper.
	Paper Jam in Bypass Tray - Please Clear Paper Path	Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to remove jammed paper.
	Paper Jam in Drawer 1 - Please Clear Paper Path	Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to remove jammed paper.
	Paper Jam in Drawer 2 - Please Clear Paper Path	Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to remove jammed paper.
	Paper Jam in Large Capacity Feeder - Please Clear Paper Path	Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to remove jammed paper.
	Paper Jam in Drawer 3 - Please Clear Paper Path	Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to remove jammed paper.
	Paper Jam in Drawer 4 - Please Clear Paper Path	Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to remove jammed paper.
	Paper Jam in Finisher - Please Clear Paper Path	Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to remove jammed paper.
	Paper Jam in Printer - Please Clear Paper Path Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to remove jammed paper.
	Paper Jam in Job Separator - Please Clear Paper Path.	Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to remove jammed paper.This error message is only displayed for e-STUDIO450 Series, and e-STUDIO280 Series.
	Paper Jam in Offset Tray - Please Clear Paper Path.	Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to remove jammed paper.This error message is only displayed for e-STUDIO450 Series, and e-STUDIO280 Series.
	Paper Ejection Jam - Please Clear Paper Path	Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to remove jammed paper.
	Paper Insertion Jam - Please Clear Paper Path Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to remove jammed paper.
	Paper Jam in Automatic Duplexing Unit - Please Clear Paper Path	Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to remove jammed paper.
	Paper Jam in Inserter Unit - Please Clear Paper Path	Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to remove jammed paper.This error message is only displayed for e-STUDIO850 Series.
	Paper Jam in External Large Capacity Feeder - Please Clear Paper Path	Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to remove jammed paper.This error message is only displayed for e-STUDIO850 Series.
Toner Full	Used Toner Container Full - Please Replace.	Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to replace the Toner Container.
Toner Empty	Black Toner Empty - Please Replace.	Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to replace the Black Toner.
	Cyan Toner Empty - Please Replace. Refer to the H	HELP on the Touch Panel Display to replace the Cyan Toner.This error message is only displayed for e-STUDIO3510c Series, e-STUDIO451c Series and e-STUDIO4511 Series.
	Magenta Toner Empty - Please Replace. Refer to the	HELP on the Touch Panel Display to replace the Magenta Toner.This error message is only displayed for e-STUDIO3510c Series, e-STUDIO451c and e-STUDIO4511 Series.
	Yellow Toner Empty - Please Replace. Refer to the	HELP on the Touch Panel Display to replace the Yellow Toner.This error message is only displayed for e-STUDIO3510c Series, e-STUDIO451c and e-STUDIO4511 Series.
Toner Near Empty	Black Toner Cartridge Low - Please Install New Cartridge Before System is Empty.	Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to replace the Black Toner.
	Cyan Toner Cartridge Low - Please Install New Cartridge Before System is Empty.	Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to replace the Cyan Toner.This error message is only displayed for e-STUDIO3510c Series, e-STUDIO451c and e-STUDIO4511 Series.
	Magenta Toner Cartridge Low - Please Install New Cartridge Before System is Empty.	Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to replace the Magenta Toner.This error message is only displayed for e-STUDIO3510c Series, e-STUDIO451c and e-STUDIO4511 Series.
	Yellow Toner Cartridge Low - Please Install New Cartridge Before System is Empty.	Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to replace the Yellow Toner.This error message is only displayed for e-STUDIO3510c Series, e-STUDIO451c and e-STUDIO4511 Series.
Staple Empty	Staple Empty - Please Set Staple Cartridge	Set the Staple Cartridge. Refer to theOperator's Manual for Basic Functionfor instruction.
Staple Empty	Finisher's Lower Tray Staples are Empty - Please Replace Staple Cartridge	Set the Saddle Staple Cartridge. Refer to theOperator's Manual for Basic Functionfor instruction.
Printer Error Fin	Finisher Disconnected - Please Join Finisher to Copier.	Join the Finisher to the copier stably.
	Hole Punch Jam in Finisher - Please Clear Hole Punch	Clear hole punches from the Finisher. Refer to theOperator's Manual for Basic Functionfor instruction.
	Staple Jam in Finisher - Please Clear Staple	Remove jammed staples from the Finisher. Refer to theOperator's Manual for Basic Functionfor instruction.
	Staple Jam in Lower Tray of Finisher - Please Clear Staple	Remove jammed staples from the Saddle Stitch Finisher. Refer to theOperator's Manual for Basic Functionfor instruction.
	Toner Not Recognized - Please Check Toner Check	and adjust the toner bottle.
	Finisher Lower Tray Full - Please Remove Paper Rem	remove paper from the Lower Tray of Saddle Stitch Finisher.
	Mixed Sized Paper not Allowed - Please Check Paper	Check the paper.
	Finisher Tray 1 Paper Full - Please Remove Paper.	Remove paper from the Finisher Tray 1.
	Finisher Tray 2 Paper Full - Please Remove Paper.	Remove paper from the Finisher Tray 2.
	Inner Tray Paper Full - Please Remove Paper. Rem	move paper from the Inner Tray.This error message is only displayed fore-STUDIO452 Series, e-STUDIO282 Series,e-STUDIO4511 Series, e-STUDIO450 Series, ande-STUDIO280 Series.
	Hole Punch Full in Finisher- Please Clear Hole Punch.	Dispose the punched paper bits. Refer to theOperator's Manual for Basic Functionfor instruction.
	Job Separator Upper Paper Full - Please Remove Paper.	Remove paper form the Job Separator Upper Tray.This error message is only displayed fore-STUDIO452 Series, e-STUDIO282 Series,e-STUDIO450 Series, and e-STUDIO280 Series.
	Job Separator Lower Paper Full - Please Remove Paper.	Remove paper from the Job Separator Lower Tray.This error message is only displayed fore-STUDIO452 Series, e-STUDIO282 Series,e-STUDIO450 Series, and e-STUDIO280 Series.
	Offset Tray Full - Please Remove Paper. Remove paper from the Offset Tray.This error message is only displayed fore-STUDIO452 Series, e-STUDIO282 Series,e-STUDIO450 Series, and e-STUDIO280 Series.
	Printer Output Error - Please Contact Service Technician.	Contact your service representative.
	Printer Input Error - Please Contact Service Technician.	Contact your service representative.
	Time for Slit Glass and Main Charger Cleaning - Please Clean Slit Glass and Main Charger	Contact your service representative.This error message is only displayed fore-STUDIO3510c Series.
Contact Service Technician	Automatic Document Feeder Error - Please Contact Service Technician.	Contact your service representative.
	Alignment Error in Automatic Document Feeder - Please Contact Service Technician.	Contact your service representative.
	Motor Error in Automatic Document Feeder - Please Contact Service Technician.	Contact your service representative.
	I/F Error in Automatic Document Feeder - Please Contact Service Technician.	Contact your service representative.
	Fatal Error - Please Contact Service Technician.	Contact your service representative.
	Main Motor Error - Please Contact Service Technician.	Contact your service representative.
	Fuser Error - Please Contact Service Technician.	Contact your service representative.
	Scanner Error - Please Contact Service Technician.	Contact your service representative.
	Motor Error - Please Contact Service Technician.	Contact your service representative.
	HDD Error - Please Contact Service Technician.	Contact your service representative.
	The Time for Periodic Maintenance - Please Contact Service Technician.	Contact your service representative.

Device Status Indicators

The Printer Image area for the TopAccessDocMon Device tab window displays visual Device Status Indicators in the event of a device malfunction.

- Printer Error 1

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - Device Status Indicators - 1

The above printer error icon indicate that non-recommended toner is being used. For information on resolving the error condition, refer to "REPLACE TONER CARTRIDGE SYMBOL" in Operator's Manual for Basic Function.

- Printer Error 2

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - Device Status Indicators - 2

The above printer error icon indicates:

You need to remove paper from standard output tray.
You need to remove paper from Job Separator.(Only for e-STUDIO3510c Series, e-STUDIO451c Series, e-STUDIO452 Series, e-STUDIO282 Series, e-STUDIO4511 Series, e-STUDIO450 Series, and e-STUDIO230 Series)

- You need to remove paper from Finisher tray.

- You need to remove staples jammed in the Finisher. For information on resolving the error condition, refer to "CLEAR PAPER SYMBOL" in Operator's Manual for Basic Function.

- You need to clear hole punches from Finisher. For information on resolving the error condition, refer to "DISPOSING OF THE PUNCHED PAPER BITS (OPTIONAL)" in Operator's Manual for Basic Function.

Non-recommended toner is being used. For information on resolving the error condition, refer to "REPLACE TONER CARTRIDGE SYMBOL" in Operator's Manual for Basic Function.
You need to remove excess staples from the Saddle Stitch Finisher.
You performed saddle stitch printing using mixed paper sizes.
Cannot load paper from the LCF.
Cannot output to inner tray. (Only for e-STUDIO3510c Series, e-STUDIO451c Series, e-STUDIO452 Series, e-STUDIO282 Series, e-STUDIO4511 Series, e-STUDIO450 Series, and e-STUDIO280 Series).

- Cover Open

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - Device Status Indicators - 3

The Cover Open error icon indicates that you need to close the cover.

- Drawer Open

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - Device Status Indicators - 4

The Drawer Open error icon shows that drawer is open. You must close the specified drawer to resume printing and copying functions.

- Toner Empty

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - Device Status Indicators - 5

The color of the Toner Empty icon varies depending on which toner cartridge is empty:

Black — Black Toner Empty
Cyan — Cyan Toner Empty
Magenta — Magenta Toner Empty
Yellow — Yellow Toner Empty

For information on resolving the error condition, refer to "REPLACE TONER CARTRIDGE SYMBOL" in Operator's Manual for Basic Function.

- Toner Full

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - Device Status Indicators - 6

The Toner Full error icon indicates you need to replace the toner container. For information on resolving the error condition, refer to "REPLACE TONER BAG SYMBOL" in Operator's Manual for Basic Function.

- Paper Empty

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - Device Status Indicators - 7

The Out of Paper error icon shows that drawer is empty. A paper out condition does not necessarily terminate a print or copy job. If Auto-select options are configured, printing and copying may continue by drawing paper from a different drawer. Refer to the TopAccess online Help for instructions on setting up Auto-Select mode. For information on resolving the error condition, refer to "ADD PAPER SYMBOL" in Operator's Manual for Basic Function.

- Paper Jam

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - Device Status Indicators - 8

The Paper Jam icon indicates that you need to remove jammed paper from the equipment. For information on resolving the error condition, refer to "CLEAR PAPER SYMBOL" in Operator's Manual for Basic Function.

- Staple Empty

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - Device Status Indicators - 9

The Add Staples error icon indicates you need to add staples to the finisher. For information on resolving the error condition, refer to "ADDING STAPLES (OPTIONAL)" in Operator's Manual for Basic Function.

- Serviceman Calls

TOSHIBA e-studio 2500c - Device Status Indicators - 10

The Service Call error icon indicates that a call for service is needed. Contact your service representative.

11 Appendix

This section describe about the following contents.

Managing Fonts with Font Manager....392

Installing Font Manager....392

Searching Fonts....392

Installing Fonts in Windows....392

Uninstalling Fonts in Windows 393

Removing Fonts from the Computer 393

Displaying Font Preview....393

Creating a Font Group 394

Sorting Fonts in the List 394

Internal Fonts List....396

Internal PCL Fonts List....396

Internal PS Fonts List....397

Managing Fonts with Font Manager

The Font Manager program can be used to manage your fonts in Windows. This program can be launch by clicking [Run Font Manager] on the Fonts tab of the printer driver.

It can:

• Search your local and network drives for fonts.
• Install and uninstall fonts in Windows.
- Remove fonts from your computer.
- Preview or print the fonts on your computer or network.
- Create font groups for personal or workgroup projects.
- Sort your fonts in a variety of ways, etc.

Installing Font Manager

The Font Manager can be installed from the Client Utilities CD-ROM.

Searching Fonts

The first time you start Font Manager, the Find Fonts dialog box appears automatically. Before installing a font in Windows, you have to search the available fonts that can be installed by Font Manager 2000.

Searching fonts

1 Click the [Fonts] menu and select [Search for Fonts...].
• The Find Fonts dialog box appears.
2 Select which drive you want to search for fonts.
Selected Drives — Select this to choose one of the drives when searching for fonts.
All Drives — Select this to search on all drives when searching for fonts.
Selected Paths — Select this to enter the path to the drive when searching for fonts.
Enter the path to the drive you want to search when you select this.

3 Click [OK].

When you select "Selected Drives", Continue to the next step.
When you select "All Drives", skip to Step 6.
When you select "Selected Paths", skip to Step 6.

4 The Select Drives dialog box appears.

5 Select a drive to search for fonts from the list and click [OK].

6 Searching for fonts begins. The Search for fonts... dialog box is displayed while searching for fonts.

• If you cancel to search for fonts, click [Stop].

7 The searched fonts are displayed at the Available Font list.

Installing Fonts in Windows

After searching the fonts, you can install them in Windows. Once the fonts are installed in Windows, the fonts can be displayed on the dialog box in applications and printed by the machine.

Installing the TrueType fonts

1 Highlight the fonts you want to install in Windows from the "Available Font List".
2 Click the [Fonts] menu and select [Install].
3 The fonts are installed in Windows and added to the installed fonts list.

Uninstalling Fonts in Windows

You can uninstall the fonts in Windows. However, even if you uninstall the fonts from Windows, the source files of the uninstalled fonts are not deleted from the drive.

Uninstalling the TrueType fonts

1 Highlight the fonts you want to uninstall from Windows from the installed fonts list.
2 Click the [Fonts] menu and select [Un-install].
3 The fonts are uninstalled from Windows. The uninstalled fonts are added to the "Available Fonts List".

Removing Fonts from the Computer

You can remove from your computer the fonts that no longer be required. Even if you uninstall the fonts from Windows, the source files of the uninstalled fonts are not deleted from the hard drive. You can remove the sources of the uninstalled fonts from your computer by this function. Before removing the fonts, the fonts must be uninstalled from Windows first.

Removing the TrueType font files from your computer

1 Highlight the fonts you want to remove from your computer in the installed fonts list.
2 Click the [Fonts] menu and select [Remove Font].
3 The Remove Fonts dialog box appears.
4 Check on the box for "Delete font(s) from the hard disk" and click [OK].
- If you do not check on the checkbox for "Delete font(s) from the hard disk", the source of the fonts are not deleted from the hard disk. If you want to remove the fonts from the Available Font List but do not want to delete the source file, do not check this checkbox.
5 The source files of the fonts are deleted from the hard drive.

Displaying Font Preview

You can preview the fonts that are displayed in the Available Font List and the installed fonts list.

Previewing fonts

1 Highlight a font you want to preview from the Available Font List or the installed fonts list.
2 Click [Fonts] menu and select [Preview].
3 The Preview dialog box appears. The sample font is displayed on the dialog box.

Point Size — You can select the point size of the sample font displayed.

Normal Styles — When this is selected, the font is displayed in the normal face on the dialog box.

All Styles — When this is selected, the font is displayed in all of its available font faces in the dialog box.

Creating a Font Group

You can create a group of fonts and give a descriptive name to the group. The created group can be used to install or uninstall the fonts in Windows. This function can be used to configure the different working scenarios of the fonts for each user.

Creating a font group

1 Select the Font Groups folder and click the [Fonts] menu and select [New Group...].
• The New Group dialog box appears.
2 Enter the group name in the Group Name field.
3 In the All Available Fonts, expand each folder and select the fonts that you want to add to the group.
4 Click [Add>>].
• The selected fonts are added to the Fonts in Group list.
5 Click [OK].
6 The created group is added to the Font Groups list.

Sorting Fonts in the List

You can sort and change the order of fonts to be displayed in the Available Font and Installed Fonts list.

Sorting by Name

Click the [Sort] menu and click [Sort by Name]. The fonts are listed alphabetically by the font family name.

Sorting by Font Type

Click the [Sort] menu and click [Sort by Font Type]. The fonts are grouped according to their technology type (TrueType, Type 1, or screen bitmap) and within each group the names will be listed alphabetically.

Inverting the Alphabetical Order

The lists can be inverted by clicking on the [Sort] menu and [Inverse Sort].

Internal PCL Fonts List

0 Courier 40 Helvetica-BoldOblique
1 CG-Times 41 Helvetica-Narrow
2 CG-Times Bold 42 Helvetica-Narrow-Bold
3 CG-Times Italic 43 Helvetica-Narrow-Oblique
4 CG-Times Bold Italic 44 Helvetica-Narrow-BoldOblique
5 CG Omega 45 Palatino-Roman
6 CG Omega Bold 46 Palatino-Bold
7 CG Omega Italic 47 Palatino-Italic
8 CG Omega Bold Italic 48 Palatino-BoldItalic
9 Coronet 49 ITC AvantGarde-Book
10 Clarendon Condensed 50 ITC AvantGarde-BookOblique
11 Univers Medium	51 ITC AvantGarde-Demi
12 Univers Bold	52 ITC AvantGarde-DemiOblique
13 Univers Italic	53 ITC Bookman-Light
14 Univers Bold Italic	54 ITC Bookman-LightItalic
15 Univers Medium Condensed	55 ITC Bookman-Demi
16 Univers Condensed Bold	56 ITC Bookman-Demiltalic
17 Univers Medium Condensed Italic	57 NewCenturySchlbk-Roman
18 Univers Condensed Bold Italic	58 NewCenturySchlbk-Bold
19 Antique Olive	59 NewCenturySchlbk-Italic
20 Antique Olive Bold	60 NewCenturySchlbk-BoldItalic
21 Antique Olive Italic	61 Times-Roman
22 Garamond Antiqua	62 Times-Bold
23 Garamond Halbfett	63 Times-Italic
24 Garamond Kursiv	64 Times-BoldItalic
25 Garamond Kursiv Halbfett	65 ITCZapf Chancery-MediumItalic
26 Mrigold 66 Symbol
27 Albertus Medium	67 Symbol PS
28 Albertus Extra Bold	68 Wingdings
29 Arial	69 ITCZapf Dingbats
30 Arial Bold	70 Courier Bold
31 Arial Italic	71 Courier Italic
32 Arial Bold Italic	72 Courier Bold Italic
33 Times New Roman	73 Letter Gothic Regular
34 Times New Roman Bold	74 Letter Gothic Bold
35 Times New Roman Italic	75 Letter Gothic Italic
36 Times New Roman Bold Italic	76 CourierPS
37 Helvetica	77 CourierPS Oblique
38 Helvetica-Bold	78 CourierPS Bold
39 Helvetica-Oblique	79 CourierPS BoldOblique

Internal PS Fonts List

AlbertusMT-Light Eurostile-ExtendedTwo
AlbertusMT Eurostile-BoldExtendedTwo
AlbertusMT-Italic Geneva
AntiqueOlive-Roman GillSans-Light
AntiqueOlive-Italic GillSans-LightItalic
AntiqueOlive-Bold GillSans
AntiqueOlive-Compact GillSans-Italic
Apple-Chancery GillSans-Bold
ArialMT GillSans-BoldItalic
Arial-ItalicMT GillSans-ExtraBold
Arial-BoldMT GillSans-BoldCondensed
Arial-BoldItalicMT GillSans-Condensed
AvantGarde-Book Goudy
AvantGarde-BookOblique Goudy-Italic
AvantGarde-Demi Goudy-Bold
AvantGarde-DemiOblique Goudy-BoldItalic
Bodoni	Goudy-ExtraBold
Bodoni-Italic	Helvetica
Bodoni-Bold	Helvetica-Oblique
Bodoni-BoldItalic	Helvetica-Bold
Bodoni-Poster	Helvetica-BoldOblique
Bodoni-PosterCompressed	Helvetica-Condensed
Bookman-Light	Helvetica-Condensed-Oblique
Bookman-LightItalic	Helvetica-Condensed-Bold
Bookman-Demi	Helvetica-Condensed-BoldObI
Bookman-Demiltalic	Helvetica-Narrow
Candid	Helvetica-Narrow-Oblique
Chicago	Helvetica-Narrow-Bold
Clarendon-Light	Helvetica-Narrow-BoldOblique
Clarendon	HoeflerText-Regular
Clarendon-Bold	HoeflerText-Italic
CooperBlack	HoeflerText-Black
CooperBlack-Italic	HoeflerText-BlackItalic
Copperplate-ThirtyTwoBC	HoeflerText-Ornaments
Copperplate-ThirtyThreeBC	JoannaMT
Coronet-Regular	JoannaMT-Italic
Courier	JoannaMT-Bold
Courier-Oblique	JoannaMT-BoldItalic
Courier-Bold	LetterGothic
Courier-BoldOblique	LetterGothic-Slanted
Eurostile	LetterGothic-Bold
Eurostile-Bold	LetterGothic-BoldSlanted
LubalinGraph-Book Univers-CondensedBold
LubalinGraph-BookOblique Univers-CondensedBoldOblique
LubalinGraph-Demi Univers-Extended
LubalinGraph-DemiOblique Univers-ExtendedObI
Marigold Univers-BoldExt
Monaco Univers-BoldExtObI
MonaLisa-Recut Wingdings-Regular
NewCenturySchlbk-Roman ZapfChancery-MediumItalic
NewCenturySchlbk-Italic ZapfDingbats
NewCenturySchlbk-Bold
NewCenturySchlbk-BoldItalic
NewYork
Optima
Optima-Italic
Optima-Bold
Optima-BoldItalic
Oxford
Palatino-Roman
Palatino-Italic
Palatino-Bold
Palatino-BoldItalic
StempelGaramond-Roman
StempelGaramond-Italic
StempelGaramond-Bold
StempelGaramond-BoldItalic
Symbol
Taffy
Times-Roman
Times-Italic
Times-Bold
Times-BoldItalic
TimesNewRomanPSMT
TimesNewRomanPS-ItalicMT
TimesNewRomanPS-BoldMT
TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalicMT
Univers-Light
Univers-LightOblique
Univers
Univers-Oblique
Univers-Bold
Univers-BoldOblique
Univers-Condensed
Univers-CondensedOblique

Numerics

2-Sided Printing 211, 251

A

A4 Tab 206, 262

Add Device 364, 365

All pages from 278, 291

Always Download needed fonts 310

Angle 229, 259

Annotate Font Keys 310

AppleTalk Printing 154

B

Background Printing 308

Basic Tab 203, 206

Billing Info 277

Binding 289,312

Black Over Print 223, 280, 293, 321

Booklet Center Margin 286, 302

Booklet Outer Margin 286, 302

Booklet Paper Size 286,302

Border 273, 289, 312

Brightness 225, 281, 295, 321

C

Caption 229, 259

Center Watermark 229

Change Printer 364

Change Rate 352

Client CD-ROM 15

Client Utilities CD-ROM 16

Collated 272, 288, 307

Color 209

Color Balance 224, 281, 294

Color Balance Black 321

Color Balance Cyan 321

Color Balance Magenta 321

Color Balance Yellow 321

Color Type 280, 292, 320

Compress Bitmap 233

Configuration Settings 188

Configuration Tab 189, 203

Configure 350

Connection Status 363

Considerations 196, 266

Contrast 225, 281, 295, 321

Copies 272, 288, 307

Copy Handling 210, 246, 247

Cover Page Paper Source 309

Cover Page Type 277

CUPS 169

Custom 262

Custom Paper Size 231

D

Default Menu Setting 230

Department 232

Department Code ......188, 194, 299, 316

Department Code (DC) 300

Department Code (DC) On 282

Destination 217, 283, 296, 312

Destination Paper Size ....276

Devices 360

Direction of print 213, 257

Disable/Enable 349

Discovery Settings 360, 368

Distinguish Thin Lines .....224, 280, 293, 320

Do not Print Blank Pages ..230, 282, 300, 316

Document Monitoring Tabs 362

Document Notification 353

Draw as Outline 229, 260

Draw Borders Around Pages 213, 257

Drawer 189

Drawers 235

Duplicate 221, 253

E

Effect Tab 203

Enable IPX/SPX Search 360, 369

Enable SNMP Communication .....235

Enable TCP/IP Search 361, 369

Event Notification 372

Events 351

F

Features 14

Filter 16

Find All Devices on the Network ....369

Find TOSHIBA Devices ....369

Finisher 189,235

Finishing Tab 203

First page from 278, 291

Font Manager 18,392

Font Name 229, 259

Font Size 229, 259

Fonts Tab 203

Format 274, 290

Format for 267, 304

Functions 14

G

General 307

General Errors 378

GL-DocMon 18

H

Halftone 223, 280, 292, 320

Help 205

Hole Punch 215, 283, 296, 313, 364

Hole Punch Unit 189, 235

How to Print 196

|

If there is PostScript error 310

Image Attribute 225, 281

Image Quality Tab 203

Image Quality Type 221

Image Shift Width 207, 263

Image Type 280, 293, 320

In page of the order 212, 256

Initial Values 199

Insert Pages 218, 252

Install Software link 110

Installation Error 377

Installed 350, 354

Installer 15

Intent 309

Interleave Pages 220, 253

Internal Fonts 396

Internet Connection 22

IP Address 359, 368

IP/IPX Address 354, 363

IPP Printing 22,88

IPX Address 359, 368

Item/Refresh Rate 352

J

Job Documentation 311

Job Documentation Folder 311

L

Layout Direction 273, 288

Layout direction 311

Left to Right Page Layout 286, 302

Letter Tab 206, 262

Limitations 196, 266

Local Area Network 20

Local Discovery 356

Location 359, 364, 368

lp command 324

LPR Printing 21,35,150

Iptap 324

M

Macintosh PPD 124

Manual Scale 208, 248

Manual Selection 359, 367

Margin 213

Menu Bar Options 361

Menu Tabs 203

Method 352

Mirror 227

Model 364

Model Selection 189, 235

N

Name 359, 364, 368

Negative/Positive 228

Network Discovery 365

Never generate Type 42 format ....310

Normal Print 203

Notification 350, 351

Novell iPrint 24,109

Novell Printing 22,95

Number of Copies 209

Number of pages per sheet 213, 257

0

Optional Memory 189, 235

Orientation 209, 268, 305

Original Image Quality Type 223

Original Paper Size 206, 247, 262

Others Tab 203, 229

Output Document Layout 212, 255

Output Format 233

Overlay Image 227, 261

Override Application Paper Settings ... 190, 237

P

Page Order 276

Pages 272, 288, 307

Pages per Sheet 273, 288

Pages per sheet 311

Paper 305

Paper Handling Tab 203, 217

Paper Size 268

Paper Source 208,307

Paper Type 209

PCL Fonts 396

Physical Address 364

Point and Print 67

Port 354

PostScript 15

PostScript Errors 278, 290

PostScript Settings 232

PPD 15,194

Preferred Format ....310

Preview window 205

Primary Tab Dialog ......207

Print Color 308

Print Cover Page 277,309

Print Document 275

Print Error Information 233

Print in 308

Print Job 203, 315

Print Job Status Messages 376

Print Mode 282, 299

Print on Both Sides 289, 312

Print on First Page Only 227, 258

Print Options 199

Print over the document 227

Print Paper Size 206, 247, 262

Print Queue 353

Print to Overlay File 204, 244

printer description file 194

Printer Drivers 15, 18, 19

Printer Icon 363

Printer Image 363

Printer Information 364

Printer Name 203, 354

Printer Profile 309

Printer Status 353

Printers File Menu 355

Priority 275

Private Print 204, 239

Profile 200, 205

Proof Print 204, 241

PS Fonts 397

Pure Black 223

Pure Black and Gray 281, 293, 321

Pure Gray 224

R

Raw TCP Printing 21,35

Refresh Rates 350, 352

Remaining from 278, 291

Save as File 274, 290

Save Current Settings As 222

Scale 268,305

Scheduled Print 203, 238

Sharpness 225, 281, 295, 321

SMB Printing 21,61

Solid 229, 260

Staple 213

Staple Down the Center 213, 256

Start Discovery 357, 365

Startup 350

Status 362, 364

Status Bar 362

Store to e-Filing 204, 245

Style 229

Substitution Table Edit 234

System Requirements

Mac OS 124

UNIX 160

Windows 19

T

Tab Extension 207, 262

Tab Manufacturer 207, 262

TCP/IP 20

Toner Save 230, 299, 316

TopAccess 110, 156, 185, 350

TopAccessDocMon 18,348,350

Transparency 229, 260

Tray Switching 278, 290

TrueType Options ......234

Two Sided Printing 273

U

Uninstalling 112

Units 207, 213, 228

Update 354

Update Automatically 192, 236

Update Now 236

USB Connection 20

USB Printing 20, 25

Use Back Cover 218, 252

Use Black for All Texts 223

Use Custom Margin ......216

Use Front Cover 217, 252

Use PostScript Passthrough .....233

V

Version Information 232, 237

W

Watermark 226, 258

Watermark Font 317

Watermark Gray Level 317

Watermark Outline 318

Watermark Position 317

Watermark Text 317

Watermark Text Angle 317

Watermark Text Size 317

Watermarking 317

X

X Position 228

Y

Y Position 228

MULTIFUNCTIONAL DIGITAL COLOR SYSTEMS Printing Guide

e:STUDIO2500c/3500c/3510c

TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION

e-studio 2500c - Printer TOSHIBA - Free user manual and instructions

This manual is not available in your language

Frequently Asked Questions - e-studio 2500c TOSHIBA

User questions about e-studio 2500c TOSHIBA

USER MANUAL e-studio 2500c TOSHIBA

MULTIFUNCTIONAL DIGITAL COLOR SYSTEMS

Printing Guide

e-STUDIO2500c/3500c/3510c

Grant of License

Term

Disclaimer of Warranty

Limitation of Liability

U.S. Government Restricted Rights

General

Trademarks

Copyright

About This Guide

Conventions

Lineup of Our Manuals

Quick Start Guide

Operator's Manual Basic Functions

User Functions Guide

Color Guide

Other guides are provided by the User Documentation CD-ROM in PDF files:

TopAccess Guide

Network Administration Guide

Printing Guide

Scanning Guide

e-Filing Guide

Network Fax Guide

User Management Guide

To read manuals in PDF (Portable Document Format) files

Precautions in this manual

Warning

Caution

Note

Tip

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Chapter 1 Overview

Chapter 2 Installing Client Software for Windows

Chapter 3 Installing Client Software for Macintosh

Chapter 4 Installing Client Software for UNIX

Chapter 5 Printing from Windows

Chapter 6 Printing from Macintosh

Printing from Application on Mac OS X 10.2.4 to Mac OS X 10.4.x .....266

Printing from Application on Mac OS 8.6 to 9.x ....303

Chapter 7 Printing from UNIX

Printing from an Application 324

Chapter 8 Other Printing Methods

FTP Printing 344

Email Printing 346

Chapter 9 Monitoring Print Jobs

Monitoring Print Jobs with TopAccessDocMon....348

Chapter 10 Troubleshooting

When Printing cannot be Performed 376

Printer Driver Errors....377

TopAccessDocMon Errors ....381

Chapter 11 Appendix

Managing Fonts with Font Manager ....392

Internal Fonts List ....396

INDEX 399

1

Overview

Extensive Client Platform Support

Various Port Options

Multiple Job Types

Professional Finishing Options

Sophisticated Document Layout and Assembly Options

Watermark and Image Overlay Support

For Windows

Client Software Installer

PCL6 Printer Drivers

PS3 Printer Drivers (PostScript)

Printer Driver Setup files (Zip Compressed)

Tip

For Macintosh

Macintosh PPD files

Tip

For UNIX

Solaris Filter